HomeMy WebLinkAbout025284 - Construction-Related - Contract - Landmark Structures, Inc.` 1 0- 0 4- 9� P 12 � 4 5 R C V D �""�..""""""'""""'"".._.._"." ....`�. �.
. ` . � '����
EXECUTED . � .���'���'���� , �
;
COPY � KHA No. 06101809
.� '
SFECIFICATIONS CONTRACRETA�RY ��g �
� �r
CONTRAC� DOCUMEI�ITS
FOIZ
THE C�NST�UCTION OF
HARMOl� ROAI) �.0 MG ELIEVATED
S��RACTE �'AI�I�
�PROJECT NO. PW77-J6077018018a
Prepaared f4r
Fort Worth Water Department
July 1999
Kimiey-Horn
and Associates, inc.
�
�f�f��C�O�� G?�C�OQ�
�j�Y Y V����y`� -y�
�o UUL/� IlUlt����m �J
�
KHA No. 06101809
SPECIFICATIONS
. �
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
���
THE CONSTRUCTiON OF
HARMON ROAD 2.0 MG ELEVATEI)
STORAGE TANK
�
PROJECT NO. PW77-060770180180
��
Prepared for
Fort Worth Water Department
July 1999
: Kimley-Horn
� and Associates, Inc.
r-�
�
�
FWWD HARMON ROAD 2.0 MG ELEVATED STORAGE TANK
Glenn Gary, P.E.
Kimiey-Horn $ Associates, Inc.
Suite 1100
801 Cherry Street
Fort Worth, TX 76102
Joseph J. Kotrla, P.E.
Go jer-McCreary, lnc.
Q 6310 LBJ Freeway
SUite 217
Dallas, TX 75240
JULY 1999
�����������4
�P,�E OF TF�����
,,aoe,,
� � � � � "e J� ���
�'*o �o*�
�asa0000eoa000aoeoa0000000�
� GLENN A. GARY �
�'a �,0���80598 0 ��
��o,� o F��sTE��O° �'�
���� S°�a000 �� °� �
@ � NAL �
�, �0,
����������
�� OF T ���
�P'�E o F�-9 ���
.� ,
� * ° a� p *���
�*�a o=*�
�0000a0000000<ooas00000000B
� JOSEPH J. KOTRLA �
�-�oaoo�oa56361 oa0000��
���,c�° oFG ��;'�°� ��6'
�
�� F �oo �S�E o G��'.�
�����l�p� q ��,
�' ` - . gy
? - a�
�
��J
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Notice to Bidders
Special Instructions to Bidders
Proposal
Minority and Women Business Enterprises Specifications
General Conditions
Part
A
A
B
B
C
Supplementary Conditions CS
Special Conditions D
Special Specifications � E
Division 1 - General Requiremerits
01224 Project Meetings
01310 Schedules, Reports, Payments ;
O 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples �
O 1500 Construction Facilities and Controls
01720 Pro�ect Record Documents
Division 2 - Site Work
02200 Earthwork
02661 Swing Check Valve
02831 Chain Link Fencing
Division 8- Doors and Windows
08110 Steel Doors & Frames
08710 Finish Hardware
Division 9 - Finishes
09900 Painting
09910 Steel Water Storage Tank Painting
Division 13 —Tanks
13201 Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
��J
\�J
��J
Division 16 - Electrical � �
16010 Electrical General Provisions
16110 Raceways
16120 Wire and Cable
16191 Dry Type Transformers
16199 Miscellaneous
16210 Electric Utility Service
16410 Underground
16450 Grounding Systems
16455 Lightning Protection
16500 Lighting
16642 Cathodic Protection System
16900 Instrumentation �
Part
Certificate of Insurance/Bonds/Contractor Compliance With Worker's Compensation Law F
Contract
Construction Details
G
H
�
C
PART A
u
�
�
PART A- NOTICE TO BIDDERS
Sealed proposaLs addressed to Bob Terrell, City Manager, for the furnishing of all labor,
materials, and equipment necessary for this project, Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
No. PW77-060770180180, will be received until 1:30 p.m. on the date�of the bid opening, at
the ofiice of the Purchasing Division located on the east side of the lower level of the Municipal
Building, 1000 Throckmorton, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. The Bids will be publicly opened in
the City Council Chambers at:
2:00 p.m., Thursday, August 12, 1999
and then read aloud.
Special Contract Documents, including plans and supplemental detailed specifications, have been
prepared for this project and may be obtained from Kimley-Horn & Associates, Inc. Plans will
be available after July 15,1999.
Prequaliiication according to Fort Worth Water Department Contract Speciiications (as listed in
the Special Instructions to Bidders) is required; General Contract Documents and General
Specifications for Water Deparnnent projects, dated January 1, 1978, with the latest revisions, also
comprise a part of the Contract Documents for this project and may be obtained by paying a non-
refundable fee of $50.00 for each set, at the offices of Kimley-Horn & Associates, Inc. located at
O 801 Cherry Street, Suite 1100, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. In addition, the Standard Specification
for Street and Storm Drain Construction of the City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public
Works Department form part of this project, and a copy of this document may be obtained by
paying a non-refundable fee of $30.00 at the TPW office in the Municipal Building.
A pre-bid conference will be held at 10:00 A.M., Thursday, July 29, 1999 at the Fort Worth
Eagle Mountain Water Treatment Plant Building located at 6801 Bowman Roberts, Fort Worth,
Texas 76179. Attendance is not mandatory for prospective bidders. Representatives of the Owner
and Engineer will be present to discuss the project. Engineer will transmit to all prospective
bidders of record such Addenda as Engineer considers necessary in response to questions arising
at the conference. A site visit will be held after the pre-bid conference.
The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids and waive any or all irregularities. No bid may
be withdrawn until the expiration of ninety (90) days from the date bids are opened.
Bob Terrell
City Manager
Gloria Pearson
City Secretary
Publication: July 15, 1999
July 22, 1999
C�J
�
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
(WATER DEPARTMENT)
1. PREQUALIFICATION REQUIREMENT: A current financial statement, an acceptable
experience record and an acceptable equipment schedule must be filed with the Director of the
Water Department prior to the pre-bid conference. The financial statement required shall have
been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or an independent public accountant
holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate state licensing agency, and shall have been so
prepared as to reflect the current financial status. This statement must be current and not more
than one (1) year old. In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new statement is being
prepared, the previous statement shall be updated by proper verification. Proposals submitted by
a prospecrive bidder who has not fulfilled the above requirements shall be returned unopened.
An experience prequalification statement is also required to be submitted to the Engineer prior
to the pre-bid meeting. The contractor's experience must include construction of elevated water
storage tanks of the same type and magnitude as that of the project for which bids are received.
Such experience shall include a minimum of five (5) projects completed not more than five (5)
years prior to the date which bids are received. In addition, in order to fulfill the requirements
of the contract documents the contractor shall submit proof of certifications and qualificarions of
the proposed independent testing laboratory(s) and the structural engineer licensed in the State of
Texas. The contractor must also provide the items required by Section 09900, 09910, and 13201.
Prospective bidders whose qualifications are not received by the designated time, are incomplete,
Q or are deemed to be inappropriate to the nature and/or magnitude of the project on which bids are
to be received will be notified before the date of the bid opening, and any proposals submitted by
them shall be returned unopened. Liquid assets in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the
estimated project cost will be required.
Prequalified Bidder: The following tank contractors are prequalified to bid on design and
construction of the composite elevated tank:
CBI Na-Con Inc.
Landmark Structures Inc.
Pitt-Des Moines Inc.
For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project, it must reflect the
experience of the firm seeldng qualification in work of both the same nature and magnitude as that
of the project for which bids are to be received, and such experience must have been on projects
completed not more than five (5) years prior to the date on which bids are to be received. The
Director of the Water Department shall be the sole judge as to the acceptability of experience for
qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water Department project.
The prospective bidder shall schedule the equipment he has available for the project and state that
he will rent such additional equipment as may be required to complete the project on which he
submits a bid.
2. BID SECURITY: A cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond payable to the City of Fort
oWorth in an amount of not less than five percent (5%) of the largest possible total of the bid
submitted must accompany the bid, and is subject to forfeiture in the event the successful bidder
fails to execute the Contract Documents within ten (10) working days after the notice of award.
QTo be an acceptable surety on the bond, (1) the name of the surety shall be included on the current
U.S. Treasury, or (2) the surety must have capital and surplus equal to ten times the limit of the
bond. The surery must be licensed to do, business in ihe state of Texas. The amount of the bond
shall not exceed the amount shown on the treasury list or one-tenth (1/10) the total capital and
surplus.
3. BONDS: A performance bond, a payment bond, and a maintenance bond each for one
hundred percent (100%) of the contract price will be required, Reference C 3-3.7.
4. WAGE RATES: Not less than the prevailing Federal wage rates as set forth in the Contract
Documents must be paid on this project.
5. AMBIGUITY: In the case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the Proposal, the
City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject
the Proposal.
•-� 6. BIDDER LICENSE: Bidder must be a licensed Contractor in the State of Texas.
7. NONRESIDENT BIDDERS: Pursuant to Article 601g, Texas Revised Civil Statutes, the City
of Fort Worth will not award this contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident's bid is
lower than the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas resident bidder by the same amount
that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder to obtain a
comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located.
� "Nonresident bidder" means a bidder whose principal place of business in not in this state, but
excludes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place
of business in this state.
This provision does not apply if this contract involves federal funds.
The appropriate blanks of the Proposal must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for
the bid to meet specifications. The failure of a nonresident contractor to do so will automatically
disqualify that bidder.
8. PAYMENT: If the contract amount is $25,000 or less, the contract shall be paid within forty-five
(45) calendar days after completion and acceptance by the Ciry.
9. AGE: In accordance with the policy ("Policy") of the Executive Branch of the Federal
Government, Contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers, members, agents,
employees, program participants or subcontractors, while engaged in performing this contract,
shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in
connection with the terms, conditions or privileges of their employment, discriminate against
persons because of their age except on the bases of an bona fide occupational qualification,
retirement plan or statutory requirement.
Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members, agents, employees,
subcontractors, program participants, or persons acting on their behalf, shall specify, in
osolicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this contract, a maximum age limit for
such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational
qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement.
� Contractor warrants it will fizlly comply with the policy and will defend, indemnify and hold Ciry
harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractors against City
arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above
referenced Policy concerning age discriminadon in the performance of this agreement.
10. DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990
("ADA"), Contractor warrants that it and any and all of its subcontractors will not unlawfully
discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public, nor in the
availability, terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or
employees of Contractor or any of its subcontractors. Contractor warrants it will fully comply
with ADA's provisions and any other applicable federal, state and local laws concerning disability
and will defend, indemnify and hold Ciry harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by
third parties or subcontractors against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors'
alleged failure to comply with the above referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in
the performance of this agreement.
11. PRECONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS AND THE MWBE UTILIZATION FORM: The
Coniractor will be allowed ten (10) worldng days to complete his/her part of the formal execution
of the contract documents and return to the Water Department from the date of the notice of
award. '
Once the contract documents have been fully executed, the Contractor will receive a Notice to
O Proceed. The Contractor will be required to contact the Water Department to set up a
preconstruction conference; this conference must be held within 15 calendar days from the date
of the notice. The date of issuance of the work order for this project will be set at the
preconstruction conference.
For each day that the Contractor fails to comply with any one part of the above preconstruction
requirements, each day shall be considered as a working/calendar day and shall be counted as
such.
In accordance with the Ciry of Fort Worth Ordinance Nos. 11923 and 13471, the Contractor shall
submit a copy of the MWBE UTILIZATION FORM and signed letter(s) of intent or executed
agreement(s) between the Contractor and the M/WBE(s) that the Contractor proposes to utilize
on this project. Any variance of the previously submitted Utilization Form shall be approved by
the M/WBE office. A copy of the Utilization and/or approved changes and the letter(s) or
agreement(s) must be submitted to the City of Fort Worth M/WBE office or a representative of
the Department of Engineering before the effective date of the work order. If the Contractor fails
to submit the letter(s) or a�reement(s), the Contractor will not be allowed to start work. Time
will start to be counted on the work order date.
�
�
PART B
�
�
KHA NO. 06101809
ADDENDUM NO. 1
2.0 M.G. HARMON ROAD ELEVATED STORAGE TANK
for thz
CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS
Date Issued: Au�ust 6, ] 999
The foilowing revisions and clarifications are hereby made to the bid documents for this project:
GENERAL
1.01 Water and Electricity to the site will need to be provided and maintained the entire duration
of the project by the Contractor.
1.02 Section 13201, Part 1.04, Submittals, Division A: Proposal
Replace the frst sentence with the follo�ving:
"A list of five composite elevated tank structures of equal or greater capacity that have been
constructed and commissioned by the bidder within the last ten years."
1.03 Tank head range is 35'.
CIVIL
1.04 Section 09910, Part 1.05 System Description, Division B. Painting
Omit Item 3, Concrete Base Sealing and Coating, from this section.
No coating will be required on the pedestal.
1.05 Section 13201, Part 1.03 System Description, Division B. Operating Parameters
Change the Overflow Pipe Diameter from 16" to 18".
1.06 Section 13201, Part 2.0� Steel Tank, Division C. Roof Details
W shapes will be allowed as structural support for the roof provided the depth is 10 inches or
greater. Seal welding is still required.
1.07 Section 13201, Part 2.06 Appurtenances and Accessories, Division B. Ladder Access
Omit the last sentence in paragraph 4: "�ll ladder widths shall be a minimum of 2 feet."
1.08 Section 13201, Part 2.06 Appurten�nces and Accessories, Division H. Access Tube
Change the first sentence to read the following:
Provide a minimum 48-inch diameter centrally located access tube throuah the steel tank to
provide access to the tank roof from the upper walkway platform. y
1.09 Section 13201, Part 2.06 Appurtenances and Accessories
Add Division T. Hoist Assembly, It shall read as follows:
Provide 100 lb. capacity hoist, hoist chain or rope with sufficient length to reach pedestal
floor, and container.
Hoist shall be capable of lifting a chlorine container from the tloor of the pedestal to the
access platform above.
1.10 Section 13201, Part 3.05 Steel Tank, Division A. Welding
Grinding of weld contour shall approximate Condition "D" of NACE Standard RP0178.
This applies to welding done inside and outside of the tank. See the referenced standard for
specific information regardin� the type of weld.
1.11 SHEET 3— Tank Floor Plans
Detail A/3 displays a note calling out a 42-inch dry riser. Please revise the note
to call out a 48-inch dry riser.
1.12 SHEET 3— Tank Floor Plans
Detail A/3 shows a 12" overflow riser. Please revise to an 18" overflow riser.
Detail C/3 shows a 12" overflow pipe with a 12" 90° S.S. bend. Please revise to an 18"
overflow pipe and 18" 90° S.S. bend.
1.13 SHEET 5— Construction Details
Detail D/S shows a 12" overflow. Please revise to an 18" overflow.
All other provisions of the contract documents, plans and specifications shall remain the same.
Bidders shall acknowledQe receipt of this addendum in the space provided on the Bid Form. Any
bids received without acknowledgement may be disqualified by the City.
C1TY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS
By: Bob Terrell
City Manager
Addendum Prepared by:
Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc.
P:\06101 R.09�DOC4�DDI .DOC
1�
PART B - PROPOSAL
(This proposal must not be removed from this book of Contract Documents.)
TO: Bob Terrell
City Manager
Fort Worth, Texas
PROPOSAL FOR: Tl�e furnishing of all materials, except materials specified to be furnished by the
City, equipment and labor for the construction of a new 2.0 MG elevated stora�e tank , and all
necessary appurtenances and incidental work to provide a comptete and serviceable project designed
as:
HARMON ROAD 2.0 MG ELEVATED STORAGE TANK
PROJECT NO. PW77-060770180180
Pursuant to the foregoing "Notice to Bidders", the undersigned Bidder, having thoroughly examined
the Contract Documents, including plans, special contract documents, and the General Contract
Documents and General Specifications for Water Department Projects, the site of the project and
understanding the amount of work to be done, and the prevailing conditions, hereby proposes to do
Q all the work, furnish all labor, equipment and material, which is necessary to fully complete the work
as provided in the Plans and Contract Documents and subject to the inspection and approval of the
Director of the City Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas; and binds himself upon
acceptance of this Proposal to execute a contract and furnish an approved Performance Bond,
Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and such other bonds, if any, as xnay be required by the Contract
Documents for the performing and completion of the said work. Contractor proposes to do the work
within the dme stated and for the following sums:
ITEM 1— CONSTRUCTION OF A 2.0 MG ELEVATED STORAGE TANK, COMPOSITE
Lump sum to complete CONSTRUCTION of a 2.0 MG Composite Elevated Storage Tank and all
appurtenances, painting, instrumentation, site work, and landscaping including cathodic protection,
all equipment, materials and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, plans and
specifications for the project: (Words and Figures)
Two Million Sixtv Four Thousand Dollars $ 2,064,000
�
:
ITEM 2 — TRENCH SAFETY
OLump Sum to complete all trench safety related with the construction of the 2.0 MG Elevated Storage
Tank and all appurtenances in accordance with General Conditions and the plans and specificatians:
(Words and Figures)
Three 'Thousand
Dollars $ 3,000
Total Base Bid (Items 1 and 2): (Words and Figures)
�
Two Million Sixtv Seven Thousand Dollars $ 2,067,000
Determination of the lowest qualified bidder will be based on the lowest total base bid.
For changing quantities of work items from those indicated on the plans and necessitated by
actual field conditions upon written instructions from the Engineer, the following unit prices
shall prevail:
1. Excavation and foundation for the elevated storage tank per vertical foot for depths
different than elevation 810 as determined by the geotechnical engineer.
Extra
Ten Thousand
Credit
Two Thousand-------------
Dollars
Dollars
($ 10,000 )
($ 2,000 )
� B2
� Within ten (10) days after receipt of this Proposal, the undersigned will execute the fornnal contract
and will deliver an approved Surety Bond and such other bonds as required by the Contract
Documents, for the faithfi.il performance of the Contract. The attached bid security in the amount of
S% is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, in the event the contract and bond
or bonds are not executed and delivered within the time above set forth, as liquidated damages for the
delay and additional work caused thereby.
The undersigned bidder certifies that he has been furnished at least one set of the General Contract
Documents and General Specifications for Water Department Projects dated January 1, 1978, and that
he has read and thoroughly understands all the requirements and conditions of those General
Documents and these special Contract Documents and appurtenant plans.
The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor
organization, subcontractors or employment agency in either furnishing or referring employee
applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City
Ordinance No. 7278 as amended by the City Ordinance No. 7400.
(Complete A or B below, as applicable)
A. The principal place of business of our cornpany is in the State of
Nonresident bidders in the State of , our principal place of business are required
to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. A copy of the statue
is attached.
oNonresident bidders in the State of , our principal place of business, are
not required to underbid resident bidders.
X B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is
^ in the State of Texas.
I
This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to the provisions of
Article 20.04 (F� of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. All equipment and materials
not consumed by or incorporated into the proj'ect construction, are subject to State sales taxes under
house Bill 11, enacted Aub st 15, 1992.
The Bidder agrees to begin construcdon within 10 calendar days after issue of the work order, and
to complete the contract within the number of working days listed below after beginning construction
as set forth in the written work order to be furnished by the Owner:
365 Calendar Days
O , B;
OI(we) acknowledge receipt of the following addenda to the plans and specifications, all of the
provisions and requirements of which have been taken into consideration in preparation of the
foregoing bid:
Addendum No. 1(initials) 8/6/99 CL '
Addendum No. 2 (initials)
Addendum No. 3 (initials)
(SEAL) If Bidder
is Corporation
,
�
�
Respectfully submitte
, �
By Chris Lamon
Title Vice President
Address 1665 Harmon Road
i
, �
Fort Worth, T�X 76177
Telephone (817) 439-888�
:�
City of Fort Worth
Minority and Women Business Enterprises Specifications
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
APPLICATION OF POLICY
If the total dollar value of the' contract"is $25,000 or more; the MWBE goals are applicable. If the total dollar
value of the contract is less than $25,000, the MWBE goa(s are not applicable :
POLICY STATEMENT
It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority/Women Business
Enterprises (M/WBE) in the procurement of all goods and services to the City on a contractual basis. The
objective of the Policy is to increase the use of M/WBE firms to a level comparable to the availability of qualified
M/WBEs which provide goods and services directly or indirectly to the City:
M/WBE PROJECT GOALS
The City's MBE/WBE goal for this project is 12 % of the base bid value of the contract.
COMPLIANCE TO BID SPECIFICATIONS
On the City contract of $25,000 or more, bidders are required to comply with the intent of the City's M/WBE
Ordinance by either of the following:
1. Meet or exceed the above stated Minimum M/WBE goals, or
2. Good Faith Effort documentation, or,
3. Waiver documentation.
SUBMISSION OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION
The applicable documents must be received by the Managing Department, within the following times allocated,
in order for the entire bid to be considered responsive to the specifications.
1. M/WBE Utilization Form
2. M/WBE Goals Waiver Form
3. M/WBE Good Faith Effort Form
received by 5:00 PM, five (5) City business days after the
bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date.
received by 5:00 PM, five (5) City business days after the
bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date.
received by 5:00 PM, five (5) City business days after the
bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date.
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE CITY'S MNVBE ORDlNANCE, WILL RESULT IN THE BID BEING
CONSIDERED NON-RESPONSIVE TO SPECIFICATIONS :
Any question, please contact the M/WBE Office at (817-871-6104)
Rev. 6/2/98
cify of Fort wortn
Minority and Women Business Enterprise Specifications
MBE/WBE UTILIZATION
PRIME COMPANY NAME
PROJECT NAME
I CITY'S M/W(3E PROJECT GOAI..:
BID DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
I I M/1V13E PERCENTAGE ACHIEVED:
ATTACHMENT 1A
Page 1 of 2
Failure to complete this foRn, in its entirety with suppo�ting documentation, and received by the Managing Department
on or before 5:00 p.m. five (5) City business days after bid ope�ing, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid
being considered non-responsive to bid specifications.
+ The undersigned bidder agrees to e�ter into a formal agreement with the MBE a�d/or WBE firms for work listed in this
' schedule, conditioned upon execution of a contract with the City of Fort Worth. The intentional and/or knowing
: misrepresentation of facts is grounds fo� consideration of disqualification and will result in the bid being considered
� non-responsive to specifications.
0
Company Name, Contact Name, Certified Specify All Contracting Specify All Items to be � Dollar Amount
Address, and Telephone No. � Scope of Wor{c (`j Supplied(') �,�
U � p d :
~ X �' tn F-
Z ~2
I +
MM/BEs'must be`Iocated.in the 9;(nine) county maiketplace o�curre�tJy. _doing tiusinessin;the.'marketplaceafthe time of bid.
1
O Specify all areas imwhich MWBE's are:to,be utilized and/or �fems #o be supplted ,: < ,: _:
(') A complete.listing of items'to be supplied is requlred in''o�der-to:receive credit toward the M/WBE goaL � � I
O ldenGfy each Tier Ievet. 'fer. Means the level of subcontracting below the prime contractorlconsultant, f.e., a direct Payment I
�.
from the prime contractor to'a subcontracto� Is'considered 1`�-Ger;'a payment by a subcontractor to �
its supplier (s considered 2nd tier.
THIS FORM MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE MANAGING DEPARTMENT BY 5:00 p.m., FIVE (5) CITY BUSINESS DAYS AFTER B!D
OPENING, EXCLUSIVE OF THE BID OPENING DATE
Rev. 612/98
Pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1A must be received by the Managing Department
ATTACHMENT 1A
Page 2 of 2
City of Fort Worth
Minority and Women Business Enterprise Specifications �
MBE/WBE UTILIZATION
Compa�y Name, Contact Name, Certified Specify All Contracting Specify All ltems to be Oollar Amount
Address, and Telephone No. Q r. Scope of Work (") � Suppiied("j ,2.;
� F >
� Oo UL-
r- o °' ;,
i � i �n �
�
._.. _ . . .. ___ ...__�....._�__.____ �
�
I
The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding
actual work performed by all subcontractors, including MBE(s) andlor WBE(s) arrangements submitted with this bid.
The bidder aiso agrees to allow an audit andlor examination vf any books, records and files held by their company that
will substantiate the actual work perFormed by the MBE(s) andlor WBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer or
employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for teRninating the
contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three {3) years and for initiating action under Federal,
State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material
bc.gach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsibfe offeror and barred from participating in City work
for a period of time �ot less than one (1) year.
ALL MBEs and WBEs MUST BE CERTIFIED BY THE CITY BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD
Authorized Signature
Title
Company Name
Address
City/State2ip Code
Printed Signature
Contact Name and Title (if different)
Telephone Number (s)
Fax Number
Date
THIS F�RM MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE MANAGING DEPARTMENT BY 5:00 p.m_, FIVE (5) C1TY BUSINESS DAYS AFTER BID
OPEtJING, EXCIUSIVE OF THE 810 OPENING DATE
Re�. e�u9s
Pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1A must be �eceived by the Managing Department
AlTACHMENT 1B
Page 1 of 1
Ci�ty of For� Worth
Minority and Women Business Enterprise Specifications
Prime Contractor Waiver
Prime Company Name
Bid Opening Date
Project Name
Project Number
If both answers to this form are YES, do not complete ATTACHMENT 1C(Good Faith Effort Form).
All questions on this form must be completed and a detailed explanation provided, if applicable. If
the answer to either question is NO, then you must complete ATTACHMENT 1C. This form is only
applicable if h9�h answers are yes. �
'Failu�e�'to com lete this form in- �ts entire ' � '` f ��zi
p ty��anci �be� received by :�the M��,��a�jy D��j��m��� on o��:
liefore 5 OOrp,:m ,:five (51 Citv busmes,s` days ;aj�er bid yo���� p,�exclusive of.'the�b�tlA:openirig2date;�
w� ll �r,esult�m;the'�bid being considered :non �esponsive to;,6id speci�cations ,:, � ;�
Will you perform this entire contract without subcontractors? Yes No
If yes, please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of
this project, this is your normal business practice and provide an operational profile of
your business.
Will you perform this entire contract without suppliers? Yes No
If yes, please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of
this project, this is your normal business practice and provide an inventory profile of
your business.
The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate
information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including MBE(s) and/or
WBE(s) on this contract, the payment therefore and any proposed changes to the original MBE(s)
and/or WBE (s) arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit
and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate
the actual work performed by the MBE(s) and/or WBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized� officer
or employee of ihe City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds
for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not aess than three (3)
years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any
failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material breach of contract may result in a
determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of
time not less than one (1) year. �
Authorized Signature
Title
Company Name
Address
Printed Signature
Contact Name (if different)
Contact Telephone Number (s)
Fax Number
Rev. 6/?J98
ATTACHMENT 1C
Page 1 of 3
c�ty of Fort wo�tn
Minority and Women Business Enterprise
GOOD FAITH EFFORT
Prime Company Name
Project Name
Bid Date
Project Number
�If you have failed to secure MIVIlBE participation and you have subcontracting andlor supplier oppo�tunities or. if your+
M/WBE participation isJess than the City's project goal, you must complete this'form: ` ' � > 1
If the bidder's method of compliance with the MNVBE goal is based upon demonstration of a
"good faith effort", the bidder will have the burden of correctly and accurately preparing and
submitting the documentation required by the City. Compliance with each item, 1 thru 6 below,
shall satisfy the Good Faith Effort requirement absent proof of fraud, intentional and/or
knowing misrepresentation the facts o� intentional discrimination by the bidder.
Failure to complete .this form, in its entirety wiih supporting : documentation, and received by_,the
Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m, five (5) City'business days after bid opening, exclusive of:bid
opening date, will;result in the bid being considered non;responsive.to bid specifications.
1.) Please list each and every subcontracting and/or supplier opportunity {DO NOT LIST NAMES OF
FIRMS) which will be used in the completion of this project, regardless of whether it is to be provided
by a M/WBE or non- MNVBE.
(Use additional sheets, if necessary)
List of: Subcontractinq Opportunities List of: Supplier Opportunities
ATTACHMENT 1C
Page 2 of 3
2.) Did you obtain a current list of M/WBE firms from the City's M/WBE Office? The list is considered in
complia�ce, if it is not more than 3 months old from the date of bid opening.
Yes
No
Date of Listing / �
3.) Did you solicit bids from MIWBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously
listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by maif, exclusive of the day the bids are
ope�ed?
Yes If yes, attach M/WBE mail listing to include name of firm and address and a dated
No copy of letter mailed.
4.) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously
listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by telephone, exclusive of the day the bids are
opened?
Yes If yes, attach list to include name of M/WBE firm, erson contacted,
No phone number and date and time of contact.
NOTE: A facsimile may be used to comply with either 3 or 4, but may not be used for both. If a facsimile
is used, attach the fax confirmation, which is to provide M/WBE name, date, time, fax number and
documentation faxed.
NOTE: Jf a SiC list of M/WBE is ten orless,the bidder must;contact the entire list to be in compliance with
guestions .3.and 4. If a sic::list.of M/WBE is:more:than ten, the bidder must contact at least two-thirds of
the;list but not less than:ten.to:be m compliance with questions 3 and 4.
5.) Did you provide plans and specifications to potential M/WBEs or information regarding the location of
plans and specifications in order to assist the M/WBEs?
Yes
No
6.) If M/WBE bids were received and rejected, you must:
(1) List the M/WBE firms and the reason(s) for rejection (i.e., quotation not commercially reasonable,
qualifications, etc.j and
(2) Attach affidavit and/or documentation to support the reason(s) listed below (i.e:. letters, memos,
bids, telephone calls, meetings, etc.)
(Please use additionaf sheets, ifnecessary, and attach.)
Company Name Telephone
Contact Person Scope of Work Reason for
Rejection
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
ATTACHMENT 1C
Page 3 of 3
Piease provide additionai information you feel will further explain you� good and honest efforts to obtain
M/WBE participation on this project.
The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and
accurate information regarding actual work performed on this contract, the payment
thereof and any proposed changes to the original arrangements submitted with this bid.
The bidder also agrees to allow an audit andlor examination of any books, records and
files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed on this
contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City.
Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for
terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three
(3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false
statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material breach of
contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from
participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year.
The undersigned certifies that ihe information provided and the M/WBE(s) listed
was/were contacted in good faith. It is understood that any M/WBE(s) listed in
Attachment 1C will be contacted and the reasons for not using them will be verified by
� the City's M/WBE Office.
Authorized Signature
Title
Company Name
Address
City/State/Zip
Printed Signature
Contact Name and Title {if different)
Telephone Number(s)
Fax Number
Date
ORDINANCE NO. 11923
�
REPEALING ALL MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
POLICIES AND DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE POLICIES
PREVIOUSLY ADJUSTED; ADOPTING AN ORDINANCE TO REMEDY
THE UNDERUTILIZATION OF MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESSES,
AND TO ENHANCE THE UTILIZATION OF SAME; DEFINING MINORITY
BUSINESS ENTERPRISE, AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE FOR
PURPOSE OF CERTIFICATION; REQUIRING MINORITY BUSINESS
ENTERPRISE AND WOMEN BUSINES5 ENTERPRISE PARTICIPANTS TO
BE QUALIFIED AND DOING BUSINESS IN LOCALITY FROM WHICH
THE CITY REGULARLY SOLICITS; ADOPTING THE U.S. SMALL
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION'S DEFINITION FOR A SIZE STANDARD;
ESTABLISHING SEPARATE GOALS FOR MINORITY BUSINESS
ENTERPRISES AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES IN THE SPECIFIC
AREAS OF CONSTRUCTION, PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AND
PURCHASING; ESTABLISHING PROCEDURES FOR PROJECT SPECIFIC
GOALS; PROVIDING GENERALLY FOR THE PROCEDURES TO BE
FOLLOWED IN THE BID/PROPOSAL PROCESS; REQUIR.ING BIDDERS
TO SUBMIT DOCUMENTATION OF COMPLIANCE IN ORDER TO BE
RESPONSIVE TO BID/PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS; ESTABLISHING
WAIVER OF GOALS PROCEDURES; ALLOWING FOR DEBARMENT FOR
MISREPRESENTATION OF FACTS AS IT RELATES TO COMPLIANCE;
PROVIDING SEVERABILITY CLAUSE; AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE
DATE.
r�
WHEREAS, the City Council commissioned an Availability/Disparity Study
(Study) conducted by Browne, Bortz & Coddington, Inc. (BBC) and
a Public Hearing (Hearing) conducted by Carl Anderson, Esq., and
found disparities in the utilization of minority and women business
enterprises in contracts awarded by the City of Fort Worth (City);
and
WHER.EAS, the Study �and Hearing found that discrimination occurred in the
major contracting areas (construction, purchasing, and professional
services) of the City of Fort Worth and resulted in significant
underutilization of minority and women business enterprises; and
WHEREAS, minority and women business enterprises have had and continue to
have difficulties in obtaining financing, bonding, credit, insurance,
and assistance programs have not been effective in either remedying
the effects of underutilization in City contracting or in preventing
ongoing underutilization; and
WHEREAS, the Study and the Hearing determined that race-neutral alternatives
O for enhancing minority and women business enterprise contracting
are not completely sufficient; and
WHEREAS, the City has also been a passive participant in discriminatory
obehavior practiced by private industry within the relevant
Marketplace in the award of contracts to minorities and women
businesses, the purpose of this ordinance is to overcome the effects
of this past underutilization and prevent any ongoing discrimination
in the City's contracting processes; and ' �
WHEREAS, the provisions of this ordinance may increase the utilization of
minority and women business enterprises in contracts awarded by
the City of Fort Worth; and
WHEREAS, the City Council now desires to provide a�arrowly tailored remedy
for past underutilization of minority and w men businesses through
the annual setting and defining of percentage goals for different
categories of contracts, providing penalties for fraudulent misuse of
this ordinance, requiring regular review of the necessity for the
provisions of this ordinance, limiting those minority and women's
business enterprises that participate under this ordinance to those
that qualify and do business in the City's Marketplace, providing for
post bid submission of required information about minority and
women business enterprises and establishing waiver of goals
procedures;
� NOW THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY
OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS, THAT:
SECTION 1.
It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to attempt to provide
a remedy for past underutilization of qualified minority and women
businesses and prevent ongoing underutilization of minority and
women business enterprises in the City's contracting process by
ensuring the full and equitable participation of minority and women
business enterprises in the provision of aoods and services to the
City on a contractual basis in the manner identified in Attachment I
of this ordinance.
u
O SECTION 2.
The ultimate goal of this ordinance is to remedy the effects of
past underutilization in the Marketplace by increasing the use of
minority and women business enterprises above the present low
level to one more comparable to their availability in the Fort Worth
Marketplace. The City Manager shall set an annual goal for MBE
and WBE participation in City procurement activities, based upon
the availability within the Marketplace. The initial goals, based
upon availability, shall be thirteen percent (13%) for minority
businesses and twelve percent (12%) for women businesses and shall
be reviewed as provided for elsewhere herein. These goals are not
quotas. ,
. SECTION 3.
OThe provisions of this ordinance shall apply to all contracts
awarded by the City, except as may be hereafter specifically
exempted, and shall be liberally construed for the accomplishment
of its policies and purposes. Specific goals shall be established in
the areas of construction, professional services and purchases of
other goods and services. Goals may be set on individual projects
based on the type of work or services to be performed, or goods to
be acquired and the availability of minority and women businesses
in the City's Marketplace.
SECTION 4.
The provisions of this , ordinance shall be considered in
determining the responsiveness to specifications of offerors to the
bid/proposal. The City shall consider the offeror's responsiveness
�
-3-
to this ordinance in the evaluation of bids/proposals and shall award
Qcontracts to the lowest responsible offeror meeting the
specifications, inclusive of compliance to this minority and women
business enterprise ordinance.
SECTION 5.
Debarment procedures shall be established for firms willfully
misrepresenting the facts in compliance with this ordinance to the
City.
SECTION 6.
Waiver procedures to the regulations established in this
ordinance shall be provided for City procurement activities where a
public calamity requires the emergency expenditure of funds; the
purchase of goods or services from source(s) where subcontracting
Oor supplier opportunities are nonexistent; where an economic risk or
undue delay for the acquisition of goods or services will be imposed
on the City, or when the availability of minority and women
businesses is negligible.
SECTION 7.
From and after the date this ordinance takes effect, it shall
supersede all previous City Council Policies affecting minority and
women business enterprise and disadvantage business enterprises.
SECTION 8.
The City Manager, with the advice and counsel of the
Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Advisory Committee ("DBEAC")
in accord with City of Fort Worth Resolution No.1148, is hereby
0
�
oauthorized to establish, implement and administer regulations
necessary to carry out the intent of this ordina�nce.
SECTION 9.
The City Council shall regularly, at least every three (3) years,
determine whether there is a continuing need for a minority and
women business enterprise program, make relevant findings, and, if
necessary, repeal in whole or in part or enact appropriate
amendments to this ordinance.
I
SECTION 10. '
It is hereby declared to be the intention of the City Council
that the sections, paragraphs,� sentences, clauses and phrases of this
ordinance are severable, and, if any phrase, clause, sentence,
� paragraph or section of this ordir�ance shall be declared
unconstitutional by the valid judgment or decree of any court of
�
competent jurisdiction, such unconstitutilonality shall not affect any
of the remaining phrases, clauses, sentences, paragraphs and
sections of this ordinance, since the same would have been enacted
by the City Council without the incorporation in this ordinance of
any such unconstitutional phrase, clau5e, sentence, paragraph or
section.
SECTION 11.
This ordinance shall take effect an� be in full force and effect
from on and after June 1, 1995: prdvided, however, that this
ordinance shall not affect any procurement activity where formal
solicitation began before the effective date of this ordinance, and it
is so ordained.
❑�
-5- '
O APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY:
C i t y A t t o r n e y: Gary Steinberger, Assistant City Attorney
Date Original Signed: APRIL 19, 1995
Date Adopted by the City Council: APRIL 18, 1995
Date Effective: JUNE 1, 1995
�
u
�
ORDINANCE NO. 13471
AN ORDINANCE AMENDING ClTY OF F^.�RT WORTH
O ORDiNANCE NO. 11923 BY AMENDING SECTIONS 2, 3, AND
AMENDING ATTACHMENT I; PROVIDING � A SEVERABILITY
CLAUSE; AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE.
BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNC�L OF THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS,
THAT: �
SECTION 1.
Section 2 of City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 11923 is hereby amended to read
as follows:
The ultimate goal of this ordinance is to remedy the effects of past
underutilization in the Marketplace by increasing the use of minority and
women business enterprises abo�re the present low level to one more
comparable to their availability in the Fort Worth Marketplace. The City
Manager shall recommend an anrival goal for MBE/WBE participation in
City procurement activities, ba 'ed upon the availability within the
Marketplace. The goals, based u on availability, shall be thirteen percent
(13%) for minority businesses nd twelve percent (12%) for women
businesses and shall be review�d as provided for elsewhere herein.
These goals are not quotas.
�'❑
SECTION 2.
Section 3 of City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 11923 is hereby amended to read
as follows:
The provisions of this ordinance shall apply to all contracts awarded by the
City, except as may be hereafter specifically exempted. Where contracts
involve the expenditure of federal or state funds, the state or federal policy
related to MBE/WBE or DBE participation may take precedence over this
ordinance. The provisions of this ordinance shall be liberally construed for
the accomplishment of its policies and purposes. Specific goals shall be
established in the areas of construction, professional services and
purchases of other goods and services. A goal may be set on individual
projects based on the type of work or services to be perFormed, or goods
to be acquired and the availability of minority and women businesses in
the City's Marketplace.
SECTION 3.
�J
Attachment I to City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 11923 is hereby amended to
read as follows:
Ciry Council approved June 2, 1998
ATTACHMENT I
I. DEFINITIONS
Q 1. "Applicable Contract" means any contract of $25,000 or more for construction
projects and professional services and $15,000 or more for purchase
agreements, as well as any other contracts that the City Council or City Manager
deem appropriate.
2. "Certified" means those firms, within the Marketplace, that have been determined
to be a bonafide minority or women business enterprise by either the North
Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA), or the Texas
Department of Transportation (TxDOT), highway division. In the event of denial
of certification by either of these entities, the City reserves the right to grant its
own certification for use in City contracts.
3. "City" means the City of Fort Worth, Texas.
�
4. "City business day" means Monday through Friday, inclusive, excluding legal
holidays. Legal holidays shall be observed as prescribed by the City Council for
observance as follows:
New Year's Day
M. L. King, Jr. Birthday
Memorial Day
Independence Day
Labor Day
Thanksgiving Day
Thanksgiving Friday
Christmas Day
January 1
Third Monday in January
Last Monday in May
July 4
First Monday in September
Fourth Thursday in November
Fourth Friday in November
December 25
When one of the above named holidays falls on a Saturday, the holiday shall be
observed on the preceding Friday. When one of the above named holidays falls
on a Sunday, the holiday shall be observed on the following Monday.
5. "Construction" means the erection, rehabilitation, alteration, conversion, extension,
demolition, improvement, remodeling or repair to any real property, including
streets, storm drains and facilities providing utility service owned by the City.
6. "Contract" means a binding agreement whereby the City either grants a privilege or
is committed to expend or does expend its funds or other resources for or in
connection with a) construction of any public improvement, and b) purchase of
any services (including professional services). The term includes "purchase
order".
7. "Contract Officer" means the person employed by the City to oversee the
performance of the contract.
Q 8. "Contracting Department" means the department responsible for payment of
contract obligations.
2 City Council approved June 2, 1998
9. "Contractor" means the Offeror with whom the City has entered into an agreement.
Includes the terms "Vendor" and "Prime Contractor".
0 10. "Coordinator" means the administrator of the MBE/WBE Office.
11. "Goal" means the percentage of minority business enterprise and/or women
business enterprise participation on an applicable project as determined by the
City, based on the availability of such businesses in the marketplace and the
subcontracting/supplier opportunities of the project.
12. "Good Faith Effort" means having absence of malice or any intentions to deceive,
good intentions and sincerity to meet the goal of this ordinance. Documentation
submitted by the Offeror to explain why its good and honest efforts did not meet
or exceed the stated Goal. Compliance with each of the following steps shall
satisfy the Good Faith Effort requirement absent proof of fraud,
misrepresentation, or intentional discrimination by the Offeror:
12.1. List each and every subcontracting andlor supplier opportunity for the
completion of this project.
12.2. Obtain a current (not more than three (3) months old from the bid open
date) list of MBE/WBE subcontractors andlor suppliers from the City's
MBE/WBE Office. �
12.3. Solicit bids from MBE/WBEs, within the subcontracting and/or supplier
O areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by
mail, exclusive of the day the bids are opened.
12.4. Solicit bids from MBE/WBEs, within the subcontracting and/or supplier
areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by
telephone, exclusive of the day the bids are opened.
Note: A facsimile may be used to comply with either 12.3 or 12.4, but may not be
used for both.
Note: If the list of MBENVBEs for a particular subcontracting/supplier opportunity
is ten or less, the Offeror must contact the entire list within such area of
opportunity to be in compliance with '12.3 and 12.4. If the list of MBE/WBEs
for a particular subcontracting/supplier opportunity is more than ten, the
Offeror must contact at least two-#f�irds of the list within such area of
opportunity, but not less than ten, to be in compliance with 12.3 and 12.4.
12.5. Provide plans and specifications or information regarding the location of
plans and specification to MBE/WBEs.
12.6. Submit affidavit and/or documentation if MBE/WBE bids were rejected on
the basis of quotation not being commercially reasonable, qualifications,
O etc. Documents may be requested to be produced for an in camera
inspection.
3 City Council approved June 2, 1995
13. "Joint Venture" means an association of two or more persons or businesses to
carry out a single business enterprise for profit for which purpose they combine
their property, capital, skills, knowledge and management in an agreed to
oproportionate share.
14. "Managing Department" means the department responsible for overseeing the
day to day completion of the contract.
15. "Manufacturer" means one that manufactures a product by hand or machinery
suitable for uses; the process of making wares.
16. "Marketplace" means the geographic market area as defined in the Availability
and Disparity Study represented by the counties of Tarrant, Parker, Johnson,
Collin, Dallas, Denton, Ellis, Kaufman and Rockwall.
17. "Minority" means a citizen of the United States or lawfully admitted permanent
resident that is Asian American, American Indian, Black or Hispanic.
18. "Minority Business Enterprise" is defined as a qualified business concern
located in the Marketplace or providing proof of doing business in the
Marketplace at the time of bid opening or the opening of responses to requests
for proposals, meeting the following criteria:
a. which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more minority persons, or, in
the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock is
owned by one or more minority persons; and
ob. whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or
more minority persons who own it.
19. "Offeror" means any person, firm, corporation, or partnership that submits a bid
or proposal to provide labor, goods or services to the City where funds are
expended. The term includes the term bidder and proposer.
20. "Procurement" means the buying, renting, leasing or otherwise obtaining or
acquiring any supplies, materials, equipment or services.
21. "Professional Services" means services which require predominantly mental or
intellectual labor and skills, includes, but is not necessarily limited to, architects,
engineers, surveyors, doctors, attorneys, and accountants.
22. "Project Manager" see Contract Officer.
23. "Purchasing" means the buying, renting, leasing or otherwise obtaining or
acquiring any supplies, materials, equipment or services excluding construction
and professional services previously defined.
24. "Quaiified" means an individual or business entity having previously performed
0 or received training in the work, industry or profession required.
25. "Regular Dealer" is defined as a firm that owns, operates, or maintains a store,
a warehouse, or other establishment in which the materials or supplies required
4 City Council approved June 2, 1998
for the contract are bought, kept in stock, and are regularly sold retail or
wholesale. �
Q 26. "Subcontract" means an agreement between the contractor and another
business entity for the performance of work.
27. "SubcontractlSupplier Opportunity" means an area where there is more than
one MBE or WBE subcontractor/supplier in the market place..
28. "Tier" means the level of subcontracting below the prime contractor/consultant,
i.e., a direct payment from the prime contractor to a subcontractor is considered
1St tier, a payment by a subcontractor to its supplier is considered 2�d tier.
29. "Women Business Enterprise" is defined as a qualified business concern
located in the Marketplace or provide proof of doing business in the Marketplace
at the time of bid opening or the opening of responses to requests for proposals,
meeting the following criteria:
a. which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more women, or, in the case of
any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock is owned by one or
more women; and
b. whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or
more women who own it.
Q II. PROGRAM GOAL
i
A. A Citywide goal for the utilization of r�ninority business enterprises (MBE) and women
business enterprises (WBE) shall qe reviewed and app'roved annually by the City
Council. �
1. The City Manager shall, on or b�fore October 31 of each year, beginning October
31, 1996, conduct an analysis o� the availability of MBEs and WBEs and present
to the City Council an annual re�ort on MBE/WBE availability and utilization.
2. Based on the availability of MBE/WBEs in the Marketplace and the City's most
recent goal attainment and with the advice and counsel of the MWBEAC, the City
Manager shall recommend to the City Council a reasonable goal for the
remainder of the current fiscal year.
3. The goal shall be expressed in terms of a percentage of the total dollar value of
all applicable contracts awarded by the City. Goals shall be established
separately for categories of construction, professional services, and purchasing
as well as any other categories that the City Council or City Manager deems
appropriate.
B. Individual project goal shall be set by the MBE/WBE Office in collaboration with the
O Contract Officer and Risk Management (where appropriate) prior to solicitation. The
project goal shall be reasonable and shall be based upon:
5 City Council approved June 2, 1998
1. Specific subcontracting and/or materials opportunities required to complete the
project, and
� 2. The availability of MBE/WBE in the identified subcontracting and/or materials
opportunities in the Marketplace.
fll. COUNTING MBElWBE PARTICIPATION
A. MBE/WBE participation shall be counted toward meeting Goal in accordance with
the following provisions:
1. For the purpose of determining compliance with the goal requirements
established in this ordinance, businesses will be counted as MBE or WBE only
when they have been certified as such prior to a recommendation for award
being made to the City Council.
a) Any business listed by an Offeror that is not certified at the time of
bid/response opening must file an application for certification within a
reasonable time for the City to consider the dollar amount towards meeting
the goal.
b) If a business described in the immediate subparagraph fails to submit an
application for certification within a reasonable time, or if the business is
denied certification, the Offeror shall be afforded five (5) City business days to
secure additional certified/certifiable MBE/WBE participation, starting the next
O City business day following the day the written notification was received from
the Managing Department.
c) Evidence of the additional certified/certifiable MBE/WBE participation shall
be delivered to and received by the Managing Department within five (5) City
business days after the notification was received by the Offeror, exclusive of
the date that the notification was received.
2. Except as provided for in paragraph 3 below, if the Offeror is ruled non-
responsive to the requirements of this ordinance, the Managing Department will
provide written notification to the Offeror stating the specific basis for the ruling.
The Offeror may submit documentation that it will either meet or exceed the
stated goal, and may be considered for an award of contract.
3. If the Offeror is ruled non-responsive solely for its failure to identify a
subcontract/supplier opportunity and that opportunity is less than three (3%)
percent of the total bid, the Offeror may submit documentation that an MBE/WBE
will be utilized for that subcontract/supplier opportunity, and may be considered
for an award of contract.
4. Documentation required under either paragraph A or B above must be received
by the Managing Department within five (5) City business days, exclusive of the
O date that the Offeror was ruled non-responsive. If the documentation is not
received within the stated time, the Offeror shall be deemed to have withdrawn
its bid. The City will not communicate with another Offeror regarding award of the
6 City Council approved June ?, 1995
contract until five (5) City business days after the original offer has been ruled
non-responsive.
0 5. The Offeror may count toward the goal any tier of MBE or WBE subcontractors
and/or suppliers. It is the sole responsibility of the Offeror to report and document
all subcontracting and/or supplier participation dollars counted towards the goal,
irrespective of tier level. Failure to submit documentation as required in this
subparagraph, shall entitle the City to withhold payments until compliance is
attained. � �
6. The Offeror will be given credit toward the goal only when the MBE or WBE
subcontractor performs a commer4�ially useful function. An MBE or WBE
subcontractor is considered to have performed a commercially useful function
when:
a) It is responsible for the execution of a distinct element of the work by actually
perForming, managing and supervising the work involved in accordance with
normal business practice; and
b) When the firm receives due compensation as agreed upon for the work
performed.
7. The Offeror will be given credit toward the MBE/WBE contract goal only when the
MBE or WBE supplier perForms a commercially useful function. A MBE or WBE
supplier is considered to have performed a commercially useful function when
othe MBE/WBE supplier is a manufacturer or a regular dealer.
8. Regardless of whether an arrangement between the contractor and the
MBE/WBE represents standard industry practice, if the arrangement erodes the
ownership, control or independence of the MBE/WBE or does not meet the
commercially useful function requirement, the Offeror shall receive no credit
toward the goal.
9. An Offeror may count toward its goal a portion of the total dollar value of a
contract with a joint venture equal to the percentage of MBE or WBE participation
in the joint venture.
a) The Managing Department must receive the Joint Venture form from the
Offeror within five (5) City business days after the date of bid/proposal
opening, exclusive of the day of the bid/proposal opening, for certification by
the MBE/WBE Office.
b) The MBE or WBE involved in the joint venture must be responsible for a
clearly defined portion of the work to be performed, equal to a share in the
ownership, control, knowledge, management, responsibility, risks, and profits
of the joint-venture.
O B. Except for joint ventures, the prime contractor and any work perFormed by the prime
contractor is not considered for determining compliance with this ordinance.
7 City Council approved June 2, 1995
C. The Offeror may not count toward the goal any agreement with a MBE or WBE that
does not meet the requirements of this ordinance.
o IV. MBE/WBE UTILIZATION REQUIREMENTS
A. In addition to the requirements set forth elsewhere, bid conditions and requests for
proposals shall include a statement of the MBE/WBE goal established for the
project. ,
B. Bid conditions, requests for proposals, and all other specifications for applicable
contracts to be awarded by the City shall require that offers make a good faith effort
(GFE) to subcontract with or purchase supplies from MBE and/or WBE firms. Such
specifications shall require the Offeror to meet or exceed the stated goal or submit
documentation of GFE for all applicable contracts to permit a determination of
compliance with the specifications.
C. Construction and Professional Services contracts and such other contracts which
may be competed for under sealed proposal procedures' (estimated cost of $25,000
or more) and Purchasing contracts (estimated cost of $15,000 or more) shall be
awarded and administered in accordance with the following standards and
procedures:
1. Competitive bids for applicable contracts shall include the MBE/WBE
specifications in the bid specifications. MBE/WBE specifications consist of the
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM,
Q PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM, the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM,
and, if appropriate, the JOINT VENTURE FORM.
a) Competitive bids that equal or exceed the project goal must submit the
MBENVBE UTILIZATION FORM.
b) Competitive bids that do not have subcontracting and/or supplier
opportunities must submit the PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM.
c) Competitive bids that have subcontracting and/or supplier opportunities but
do not include MBE/WBE participation in an amount which equals or exceeds
the project goal, must submit the MBEIWBE UTILIZATION FORM and the
GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM and documentation.
d) Competitive bids that have subcontracting and/or supplier opportunities but
do not include any MBE/WBE participation must submit the GOOD FA17H
EFFORT FORM and documentation.
e) The Offeror shall submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME
CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM
("Documentation") as appropriate. The managing department must receive
the Documentation no later than 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after
Q the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. The Offeror shall
obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department
to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the City
received the Documentation.
g City Council approved June 2, 1998
� The submission of the applicable completed form(s) within the allotted time
will be considered when determining the responsiveness of the bid. Failure to
O comply with the bid specifications, inclusive of the MBE/WBE specifications,
shall render the Offeror non-responsive.
2. Other than responses to Requests for Proposals for those professional services
defined in Chapter 2254 of the Texas Government Code, responses to Request
for Proposals shall include a section which identifies the particular MBE and/or
WBE to be utilized in performing the contract.
a) Specify as to MBE or WBE, the estimated percentage of the MBE or WBE
participation, the type of work to be performed by the MBE or WBE, and such
other information as may reasonably be required to determine the
responsiveness to the Request for Proposal.
b) Responses that do not meet or exceed the utilization goal, as required by the
Request for Proposal, must submit a GFE explanation. Failure to include
such GFE explanation shall render the response non-responsive.
3. Initial responses to requests for proposals for those professional services defined
in Chapter 2254 of the Texas Government Code shall not include a response to
the requirements of this ordinance. The City shall comply with the requirements
of said Chapter and rank the professional on the basis of demonstrated
competence and qualifications. During negotiating the contract with the highest
Q ranked professional, the professional shall respond to this ordinance in the
manner specified in paragraph 2(a) above.
4. The GFE documentation shall demonstrate the Offeror's commitment and honest
efforts to utilize MBE or WBE. The burden of preparing and submitting the GFE
information is on the Offeror and will be evaluated as part of the responsiveness
to the bid/proposal. An Offeror who intentionally and/or knowingly misrepresents
facts on the documentation submitted will constitute a basis for classification as
non-responsive and possible debarment.
5. The contracting department may request the MBE/WBE Office to waive the goal
requirements of this subsection, or to reduce the amount of the goal, in
accordance with the provisions of the Exceptions and Waivers section.
D. The City Manager, with the advice and counsel of the MWBEAC in accord with City
of Fort Worth Resolution No. 1148, shall adopt regulations governing the purchase
of goods and services under $15,000.
V. POST-AWARD COMPLIANCE
A. In addition to such other requirements as may be set forth elsewhere, the following
shall apply to applicable contracts awarded by the City:
0 1. Contracts shall incorporate this ordinance by reference, and shall provide that the
contractor's violation of this ordinance shall constitute a breach of such contract
and result in debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in this ordinance.
City Council approved June 2, 1993
2. From and after the date of bid opening, any proposed change or deletion in
MBE/WBE participation identified in the bid, proposal or contract shall be
reviewed by the MBE/WBE Office to determine whether such change or deletion
Q is justified in accord with paragraphs 3 and 4 immediately below. Any unjustified
change or deletion shall be a material breach of contract and may result in
debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in this ordinance.
3. From and after the date of bid opening, the contractor shall:
a) Make no unjustified changes or deletions in its MBE/WBE participation
commitments submitted with the bids, proposal or during negotiations;
b) If substantial subcontracting and/or substantial supplier opportunities arise
during the term of any contract when the contractor represented in its bid to
the City that it alone would perForm the subcontracting/supplier opportunity
work, the contractor shall notify the City before subcontracts for work and/or
supplies are let and shall be required to comply with Article I, subsections
12.3 and 12.4 of this Attachment 1, exclusive of the time requirements stated
in such subsections;
c) Maintain records reasonably necessary for monitoring their compliance with
the provisions of this ordinance;
d) After the first payment and beginning with the second application for payment,
submit required MNVBE Periodic Payment Reports, including proof of
o payment documentation, to the MBE/WBE Office. Further, upon request of
the M/WBE Office, submit such other documentation as may be reasonably
required to verify proof of payments. Failure to submit these reports and
other requested information, if any, as required shall authorize the City to
withhold payment from the contractor until compliance with this ordinance is
attained.
4. The contractor shall submit to the MBE/WBE Office for approval a M/WBE
REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF CHANGE FORM if, during the term of any
contract, a contractor wishes to change or delete one or more MBE or WBE
subcontractor(s) or supplier(s).
a) Within three (3) City business days after receipt by the MBENVBE Office,
exclusive of the date of receipt, the Request shall be reviewed. The Request
shall be approved if the change or deletion is justified. The following shall
constitute justification for the requested change or deletion:
1) A MBE or WBE's failure to provide workers' compensation insurance
evidence as required by state law; or
2) A MBE or WBE's failure to provide evidence of general liability or other
insurance under the same or similar terms as contained in the contract
� documents with limits of coverage no greater than the lower of 1) the limits
required of the contractor by the City; or 2) the limits contained in the
contractor's standard subcontract or supply agreements used on other
10 City Council approved June 2, 1998
projects of similar size and scope and within the contractor's normal
business practice with non MBE or WBE subcontractor's or suppliers; or
O3) A MBE or WBE's failure to execute the contractor's standard subcontract
form, if entering a subcontract is required by the contractor in its normal
course of business, unless such failure is due to:
i. A change in the amount of the previously agreed to bid or scope of
work; or
ii. The contract presented provides for payment once a month or longer
and the contractor is receiving payment from the City twice a month; or
iii. Any limitation being placed on the ability of the MBE or WBE to report
violations of this Ordinance or any other ordinance or violations of any
state or federal law or other improprieties to the City or to provide
notice of any claim to the contractor's surety company or insurance
company.
4) An MBE or WBE defaults in the performance of the executed subcontract.
In this event, the contractor shall:
i. Request bids from all MBE and/or WBE subcontractors previously
submitting bids for the work,
Qii. If reasonably practicable, request bids from previously non-bidding
MBEs and WBEs, and
iii. Provide to the M/WBE office documentation of compliance with (i) and
(ii) above.
5) Any other reason found to be acceptable by the MBE/WBE Office in its
sole discretion.
NOTE: The contractor shall submit such documentation as may
reasonably be requested by the MBEIWSE Office to support the
contrac#or's request. The time between the request by the MBEIWBE
Office for additiona! documentation and the delivery of such
documentation shall not be inciuded within the time period that the
MBE/WBE Office is required to respond as stated in subparagraph
(a) above.
b) If the MBE/WBE Office approves the deletion of a MBE or WBE and
replacement by a non-MBE or WBE, such approval shail constitute a post
award waiver to the extent of the value of the deleted subcontract.
c) If the MBE/WBE Office denies the request for change or deletion, the
� contractor may appeal the denial to the City Manager whose decision will be
final.
11 City Council approved June 2, 1993
5. Whenever contract, amendments, change orders, or extra work orders are made
individually or in the aggregate, the contractor shall comply with the provisions of
this ordinance with respect to the alternates, amendments, change orders, or
Oextra work orders.
a) If the amendment, change order, or extra work affects the subcontract of an
MBE or WBE, such MBE or WBE shall be given the opportunity to perform
such amendment, change order or extra work. ,
b) If the amendment, change order or extra work is not covered by any
subcontractor performing like or similar work, and the amount of such
amendment, change order or extra work exceeds ten percent (10%) of the
original contract amount, the contractor shall comply with Article 1,
subsections 12.3 and 12.4 of this Attachment 1(exclusive of the time
requirements stated therein) with respect to such amendment, change order,
or extra work.
6. If the contractor in its bid included any second or lower tier subcontractor/supplier
towards meeting the goal, it is the responsibility of the contractor to report and
document all subcontracting and/or supplier participation dollars irrespective of
tier level. Failure to comply with the City's request to provide the required
documentation shall entitle the City to withhold payments (but only to the extent
of the subcontractor's payments related to the MBE/WBE participation dollars
which are not documented) and/or to reject future bids from the contractor� until
compliance with this ordinance is attained.
� 7. Upon completion of the contract and within ten (10) City business days after
receipt of final payment from the City, exclusive of the date the contractor
receives payment, the contractor shall provide the MBE/WBE Office with the
M/WBE FINAL SUMMARY PAYMENT REPORT FORM to reflect the final
participation of each subcontractor and/or supplier (including non-M/WBEs) used
on the project. Failure to comply with the City's request to provide the required
documentation shall entitle the City to reject future bids from the contractor until
compliance with this ordinance is attained.
8. In the event a contractor is in non-compliance with either paragraph 6 or 7 above,
and such non-compliance is solely the result of an act or omission by an MBE or
WBE, the MBE/WBE Office shall consider such in determining what action, if
any, to take.
Vl. EXCEPTIONS AND WAIVERS
A. If an Offeror is unable to comply with the goal requirements established in the
Program Goal section of this ordinance, such Offeror shall submit one of the two
forms listed below within the allotted time.
1. A Prime Contractor Waiver Form (Attachment 1 B) is submitted if the Offeror will
Operform the entire contract without subcontractors or suppliers.
2. A Good Faith Effort Form (Attachment 1 C) is submitted if the Offeror has
subcontracting and/or supplier opportunities but was unable to meet or exceed
12 City Council approved June 2, 1998
the project goai. The Offeror will submit requested documentation that
demonstrates a good faith effort to comply with the goai requirements as
described in the Program Goal section above.
'� -
A contracting department may request the MBE/WBE Office to waive or modify the
goal requirements for MBE or WBE by submitting a Departmental Waiver Form, in
writing, prior to solicitation of bids or proposals. The MBE/WBE Office may grant
such a waiver or reduction upon determination that: ,
1. The reasonable and necessary requirements of the contract render
subcontracting or other participation of business other than the Offeror infeasible;
or
2. A public or administrative emergency exists which requires the goods or services
to be provided with unusual immediacy; or
3. Sufficient MBE/WBE providing the services required by the contract are
unavailable in the marketplace of the project, despite attempts to locate them; or
4. The application of the provisions of this ordinance will impose an unwarranted
risk on the City or unduly delay acquisition of the goods or services.
C. Whenever the MBE/WBE Office denies a request to waive a goal,
department may appeal that denial to the City Manager whose
request shall be final.
the contracting
decision on the
o VII. PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION
�
L
A. The City Manager, with the advice and counsel of the MWBEAC in accord with City
of Fort Worth Resolution No. 1148, is authorized to establish and implement the
regulations set forth in this ordinance. The MBE/WBE Office shall be responsible for
the overall administration of the City's MBE/WBE Program, and its duties and
responsibilities shall include:
1. Recommending rules and regulations to effectuate this ordinance;
2. Maintaining a current listing of certified MBE and WBE firms for distribution
internally and externally on contracts;
3. Providing information and needed assistance to MBE/WBEs to increase their
ability to compete effectively for the award of City contracts;
4. Investigating alleged violations of this ordinance and making written
recommendations to appropriate City authorities for remedial action when
appropriate;
5. Developing and distributing all necessary forms, applications, and documents
necessary to comply with this ordinance;
6. Reviewing, on a regular basis, the progress of departments toward achieving the
category goals for the utilization of minority and women business enterprises;
13 City Council approved June 2, 1993
7. Making recommendations to appropriate City staff regarding methods to further
the policies and goals of this ordinance;
� 8. Determining MBE/WBE compliance on contracts before they are submitted to the
City Council for award;
9. Maintaining accurate contract performance reporting system; and
10. Compiling a report reflecting the progress in attaining the City's annual goal,
quarterly and annually.
B. It shall be the responsibility of the contracting department to ensure that bids or
proposals emanating from the department adhere to the procedures and provisions
set forth in this ordinance.
1. The department director or designee shall assume primary responsibility for
achieving the goals of this program and shall review, on a continuing basis, all
aspects of the program's operations to assure that the purpose is being attained.
2. The contracting department shall take the following action to ensure that MBEs
and WBEs have the maximum opportunity to participate on City contracts:
a) A written notification shall be sent to minority and women trade associations,
contractor's associations, and minority and women chambers of commerce
about the availability of formally advertised contracting opportunities no less
Q' than 28 days before bids are due;
b) All applicable contract solicitations shall include the requirements contained in
this ordinance;
c) All contracting opportunities shall be evaluated in an effort to divide the total
requirements of a contract to provide reasonable opportunities for MBE/WBE;
d) For construction and professional service contracts, establish procedures to
ensure that all contractors' invoices are paid twice a month and that
subcontractors are paid within five (5) City business days after receipt of
payment. A contractor's failure to make payments within five (5) City
business days shall authorize the City to withhold future payments from the
contractor until compliance with this ordinance is attained.
e) Establish guidelines to ensure that a notice to proceed is not issued until
signed letters of intent evidencing receipt by the MBE/WBE or executed
agreements with the MBE/WBE have been submitted;
fl Ensure that all required statistics and documentation are submitted to the
MBE/WBE Office as requested; and
O g) If circumstances prevent the contracting department from meeting the 28-day
advertising and notification requirements, the contracting department shall
perform extensive outreach to MBE/WBE associations or other relevant
organizations to inform them of the contracting opportunity.
14 City Council approved June 2, 1998
7. Making recommendations to appropriate City staff regarding methods to further
the policies and goals of this ordinance;
Q 8. Determining MBE/WBE compliance on contracts before they are submitted to the
City Council for award;
9. Maintaining accurate contract p�rformance reporting� system; and
10. Compiling a report reflecting the progress in attaining the City's annual goal,
quarterly and annually.
B. It shall be the responsibility of the contracting department to ensure that bids or
proposals emanating from the department adhere to the procedures and provisions
set forth in this ordinance.
1. The department director or designee shall assume primary responsibility for
achieving the goals of this program and shall review, on a continuing basis, all
aspects of the program's operations to assure that the purpose is being attained.
2. The contracting department shall take the following action to ensure that MBEs
and WBEs have the maximum opportunity to participate on City contracts:
a) A written notification shall be sent to minority and women trade associations,
contractor's associations, and minority and women chambers of commerce
about the availability of formally advertised contracting opportunities no less
othan 28 days before bids are due; �
b) All applicable contract solicitations shall include the requirements contained in
this ordinance;
c) All contracting opportunities shall be evaluated in an effort to divide the total
requirements of a contract to provide reasonable opportunities for MBE/WBE;
d) For construction and professional service contracts, establish procedures to
ensure that all contractors' invoices are paid twice a month and that
subcontractors are paid within five (5) City business days after receipt of
payment. A contractor's failure to make payments within five (5) City
business days shall authorize the City to withhold future payments from the
contractor until compliance with this ordinance is attained.
e) Establish guidelines to ensure that a notice to proceed is not issued until
signed letters of intent evidencing receipt by the MBE/WBE or executed
agreements with the MBENVBE have been submitted;
fl Ensure that all required statistics and documentation are submitted to the
MBE/WBE Office as requested; and
� g) If circumstances prevent the contracting department from meeting the 28-day
advertising and notification requirements, the contracting department shall
perform extensive outreach to MBE/WBE associations or other relevant
organizations to inform them of the contracting opportunity.
14 City Council approved June 2, 1998
VIII. CERTIFICATION
0 The City will recognize MBE/WBE that are certified by the Texas Department of
Transportation (TxDOT), highway division or the North Central Texas Regional
Certification Agency (NCTRCA). In the event of denial of certification by either of these
entities, the City reserves the right to grant its own certification for use in City contracts.
IX. CONTRACT MONITORING, AND REPORTING
A. The MBE/WBE Office shall monitor compliance with these requirements during the
term of the contract. If it is determined that there is cause to believe that a
contractor or subcontractor has failed to comply with any of the requirements of this
ordinance, or the contract provisions pertaining to MBE/WBE utilization, the
MBE/WBE Office shall notify the contracting department and the contractor. The
MBE/WBE Office shall attempt to resolve the noncompliance through conciliation. If
the noncompliance cannot be resolved, the Coordinator and the contracting
department shall submit written recommendations to the City Manager or designee,
and if the City Manager concurs with the findings, sanctions shall be imposed as
stated in ordinance.
B. Whenever the MBE/WBE Office finds, after investigation, that a contracting
department has failed to comply with the provisions of this ordinance, a written
finding specifying the nature of the noncompliance shall be transmitted to the
Q contracting department, and the MBE/WBE Office shall attempt to resolve any
noncompliance through conference and conciliation. Should such attempt fail to
resolve the noncompliance, the Coordinator shall transmit a copy of the findings of
noncompliance, with a statement that conciliation was attempted and failed, to the
City Manager who shall take appropriate action to secure compliance.
C. The MBE/WBE Office may require such reports, information, and documentation
from contractors, offers, contracting agencies, and the head of any department,
division, or office of the City of Fort Worth, as are reasonably necessary to
determine compliance with the requirements, within ten (10) days after the notice of
noncompliance. �
D. Contracting departments shall maintain accurate records for each contract awarded,
including dollar value, the nature of the goods or services to be provided, the name
of the contractor awarded the contract, the efforts it employed to solicit bids from
MBE/WBE, identifying for each its dollar value, the nature of the goods or services
provided, and the name of the subcontractor.
E. The City Manager, with the advice and counsel of the MWBEAC in accord with City
of Fort Worth Resolution No. 1148, shall submit an annual report to the City Council
on the progress of the City toward the utilization goals established by this ordinance,
together with an identification of problems and specific recommendations for
Oimproving the City's performance.
15 City Council approved June 3, 1993
�
X. DEBARMENT
� A. An Offeror who intentionaliy and/or knowingly misrepresents facts shail be
determined to be an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City work
for a period of time of not less than three (3) years.
B. The failure of an Offeror to otherwise comply with this ordinance and which
constitutes a material breach of contract as stated herein, may result in the Offeror
being determined to be an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City
work for a period of time of not less than one (1) year.
C. The MBE/WBE Office will send a written statement of facts and a recommendation
for debarment to the City Manager. The City Manager, after consultation with the
Department of Law, will make the decision regarding debarment and send a certified
notice to the Offeror.
D. An Offeror that receives notification of debarment may appeal to an Appeal Board,
hereinafter created, by giving written notice within ten (10) days from the date of
receipt of the debarment notice, to the City Manager of its request for appeal.
E. An Appeal Board, consisting of no't less than three members appointed by the City
Manager with the approval of the City Council, will meet within thirty (30) days from
the date of receipt of the request for appeal of debarment, unless Offeror requests
aan extension of time. The Offeror will be notified of the meeting time and location.
F. The Offeror will be afforded an opportunity to appear with Counsel if they so desire,
submit documentary evidence, and confront any person that the City presents.
G. The Appeal Board will render its decision not more than thirty (30) days of the
hearing and send a certified notice to the Offeror. �
H. If the Appeal Board upholds the original debarment, the Offeror may appeal to the
City Council within ten (10) days from the date of receipt of the Appeal Board's
decision by giving written notice to the City Manager.
I. The appeal will be placed on the City Council agenda within thirty (30) days from
receipt of written notice, unless Offeror requests an extension in writing.
J. From the date of notification of debarment and during the pendency of any appeal,
the City will not consider offers from, award contracts to, renew or otherwise extend
contracts with, or contract directly or indirectly through subcontracts with the Offeror
pending the Appeal Board's decision.
K. Any MBE or WBE subcontractor or supplier who intentionally and/or knowingly
misrepresents facts or otherwise violates the provisions of this ordinance may be
Q determined to be irresponsible for a period of time not to exceed one (1) year, and if
deemed irresponsible, such MBE or WBE shall not be included in calculating an
� Offeror's responsiveness. �
16 City Council approved June 2, 1998
X!. SEVERABILITY
QIf any provision of this attachment or ordinance, the application thereof to any person ar
circumstance is held invalid for any reason in a court of competent jurisdiction, such
invalidity sha{I not affect the other provisions of any other application of this attachment
or ordinance which can be given effect without the invalid provision, or application, and
to this end, all the provisions of this attachment or ordinance are hereby declared to be
severable.
�
�
17 City Council approved June 2, 1995
�
PART C
�
'L�■Jr
PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
NOVEMBER 1, 1987
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C1-1
C1-1.1
C1-1.2
C1-1.3
C1-1.4
C1-1.5
C]-1.6
C1-1.7
CI-1.8
C1-1.9
CI-1.10
C1-l.l l
C1-1.12
C1-1.13
C1-1.14
C1-1.15
C1-1.16
C1-1.17
C1-1.18
C1-1.19
C1-1.20
C1-1.21
C1-122
C1-1.23
C1-1.24
C1-1.25
C1-1.26
C1-1.27
C1-1.28
C1-1.29
C1-1.30
C1-1.31
C1-1.32
DEFINITIONS
Definition of Terms
Contract Documents
Notice to Bidders
Proposal
Bidder
General Conditions
Special Conditions
Specifications
Bonds
Contract
Plans
City
City Council �
Mayor
City Manager
City Attorney
Director of Public Works
Director, City Water Department
Engineer
Contractor
Sureties
The Work or Project
Working Day
Calendar Days
Legal Holidays
Abbreviations
Change Order
Paved Streets and Alleys
Unpaved Streets or Alleys
City Street
Roadway
Gravel Street
C1-1 (1)
C1-1 (1)
C1-1 (2)
C1-1 (2)
C1-1 (2)
C1-1 (2)
C1-1 (2)
C1-1 (2)
C1-1 (2)
Cl-1 (2)
C1-1 (3)
C1-1 (3)
C1-1 (3)
C1-1 (3)
C1-1 (3)
C1-1 (3)
C1-1 (3)
C1-1 (3)
Cl-1 (3)
C1-1 (3)
C1-1 (3)
C1-1 (4)
C1-1 (4)
C1-1 (4)
C1-1 (4)
C1-1 (4)
C1-1 (4)
C1-1 (5)
C1-1 (5)
C1-1 (6)
C1-1 (6)
C1-1 (6)
C1-1 (6)
C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION
OF PROPOSAL
C2-2.1 Proposal Form
C2-2.2 Interpretation of Quantities
C2-2.3 Examination of Contract Documents and Site of Project
C2-2.4 Submitting of Proposal
C2-2 (1)
C2-2 (1)
C2-2 (2)
C2-2 (2)
�i)
C2-2.5 Rejection of Proposals
C2-2.6 Bid Security
C2-2.7 Delivery of Proposal
C?-?.8 Withdrawing Proposals
C2-2.9 Telegraphic Modifications of Proposals
C2-2.10 Public Opening of Proposal
C2-2.11 Irregular Proposals
C2-2.12 Disqualification of Bidders
C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS:
C3-3.1 Consideration of Proposals
C�-�.2 Minority Business Enterprise/Women Business
Enterprise Compliance
C3-3.3 Equal Employment Provisions
C3-3.4 Withdrawal of Proposals
C3-3.5 Award of Contract
C3-3.6 Return of Proposal Securities
C3-3.7 Bonds
C3-3•8 Execution of Contract
C3-3.9 Failure to Execute Contract
C-3-3.10 Beginning Work
C3-3.11 Insurance
C3-3.12 Contractor's Obligations
C3-3.13 Weekly Payrolls
C3-3.14 Contractor's Contract Administration
C3-3.15 Venue
C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK
C4-4.1 Intent of Contract Documents
C4-4.2 Special Provisions
C4-4.3 Increased or Decreased Quantities
C4-4.4 Alteration of Contract Documents
C4-4.5 Extra Work
C4-4.6 Schedule of Operation
(3)
C4-4.7 Progress Schedules for Water and Sewer Plant Facilities
CS-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS
CS-5.1 Authority of Engineer
CS-5.2 Conformity with Plans
CS-5.3 Coordination of Contract Documents
CS-5.4 Cooperation of Contractor
CS-5.5 Emergency and/or Rectitication Work
CS-5.6 Field Office
C2-2 (3)
C2-2 (3)
C2-2 (3)
C2-2 (3)
C2-2 (3)
C2-2 (4)
C2-2 (4)
C2-2 (4)
C3-3 (1)
C3-3 (1)
C3-3 (1)
C3-3 (1)
C3-3 (2)
C3-3 (2)
C3-3 (2)
C3-3 (3)
C3-3 (3)
C3-3 (4)
C3-3 (4)
C3-3 (6)
C3-3 (6)
C3-3 (6)
C3-3 (7)
C4-4 (1)
C4-4 (1)
C4-4 (1)
C4-4 (2)
C4-4 (2)
C4-4
C4-4 (4)
CS-5 (1)
CS-5 (1)
CS-5 (1)
CS-5 (2)
CS-5 (2)
CS-5 (3)
�2)
�..
CJ-S.7
C5-5.8
C�-5.9
CS-5.10
C�-5.11
C�-5.12
C�-5.13
C�-�.14
C�-5.15
CS-5.16
CS-5.17
C�-5.18
C6-6
C6-6.1
C6-6.2
C6-6.3
C6-6.4
C6-6.5
C6-6.6
C6-6.7
C6-6.8
C6-6.9
C6-6.10
C6.6.11
C6-6.12
C6-6.13
C6-6.14
C6-6.15
C6-6.16
C6-6.17
C6-6.18
C6-6.19
C6-6.20
C6-6.21
C7-7
C7-7.1
C7-7.2
C7-7.3
C7-7.4
C7-7.5
C7-7.6
C7-7.7
Construction Stakes
Authority and Duties of Citv Inspector
Inspection
Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work
Substitute Materials or Equipinent
Samples and Tests of Materials
Storage of Materials
Existing Structures and Utilities
Interruption of Service
Mutual Responsibility of Contractors
Clean-Up
Final Inspection
CS-5 (3)
CS-� (3)
CS-5 (4)
CS-5 (4)
CS-5 (4)
CS-5 (5)
CS-5 (5)
CS-5 (5)
CS-5 (6)
CS-5 (7)
CS-5 (7)
CS-5 (8)
LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY
Laws to be Observed C6-6 (1)
Permits and Licenses C6-6 (1)
Patented Devices, Materials, and Processes C6-6 (1)
Sanitary Provisions C6-6 (1)
Public Safety and Convenience C6-6 (2)
Privileges f Contractor in Streets, Alleys, C6-6 (3)
and Right-of-Way
Railway Crossings C6-6 (3)
Barricades, Warnings and Flagmen C6-6 (3)
Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. C6-6 (4)
Work Within Easements C6-6 (5)
Independent Contractor C6-6 (6)
Contractor's Responsibility for Damage Claims C6-6 (6)
Contractor's Claim for Damages C6-6 (8)
Adjustment or Relocation of Public Utilities, Etc. C6-6 (8)
Temporary Sewer and Drain Connections C6-6 (8)
Arrangement and Charges for Water Furnished by the City C6-6 (9)
Use of a Section or Portion of the Work C6-6 (9)
Contractor's Responsibility for the Work C6-6 (9)
No Waiver of Legal Rights C6-6 (9)
Personal Liability of Public Officials C6-6 (10)
State Sales Tax C6-6 (10)
PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
Subletting
Assignment of Contract
Prosecution of The Work
Limitation of Operations
Character of Workmen and Equipment
Work Schedule
Time of Commencement and Completion
C7-7 (1)
C7-7 (1)
C7-7 (1)
C7-7 (2)
C7-7 (2)
C7-7 (3)
C7-7 (3)
(�)
C7-7.8 Extension of Time Completion
C7-7.9 Delays
C7-7.10 Time of Completion
C7-7.11 Suspension by Court Order
C7-7.12 Temporary Suspension
C7-7.13 Termination of Contract due to National Emergency
C7-7.14 Suspension or Abandonment of the Work
and Annulment of the Contract:
C7-7.15 Fulfillment of Contract
C7-7.16 Termination for Convenience of the Owner
C7-7.17 Safety Methods and Practices
C8-8
C8-8.1
C8-8.2
C8-8.3
C8-8.4
C8-8.5
C8-8.6
C8-8.7
C8-8.8
C8-8.9
C8-8.10
C8-8.11
C8-8.12
C8-8.13
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Measurement Of Quantities
Unit Prices
Lump Suzn
Scope of Payment
Partial Estimates and Retainage
Withholding Payment
Final Acceptance
Final Payment
Adequacy of Design
General Guaranty
Subsidiary Work
Miscellaneous Placement of Material
Record Documents
C7-7 (3)
C7-7 (4)
C7-7 (4)
C7-7 (5)
C7-7 (J)
C7-7 (6)
C7-7 (6)
C7-7 (8)
C7-7 (8)
C7-7 (11)
C8-8 (1)
C8-8 (1)
C8-8 (1)
C8-8 (1)
C8-8 (2)
C8-8 (3)
C8-8 (3)
C8-8 (3)
C8-8 (4)
C8-8 (4)
C8-8 (4)
C8-8 (4)
C8-8 (4)
�
n
U
(�)
�
PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS
C 1-1 DEFINITIONS
SECTION C1-1 DEFINITIONS
C1-1.1 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS: Whenever in these Contract Documents the
following terms or pronouns in place of them are used, the intent and meaning shall be
understood and interpreted as follows:
C1-1.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are in all of the written
and drawn documents, such as specifications, bonds, addenda, plans, etc., which govern
the terms and performance of the contract. These are contained on the General Contract
Documents and the Special Contract Documents.
a. GENER.AL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The General Contract
Documents govern all Water Department Projects and Include the
following Items
PART A- NOTICE TO BIDDERS
PART B - PROPOSAL
PART C - GENER.AL CONDITIONS
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PART E - SPECIFICATIONS
PERMITS/EASEMENTS
PARTF-BONDS
PART G - CONTRACT
(Sample)
(Sample)
(CITY)
(Developer)
(Sample)
(Sample)
White
White
Canary Yellow
Brown
Green
E 1-White
E2-Golden Rod
E2A-White
Blue
White
White
b. SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Special Contract
Documents are prepared for each specific project as a supplement to the
General Contract Documents and include the following items:
PART A- NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Advertisement) same as above
PART B - PROPOSAL (Bid)
PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PART E - SPECIFICATIONS
PERMITS/EASEMENTS
PARTF-BONDS
PART G - CONTRACT
PART H- PLANS (Usually bound separately)
�
C1-1 (1)
C 1-1.3 NOTICE TO BIDDERS: All of the legal publications either actually published
in public advertising mediums or furnished direct to interested parties pertaining to the
work conteinplated under the Contract Documents constitutes the notice to bidders.
C 1-1.4 PROPOSAL: The completed written and signed offer or tender of a bidder to
perform the work which the Owner desires to have done, together with the bid security,
constitutes the Proposal, which becomes binding upon the Bidder when it is officially
received by the Owner, has been publicly opened and read and not rejected by the Owner.
C 1-1.5 BIDDER: Any person, persons, firm, partnership, company, association,
corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, submitting a
proposal for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents,
constitutes a bidder.
C1-1.6 GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions are the usual construction
and contract requirements which govern the performance of the work so that it will be
carried on in accordance with the customary procedure, the local statutes, and
requirements of the City of Fort Worth's charter and promulgated ordinances.
Wlienever there may be a conflict between the General Conditions and the Special
Conditions, the latter shall take precedence. .
C 1-1.7 SPECIAL CONDITIONS: Special conditions are the specific requirements
which are necessary for the particular project covered by the Contract Documents and not
specifically covered in the General Conditions. When considered with the General
Conditions and other elements of the Contract Documents they provide the information
which the Contractor and Owner should have in order to gain a thorough knowledge of
the project.
C1-1.8 SPECIFICATIONS: The Specifications is that section or part of the Contract
Documents which set forth in detail the requirements which must be met by all materials,
construction, workmanship, equipment and services in order to render a completed an
useful project. Whenever reference is made to standard specifications, regulations,
requirements, statutes, etc., such referred to documents shall become a part of the
Contract Documents just as though they were embodied therein.
C1-1.9 BONDS: The bond or bonds are the written guarantee or security furnished by
the Contractor for prompt and faithful performance of the contract and include the
following:
a. Performance Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7)
b. Payment Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7)
c. Nlaintenance Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7)
d. Proposal or Bid Security (see Special Instructions to Bidders, Part A and
C2-2.6)
C1-1 (2)
� C 1-1.10 CONTRACT: The Contract is a formal signed agreement between the owner
and the Contractor covering the mutual understanding of the two contracting parties about
the project to be completed under the Contract Documents.
C1-1.11 PLANS: The plans are the drawings or reproductions therefrom made by the
Owner's representative showing in detail the location, dimension and position of the
various elements of the project, including such profiles, typical cross-sections, layout
diagrams, working drawings, preliminary drawings and such supplemental drawings as
the Owner may issue to clarify other dra�vings or for the purpose of showing changes in
the �vork hereinafter authorized by the Owner. The plans are usually bound separately
from the other parts of the Contract Documents, but they are part of the Contract
Documents just as though they were bound therein.
C1-1.12 CITY: The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a municipal corporation, authorized and
chartered under the Texas State Statutes, acting by and through its governing body or its
City Manager, each of which is required by charter to perform specific duties.
Responsibility for final enforcement of the Contracts involving the City of Fort Worth is
by Charter vested in the City Manager. The terms City and Owner are synonymous.
C1-1.13 CITY COLINCIL: The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City
of Fort Worth, Texas.
C1-1.14 MAYOR: The officially elected Mayor, or in his absence, the Mayor Pro tem
of the City of Fort Worth, Texas.
C1-1.15 CITY MANAGER: The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of
the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative.
C1-1.16 CITY ATTORNEY: The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Fort
Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative.
C1-1.17 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS: The officially appointed official of the City
of Fort Worth, Texas, referred to in the charter as the City Engineer, or his duly
authorized representative.
C1-1.18 DIRECTOR, CITY WATER DEPARTI�IENT: The officially appointed
Director of the City Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly
authorized representative, assistant, or agents.
C1-1.19 ENGINEER: The Director of Public Works, the Director of the Fort Worth
City Water Department, or their duly authorized assistants, agents, engineers, inspectors,
or superintendents, acting �vithin the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them.
C1-1.20 CONTRACTOR: The person, person's, partnership, company, firm, association,
or corporation, entering into a contract with the Owner for the execution of work, actina
C1-1 (3)
directly or through a duly authorized representative. A sub-contractor is a person, firm,
corporation, supplying labor and materials or only labor, for the work at the site of the
project.
C 1-1.21 SURETIES: The Corporate bodies which are bound by such bonds rrs are
required with and for the Contractor. The sureties engaged are to be fully responsible for
the entire and satisfactory fulfillment of the Contract and for any and all requirements as
set forth in the Contract Documents and approved changes therein.
C 1-1.22 THE WORK OR PROJECT: The completed work contemplated in and
covered by the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the furnishing of all
labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to produce a completed and
serviceable project.
C 1-1.23 WORKING DAY: A working day is defined as a calendar day, not including
Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions not under
the control of the Contractor permit the performance of the principal unit of work for a
period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., with exceptions
as permitted in paragraph C7-7.6
C 1-1.24 CALENDAR DAYS: A calendar day is any day of the week or month, no days
being excepted.
C1-1.25: LEGAL HOLIDAYS: Legal holidays shall be observed as prescribed by the
City Council of the City of Fort Worth for observance by City employees as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
New Year's day
M.L. King, Jr. Birthday
Memorial Day
Independence Day
Labor Day
Thanksgiving Day
Thanksgiving Friday
Christmas Day
Such other days in lieu of holidays as
the City Council may determine
January 1
Third Monday in January
Last Monday in May
July 4
First Monday in September
Fourth Thursday in November
Forth Friday in November
December 25
When one of the above named holidays or a special holiday is declared by the City
Council, falls on a Saturday, the holiday shall be observed on the preceding Friday, or if
it falls on Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday, by those employees
working on working day operations. Employees working calendax day operations will
consider the calendar as the holiday.
C1-1.26 ABBREVIATIONS: Whenever the abbreviations defined herein appear in the
Contract Documents, the intent and meaning shall be as follows:
C1-1 (4)
� AASHTO -
ASCE -
IAW -
ASTM -
AWWA -
ASA
HI
Asph.
Ave.
Blvd.
CI
CL
GI
Lin.
lb.
MH
Max.
�
American Association of State
Highway Transportation Officials
American Society of Civil
Engineers
In Accordance With
American Society of Testing
Materials
American Water Works
Association
American Standards Association
Hydraulic Institute
Asphalt
Avenue
Boulevard
Cast Iron
Center Line �
Galvanized Iron
Linear or Lineal
Pound
Manhole
Maximum
I �[�1�;
CFS
Min.
Mono
%
R
I.D.
O.D.
Elev.
F
C
In.
Ft.
St.
CY
Yd.
SY
L.F.
D.I.
- Million Gallons
per Day
- Cubic Foot per
Second
- Minimum
- Monolithic
- Percentum
- Radius
- Inside Diameter
- Outside Diameter
- Elevation
- Fahrenheit
- Centigrade
- Inch
- Foot
- Street
- Cubic Yard
- Yard
- Square yard
- Linear Foot
- Ductile Iron
C1-1.27 CHANGE ORDER: A"Change Order" is a written supplemental agreement
between the Owner and the Contractor covering some added or deducted item or feature
which may be found necessary and which was not specifically included in the scope of
the project on which bids were submitted. Increase in unit quantities stated in the
proposal are not the subject matter of a Change Order unless the increase or decrease is
more than 25% of the amount of the particular item or items in the original proposal.
All "Change Orders" shall be prepared by the City from information as necessary
furnished by the Contractor.
C1-1.28 PAVED STREETS AND ALLEYS: A paved street or alley shall be defined as
a street or alley having one of the following types of wearing surfaces applied over the
natural unimproved surface:
1
2
�
�
4
5
Any type of asphaltic concrete with or without separate base material.
Any type of asphalt surface treatment, not includina an oiled surface, with
or without separate base material. y
Brick, with or without separate base material.
Concrete, with or without separate base material.
Any combination of the above.
C1-1 (�)
C1-1.29 UNPAVED STREETS OR ALLEYS: An unpaved street, alley, roadway or
other surface is any area except those defined for "Paved Streets and Alleys."
C1-1.30 CITY STREET: A city street is defined as that area between the right-of-way
lines as the street is dedicated.
C 1-1.31 ROADWAY: The roadway is defined as the area between parallel lines two
(2') back of the curb lines or four (`4) feet back of the average edge of pavement where
no curb exists.
C1-1.32 GRAVEL STREET: A gravel street is an unimproved street to which has been
added one or more applications of gravel or similar material other than the natural
material found on the street surface before any improvement was made.
�
�
Cl-1 (6)
SECTION C - GENERAL CONDITIONS
C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND
PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL
SECTION C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL
C2-2.1 PROPOSAL FORM: The Owner will fiirnish bidders with Proposal form, which
will contain an itemized list of the items of work to be done or materials to be furnished
and upon which bid prices are requested. The Proposal form will state the Bidder's
general understanding of the project to be completed, provide a space for furnishing the
amount of bid security, and state the basis for entering into a formal contract. The Owner
will furnish forms for the Bidder's "Experience Record," "Equipment Schedule," and
"Financial Statement," all of which must be properly eYecuted and filed with the Director
of the City Water Department one week prior to the hour for opening of bids.
The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified
public accountant or an independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by
an appropriate state licensing agency, and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the
current financial status. This statement must be current and no more than one (1) year old.
In the case that bidding date falls within the time a ne�v statement is being prepared, the
previous statement shall be updated by proper verification. Liquid assets in the amount of
ten (10) percent of the estimated project cost will be required.
For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project, it must
reflect the experience of the firm seeking qualification in work of both the same nature
and magnitude as that of the project for which bids are to be received, and such
esperience must have been completed not more than five (5) years prior to the date on
which Bids are to be received. The Director of the Water Department shall be sole judge
as to the acceptability of experience for qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water
Department project.
The prospective bidder shall schedule the equipment he has available for the project and
state that he will rent such additional equipment as may be required to complete the
project on which he submits a bid.
C2-22 INTERPRETATION OF QUANTITIES: The quantities of work and materials
to be furnished as may be listed in the proposal forms or other parts of the Contract
Documents will be considered as approximate only and will be used for the purpose of
comparing bids on a uniform basis. Payment will be made to the Contractor for only the
actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in strict accordance with the
Contract Documents and Plans. The quantities of work to be performed and materials to
be furnished may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided, without in any way
invalidatina the unit prices bid or any other requirements of the Contract Documents.
C2-2(1)
C2-2.3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE OF PROJECT:
Bidders are advised that the Contract Documents on file with the Owner shall constitute
all of the information which the Owner will fiirnish. All additional information and data
which the Owner will supply after promulgation of the formal contract documents shall
be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract
Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original Contract
Documents.
Bidders are required, prior to filing of proposal, to read and become familiar with the
Contract Documents, to visit the site of the project and examine carefully all local
conditions, to inform themselves by their own independent research and investigations,
tests, boring, and by such other means as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge
of the conditions which will be encountered during construction of the project. They must
judge for themselves the difficulties of the work and all attending circumstances affecting
the cost of doing the work or the time required for its completion, and obtain all
information required to make an intelligent proposal. No information given by the Owner
or any representative of the Owner other than that contained in the Contract Documents
and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the Owner. Bidders
shall rely exclusively and solely upon their own estimates, investigation, research, tests,
eYplorations, and other data which are necessary for full and complete information upon
which the proposal is to be based. It is mutually agreed that the submission of a proposal
is prima-facie evidence that the bidder has made the investigation, examinations and tests
herein required. Claims for additional compensation due to variations between conditions
actually encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contraet Documents will not
be allowed.
The logs of Soil Borings, if any, on the plans are for general information only and may
not be correct. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is
representative of conditions which actually exist.
C2-2.4 SUBMITTING OF PROPOSAL: The Bidder shall submit his Proposal on the
form furnished by the Owner. All blank spaces applicable to the project contained in the
form shall be correctly filled in and the Bidder shall state the prices, written in ink in both
words and numerals, for which he proposes to do work contemplated or furnish the
materials required. All such prices shall be written legibly. In case of discrepancy
between price written in words and the price written in numerals, the price most
advantageous to the City shall govern.
If a proposal is submitted by an individual, his or her name must be signed by him (her)
or his (her) duly authorized agent. If a proposal is submitted by a firm, association, or
partnership, the name and address of each member of the firm, association, or partnership,
or by person duly authorized. If a proposal is submitted by a company or corporation, the
company or corporation name and business address must be given, and the proposal
signed by an official or duly authorized agent. The corporate seal must be affixed. Power
of Attorney authorizina agents or others to sign proposal must be properly certified and
�?-?(?)
�
must be in writing and submitted with the proposal.
C2-2.5 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS: Proposals may be rejected if they show any
alteration of words or figures, additions not called for, conditional or uncalled for
alternate bids, erasures, or irregularities of any kind, or contain unbalanced value of any
items. Proposal tendered or delivered after the official time desi<�nated for receipt of
proposal shall be returned to the Bidder unopened.
C2-2.6 BID SECURITY: No proposal will be considered unless it is accompanied by a
"Proposal Security" of the character and the amount indicated in the "Notice to Bidders"
and the "Proposal." The Bid Security is required by the Owner as evidence of good faith
on the part of the Bidder, and by way of a guaranty that if awarded the contract, the
Bidder will within the required time eYecute a fotmal contract and furnish the required
performance and other bonds. The bid security of the three lowest bidders will be retained
until the contract is awarded or other disposition is made thereof. The bid security of all
other bidders may be returned promptly after the canvass of bids.
C2-2.7 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is
delivered, accompanied by its proper Bid Security, to the City Manager or his
representative in the official place of business as set forth in the "Notice to Bidders." It is
the Bidder's sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper
place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidder
must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope
plainly marker with the word "PROPOSAL," and the name or description of the project
as designated in the "Notice to Bidders." The envelope shall be addressed to the City
Manager, City Hall, Fort Worth, Texas.
C2-2.8 WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the City
Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals. A request for
non-consideration must be made in writing, addressed to the City Manager, and filed with
him prior to the time set for opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for
non-consideration are opened and publicly read aloud, the proposals for which non-
consideration requests have been properly filed �, at the option of the Owner, be
returned unopened.
C2-2.9 TELEGRAHIC MODIFICATIONS OF PROPOSALS: Any Bidder may modify
his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening
proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the City Manager
prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City Manager is
satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic
communication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening
time. If such confirmation is not received within forty-eight (48) hours after the proposal
opening time, no further consideration will be given to the proposal.
C2-2.10 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSAL:
Proposals which have been properly
C2-2(3)
filed and for which no "Non-consideration Request" has been received will be publicly
opened and read aloud by the City Manaaer or his authorized representative at the time
and place indicated in the "Notice to Bidders." All proposals which have been opened
and read will remain on file with the Owner until the contract has been awarded. Bidders
or their authorized representatives are invited to be present for the opening of bids.
C2-2.11 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS: Proposals shall be considered as "Irregular" if
they show any omissions, alterations of form, additions, or conditions not called for,
unauthorized alternate bids, or irregularities of any kind. However, the Owner reserves
the right to waive any all irregularities and to make the award of the contract to the best
interest of the City. Tendering a proposal after the closing hour is an irregularity which
can not be waived.
C2-2.12 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS: Bidders may be disqualified and their
proposals not considered for any of, but not limited to, the following reasons:
a) Reasons for believing that collusion exists among bidders.
b) Reasonable grounds for believing that any bidder is interested in more
than one proposal for work contemplated.
c) The bidder being interested in any litigation against the Owner or where
the Owner may have a claim against or be engaged in litigation against the
bidder.
d) The bidder being in arrears on any existing contract or having defaulted on
a previous contract.
e) The bidder having performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner.
fl Lack of competency as revealed by financial statement, experience
statement, equipment schedule, and such inquiries as the Owner may see
fit to make.
g) Uncompleted work which, in the judgment of the Owner, will prevent or
hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded.
h) The bidder not filing with the Owner, one week in advance of the hour of
the opening of proposals the following:
1. Financial Statement showing the financial condition of the bidder
as specified in Part "A" - Special Instructions
2. A current experience record showing especially the projects of a
nature similar to the one under consideration, which have been
successfully completed by the Bidder.
3. An equipment schedule showing the equipment the bidder has
available for use on the project.
The Bid Proposal of the bidder who, in the judgment of the Engineer, is disqualified
under the requirements stated herein, shall be set aside and not opened.
�
C2-2(-�)
�
PART C - GCNERAL CONDITIONS
C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF
DOCUMENTS
SECTION C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS:
C3-3.1 CONSIDCRATION OF PROPOSALS: After proposals have been opened and
read aloud, the proposals will be tabulated on the basis of the quoted prices, the quantities
shown in the proposal, and the application of such formulas or other methods of bringing
items to a common basis as may be established in the Contract Documents.
The total obtained by taking the sum of the products of the unit prices quoted and the
estimated quantities plus any lump sum items and such other quoted amounts as may
enter into the cost of the completed project will be considered as the amount of the bid.
Until the ward of the contract is made by the Owner, the right will be reserved to reject
any or all proposals and waive technicalities, to re-advertise for new proposals, or to
proceed with the work in any manner as may be considered for the best interest of the
Owner.
_ C3-3.2 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE/WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS
ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE: Contractor agrees to provide to Owner, upon request,
complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority
Business Enterprise (MBE) and/or a Woman-owned Business Enterprise (WBE) on the
contract and the payment therefor. Contractor further agrees, upon request by the Owner,
to allow and audit and/or an examination of any books, records, or files in the possession
of the Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MWE or WBE.
Any material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the
contract and for initiating any action under appropriate federal, state or local laws and
ordinances relating to false statements; further, any such misrepresentation may be
grounds for disqualification of Contractor at Owner's discretion for bidding on future
Contracts with the Owner for a period of time of not less than six (6) months.
C3-3.3 EQUAL EMPLOYIVIENT PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall comply with
Current City Ordinances prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. The
Contractor shall post the required notice to that effect on the project site, and at his
request, will be provided assistance by the City of Fort Worth's Equal Employment
Officer who will refer any qualified applicant he may have on file in his office to the
Contractor. Appropriate notices may be acquired from the Equal Employment Officer.
C3-3.4 WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS: After a proposal has been read by the
O�vner, it cannot be withdrawn by the Bidder �vithin forty-five (45) days after the date on
which the proposals were opened.
C3-3 (1)
C 3-3.5 AWARD OF CONTRACT: The Owner reserves the right to withhold final �
action on the proposals for a reasonable time, not to eYceed forty-five (45) days after the
date of opening proposals, and in no event �vill an award be made until aftei•
investigations have been made as to the responsibility of the proposed awardee.
The award of the contract, if award is made, will be to the lowest and best responsive
bidder.
The a�vard of the contract shall not become effective until the Owner has notified the
Contractor in writing of such award.
C3-3.6 IZETURN OF PROPOSAL SECURITIES: As soon as proposed price totals
have been determined for comparison of bids, the Owner may, at its discretion, return the
proposal security which accompanied the proposals which, in its jud;ment, would not be
considered for the award. All other proposal securities, usually those of the three lowest
bidders, will be retained by the Owner until the required contract has been executed and
bond furnished or the Owner has otherwise disposed of the bids, after which they will be
returned by the City Secretary.
C3-3.7 BONDS: With the execution and delivery of the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall furnish to, and file with the owner in the amounts herein required, the
following bonds:
a. PERFORMANCE BOND: A good and sufficient performance bond in
the amount of not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as
evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the full
and faithful execution of the work and performance of the contract, and for
the protection of the Owner and all other persons against damage by
reason of negligence of the Contractor, or improper execution of the work
or use of inferior materials. This performance bond shall guarantee the
payment for all labor, materials, equipment, supplies, and services used in
the construction of the work, and shall remain in full force and effect until
provisions as above stipulated are accomplished and final payment is
made on the project by the City.
b. MAINTENANCE BOND: A good and sufficient maintenance bond, in
the amount of not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as
evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the
prompt, full and faithful performance of the general guaranty which is set
forth in paragraph C8-8.10.
c. PAYMENT BOND: A good and sufficient payment bond, in the
amount of not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as
evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the
prompt, full and faithful payment of all claimants as defined in Article
� 2 ��
_ 5160, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, 1925, as amended by House Bill
344, Acts 56`h Legislature, Regular Session, 1959, effective April 27,
1959, and/or the latest version thereof, supplying labor and materials in the
prosecution of the work provided for in the contract being constructed
under these specifications. Payment Bond shall remain in force until all
payments as above stipulated are made.
d. OTH�R BONDS: Such other bonds as may be required by these
Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Contractor.
No suretii;s will be accepted by the Owner which are at the time in default or delinquent
on any bonds or �vhich are interested in any litigation against the Owner. All bonds shall
be made on the forms furnished by the Owner and shall be eaecuted by an approved
surety company doing business in the City of Fort Worth, Texas, and which is acceptable
to the Owner. In order to be acceptable, the name of the surety shall be included on the
current U.S. Treasury list of acceptable sureties, and the amount of bond written by any
one acceptable company shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury list for that
company. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the Contractor and Surety
Company. �
Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the Owner,
notice will be given the Contractor to that effect and the Contractor shall immediately
provide a new surety satisfactory to the Owner. No payment will be made under the
contract until the new surety or sureties, as required, have qualified and have been
accepted by the Owner. The contract shall not be operative nor will any payments be due
or paid until approval of the bonds by the Owner.
C3-3.8 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT: Within ten (10) days after the Owner has
appropriate resolution, or otherwise, awarded the contract, the Contractor shall execute
and file with the Owner, the Contract and such bonds as may be required in the Contract
Documents.
No Contract shall be binding upon the Owner until it has been attested by the City
Secretary, approved as to form and legality by the City Attorney, and executed for the
Owner by either the Mayor or City Manager.
C3-3.9 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT: The failure of the Awardee to
execute the required bond or bonds or to sign the required contract within ten (10) days
after the contract is awarded shall be considered by the owner as an abandonment of his
proposal, and the owner may annual the Award. By reason of the uncertainty of the
market prices of material and labor, and it being impracticable and difficult to accurately
determine the amount of damages occurring to the owner by reason of said awardee's
failure to execute said bonds and contract within ten (10) days, the proposal security
accompanying the proposal shall be the agreed amount of dama�es which the Owner will
C3-3 (3)
suffer by reason of such failure on the part of the Awardee and shall thereupon
immediately by forfeited to the Owner.
The filing of a proposal will be considered as acceptance of this provision by the Bidder.
C-3-3.10 BEGINNING WORK: The Contractor shall not commence work until
authorized in writing to do so by the Owner. Should the Contractor fail to commence
work at the site of the project within the time stipulated in the written authorization
usually termed "Work Order" or "Proceed Order", it is agreed that the Surety Company
will, within ten (10) days after the commencement date set forth in such written
authorization, commence the physical execution of the contract.
C3-3.11INSURANCE: The Contractor shall not commence work under this
contract until he has obtained all insurance required under the Contract Documents, and
SL1CI7 insurance has been approved by the Owner. The prime Contractor shall be
responsible for delivering to the Owner the sub-contractor's certificate of insurance for
approval. The prime Contractor shall indicate on the certificate of insurance included in
the documents for execution whether or not his insurance covers sub-contractors. It is the
intention of the Owner that the insurance coverage required herein shall include the
coverage of all sub-contractors.
a. COMPENSATION INSURANCE: The Contractor shall maintain,
during the life of this contract, Worker's Compensation Insurance on all of
his employees to be engaged in work on the project under this contract,
and for all sub-contractors. In case any class of employees engaged in
hazardous work on the project under this contract is not protected under
the Worker's Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide adequate
employer's general liability insurance for the protection of such of his
employees not so protected.
b. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: The
Contractor Shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract,
Comprehensive General Liability Insurance (Public Liability and Property
Damage Insurance) in the amount not less than $500,000 covering each
occurrence on account of bodily injury, including death, and in an amount
not less than $500,000 covering each occurrence on account of property
damage with $2,000,000 umbrella policy coverage.
c. ADDITIONAL LIABILITY: The Contractor shall furnish
insurance as a separate policies or by additional endorsement to one of the
above-mentioned policies, and in the amount as set forth for public
liability and property damage, the following insurance:
Continaent Liability (covers General Contractor's Liability for acts
of sub-contractors).
C3-3 (4)
�_ 2. Blasting, prior to any blasting bein, done.
3. Collapse of buildin;s or structures adjacent to excavation (if
excavation are performed adjacent to same).
4. Dainage to underground utilities for $�00,000.
5. Builder's risk (where above-ground structures are involved).
6. Contractual Liability (covers all indemnification requirements of
Contract).
d. AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE - BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY
DAMAGE: The Contractor shall procure and maintain during the life of
this Contract, Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance in an
amount not less than $250,000 for injuries including accidental death to
any one person and subject to the same liinit for each person an amount
not less than $�00,000 on account of one accident, and automobile
property damage insurance in an amount not less than $100,000.
e. SCOPE OF INSURANCE AND SPECIAL HAZARD: The insurance
required under the above paragraphs shall provide adequate protection for
the Contractor and his sub-contractors, respectively, against damage
claims which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such
operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed
by him, and also against any of the followinQ special hazards which may
be encountered in the performance of the Contract.
f. PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor shall furnish
the owner with satisfactory proof of coverage by ir.surance required in
these Contract Documents in the amounts and by carriers satisfactory to
the Ow�ner. (Sample attached.) All insurance requirements made upon the
Contractor shall apply to the sub-contractors, should the Prime
Contractor's insurance not cover the sub-contractor's work operations.
,__ g. LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING: The insurance
C3-3 (5)
and bonding companies with whom the Contractor's insurance and
performance, payment, maintenance and all such other bonds are written,
shall be represented by an agent or agents having an office located within
the city limits of the City of Fort Worth. Tarrant County, Texas. Each such
agent shall be a duly qualified, one upon whom authority and power to act
on behalf of the insurance and/or bonding company to negotiate a�7d settle
with the City of Fort Worth, or any other claimant, and claims that the
City of Fort Worth or other claimant or any property owner who has been
damaged, may have against the Contractor, insurance, and/or bonding
company. If the local insurance representative is not so empowered by the
insurance or bonding companies, then such authority must be vested in a
local agent or claims officer residing in the Metroplex, the Fort Worth-
Dallas area. The name of the agent, or agents shall be set forth on all such
bonds and certificates of insurance.
C3-�.12 CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS: Under the Contract, the Contractor
shall pay for all materials, labor and services when due.
C3-3.13 WEEKLY PAYROLLS: A certified copy of each payroll covering payment
of wages to all persons engaged in work on the project at the site of the project shall be
furnished to the Owner's representative within seven (7) days after the close of each
payroll period. A copy or copies of the applicable minimum wage rates as set forth in the
Contract Documents shall be kept posted in a conspicuous place at the site of the project
at all times during the course of the Contract. Copies of the wage rates will be furnished
the Contractor, by the Owner; however, posting and protection of the wage rates shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor.
C3-3.14 CONTRACTOR'S CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION: Any Contractor,
whether a person, persons, partnership, company, firm, association, corporation or other
who is approved to do business �vith and enters into a contract with the City for
construction of water and/or sanitary sewer facilities, will have or shall establish a fully
operational business office within the Fort Worth-Dallas metropolitan area. The
Contractor shall charge, delegate, or assign this office (or he may delegate his Project
Superintendent) with full authority to transact all business actions required in the
performance of the Contract. This local authority shall be made responsible to act for the
Contractor in all matters made responsible to act for the Contractor in all matters
pertaining to the work governed by the Contract whether it be administrative or other
wise and as such shall be empowered, thus delegated and directed, to settle all material,
labor or other expenditure, all claims against work or any other mater associated such as
maintaining adequate and appropriate insurance or security coverage for the project. Such
local authority for the administration of the work under the Contract shall be maintained
until all business transactions executed as part of the Contract are complete.
Should the Contractor's principal base of operations be other than in the Fort Worth- �
Dallas metropolitan area, notification of the Contractor's assignment of local authority
C3-3 (6)
shall be made in writing to the Engineer in advance of any work on the project, all
appropriately signed and sealed, as applicable, by the Contractor's responsible offices
with the understandin� that this written assignment of autllority to the local representative
shall become part of the project Contract as though bou�id directly into the project
documents. The intent of these requirements is that all mattecs associated with the
Contractor's administration, whether it be oriented in fiirtherina the �vork, or other, be
governed direct by local authority. This same requirement is imposed on insurance and
surety coverage. Should the Contractor's local representative fail to perform to the
satisfaction of the Engineer, the Engineer, at his sole discretion, may demand that such
local representative be replaced and the Engineer may, at his sole discretion, stop all work
until a new local authority satisfactory to the En�ineer is assianed. No credit of working
time will be allowed for periods in which work stoppages are in effect for this reason.
C3-3.15 VENUE: Venue of any action hereinunder shall be exclusively in Tarrant
County, Texas.
�
CJ
C3-3 (7)
PART C - GENER.AL CONDITIONS
C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK
C�-4.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: It is the definite intention of these
Contract Documents to provide for a complete, useful project which the Contractor
undertakes to construct or furnish, all in full compliance with the requirements and intent
of the Contract Documents. It is definitely understood that the Contractor shall do all
�vork as provided for ii1 the Contract Documents, shall do all extra or special work as may
be considered by the Owner as necessary to complete the project in a satisfactory and
acceptable manner. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specifically stated in these
Contract Documents, furnish all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, special
services, and incidentals necessary to the prosecution and completion of the project.
C4-4.2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS: Should any work or conditions which are not
thoroughly and satisfactorily stipulated or covered by General or Special Conditions of
these Contract Documents be anticipated, or should there be any additional proposed
work which is not covered by these Contract Documents, the "Special Provisions"
covering all such work will be prepared by the Owner previous to the time of receiving
bids or proposals for any such work and furnished to the Bidder in the form of Addenda.
All such "Special Provisions" shall be considered to be part of the Contract Documents
just as though they were originally written therein.
C4-4.3 INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES: The Owner reserves the right
to alter the quantities of the work to be performed or to extend or shorten the
improvements at any time when and as found to be necessary, and the Contractor shall
perform the work as altered, increased or decreased at the unit prices. Such increased or
decreased quantity shall not be more than twenty-five (25) percent of the contemplated
quantity of such item or items. When such changes increase or decrease the original
quantity of any item or items of work to be done or materials to be furnished by the 25
percent or more, then either party to the contract shall upon written request to the other
party be entitled to a revised consideration upon that portion of the work above or below
the 25 percent of the original quantity stated in the proposal; such revised consideration
to be determined by special agreement or as hereinafter provided for "Extra Work." No
allowance will be made for any changes in anticipated profits not shall such changes be
considered as waiving or invalidating any conditions or provisions of the Contract
Documents.
Variations in quantities of sanitary sewer pipes in depth categories, shall be interpreted
herein as applying to overall quantities of sanitary sewer pipe in each pipe size, but not to
the various depth categories.
C4-4 (1)
C4-4.4 ALTERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: By Change order, the
� owner reserves the right to make such changes in the Contract Documents and in the
character or quantities of the work as may be necessary or desirable to instire completion
in the most satisfactory manner, provided such changes do not materially alter the
original Contract Documents or chanae the general nature of the project as a whole. Such
changes shall not be considered as waiving or invalidating any condition or provision of
the Contract Documents.
C4-4.5 EXTRA WORK: Additional work made necessary by changes and alterations
of the Contract Documents or of quantities or for other reasons for which no prices are
provided in the Contract Documents, shall be defined as "E1tra Work" and shall be
performed by the Colltractor in accordance with these Contract Documents or approved
additions thereto; provided however, that before any extra work is begun a"Change
order" shall be eYecuted or written order issued by the Owner to do the �vork for
payments or credits as shall be determined by one or more coinbination of the following
methods:
a. Unit bid price previously approved.
b. An agreed lump sum.
c. The actual reasonable cost of (1) labor, (2) rental of equipment used on the
extra work for the time so used at Associated General Contractors of
America current equipment rental rates, (3) materials entering permanently
into the project, and (4) actual cost of insurance, bonds, and social security
as determined by the Owner, plus a f xed fee to be agreed upon but not to
exceed 10 percent of the actual cost of such extra work. The fixed fee is
not to include any additional profit to the Contractor for rental of
equipment owner by him and used for extra work. The fee shall be full and
� complete compensation to cover the cost of superintendence, overhead,
other profit, general and all other expense not included in (1), (2), (3), and
(4) above. The Contractor shall keep accurate cost records on the form and
in the method suggested by the Owner and shall give the Owner access to
all accounts, bills, vouchers, and records relating to the Extra Work.
No "Change Order" shall become effective until it has been approved and signed by each
of the Contracting Parties.
No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by the
Owner. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the Contractor
to involve EYtra Work for which he should receive compensation, he shall make written
request to the EnQineer for written orders authorizing such Extra Work, prior to beginning
such work. �
Should a difference arise as to what does or dose not constitute E�tra Work, or as to the
C4-4 (2)
payment thereof, and the Engineer insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall
proceed with the work after making written request for written orders and shall keep
accurate account of the actual reasonable cost thereof as pcovided under metl�od (Item C).
Claims for extra work will not be paid unless the Contractor shall file his claim �vith the
Owner within five (5) days before the time for makin� tlie first estimate atter such work
is done and unless the claim is supported by satisfactory vouchers aild certifed payrolls
covering all labor and materials expended upon said Extra �Uork.
The Contractor shall furnish the Owner such installation records of all deviations fi•om
the original Contract Documents as may be necessaiy to enable the Owner to prepare for
permanent record a corrected set of plans showing the actual installation.
The compensation agreed upon for "EYtra Work" whether or not initiated by a"Change
Order" shall be a full, complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a
result or relating to the change or eYtra work, whether said costs are known, LiIIlC110W11,
foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without liinitation, any costs for delay,
extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged
work as a result of the change or extra work.
C4-4.6 SCHEDULE OF OPERATION: Before commencing any work under this
contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner and receive the Owner's approval
thereof, a"Schedule of Operations," showing by a straight line method the date of
commencing and finishing each of the major elements of the Contract. There shall be also
shown the estimated monthly cost of work for which estimates are to be expected. There
shall be presented also a composite graph showing the anticipated progress of
construction with the time being plotted horizontally and percentage of completion
plotted vertically. The progress charts shall be prepared on 8-1/2" :c 11" sheets and at
least five black or blue line prints shall be furnished to the Owner.
C4-4.7 PROGRESS SCHEDULES FOR WATER AND SEWER PLANT FACILITIES:
Within ten (10) days prior to submission of the first monthly progress payment, the
Contractor shall prepare and submit to the owner for approval six copies of the schedule
in which the Contractor proposes to carry on activities (including procurement of
materials, plans, and equipment) and the contemplated dates for completing the same.
The schedule shall be in the form of a time schedule Critical Path Method (CPM)
network diagram. As the work progresses, the Contractor shall enter on the diagram the
actual progress at the end of each partial payment period or at such intervals as directed
by the Engineer. The Contractor shall also revise the schedule to reflect any adjustments
in contract time approved by the Engineer. Three copies of the updated schedule shall be
delivered at such intervals as directed by the Engineer.
As a minimum, the construction schedule shall incorporate all work elements and
activities indicated in the proposal and in the technical specifications.
Prior to the final drafting of the detailed construction schedule, the Contractor shall
C4-4 (3)
review the draft schedule with the Engineer to ensure the Contractor's understanding of
� the contract requirements.
The follo�vin� gtiidelines shall be adhered to in preparin� tl�e construction schcdule:
a. Nlilestone dates and final project completion dates shall be developed to
conform to the time constraints, sequencing requirements and completion
time.
b. The construction progress shall be divided into activities with time
durations of approximately fourteen days (14) days and construction
values not to exceed $50,000. Pabrication, delivery and submittal activities
are exceptions to this guideline.
c. Durations shall be in calendar days and normal holidays and weather
conditions over the duration of the contract shall be accounted for within
the duration of each activity.
d. One critical path shall be shown on the construction schedule.
e. Float time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date
and the latest start date of a chain of activities of the CPM construction
schedule. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the
Contractor or the Owner.
f. Thirty days shall be used for submittal review unless otherwise speciiied.
The construction schedule shall as a minimum, be divided into general categories as
indicated in the Proposal and Technical Specifications and each general category shall be
broken down into activities in enough detail to achieve activities of approximately
fourteen (14) days duration.
For each general category, the construction schedule shall identify all trades or
subcontracts whose work is represented by activities that follow the guidelines of this
Section.
For each of the trades or subcontracts, the construction schedule shall indicate the
following procurements, construction and preacceptance activities and events in their
logical sequence for equipment and materials.
1. Preparation and transmittal of submittals
2. Submittal review periods.
3. Shop fabrication and delivery.
C4-4 (�)
4. Erection or installation.
5. Transmittal of manufacturer's operation and maintenance instructions.
6. Installed equipment and materials testing.
7. Owner's operator instruction (if applicable).
8. Final inspection.
9. Operational testing.
If, in the opinion of the Owner, work accomplished falls behind that scheduled, the
Contractor shall take such action as necessary to improve his progress. In addition, the
O�vner may require the Contractor to submit a revised schedule demonstrating his
program and proposed plan to make up lag in scheduled progress and to insure
completion of the work within the contract time. If the owner finds the proposed plan not
acceptable, he may require the Contractor to increase the work force, the construction
plant and equipment, the number of work shifts or overtime operations without additional
cost to the Owner.
Failure of the Contractor to comply with these requirements shall be considered grounds
for determination by the Owner that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the work with
diligence as will insure its completion within the time specified.
�
C4-4 (�)
�.
PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS
CS-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND
Iv1ATLRIALS
SECTION CS-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS
CS-5.1 AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER: The �vork shall be performed to the
satisfaction of the Enbineer and in strict compliance with the Contract Documents. The
Engineer shall decide all questions which arise as to the quality and acceptability of the
materials fiirnished. �vork performed, rate of progress of the work. overall sequence of the
construction, interpretation of the Contract Documents, acceptable fiilfillment of the
Contract, compensation, uzutual ribhts between Contractor and Owner under these
Contract Documents, supervision of the work, resumption of operations, and all other
questions or disputes which may arise. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's
means, methods, fechniques, sequence or procedures of construction, or the safety
precaution and programs incident thereto, and he will not be responsible for Contractor's
failure to perform the work in accordance with the contract documents.
The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the work completed and
materials furnished, and his decisions and estimates shall be final. His estimates in such
event shall be a condition to the right of the Contractor to receive money due him under
the Contract. The Owner shall have executive authority to enforce and make effective
such necessary decisions and orders as the Contractor fails to carry out promptly.
In the event of any dispute between the Engineer and Contractor over the decision of the
Engineer on any such matters, the Engineer must, within a reasonable time, upon written
request of the Contractor, render and deliver to both the owner and Contractor, a written
decision on the matter in controversy.
CS-52 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS: The finished project in all cases shall
conform with lines, grades, cross-sections, finish, and dimensions shown on the plans or
any other requirements other wise described in the Contract Documents. Any deviation
from the approved Contract Documents required by the Engineer during construction will
in all cases be determined by the Engineer and authorized by the Owner by Change
Order.
CS-5.3 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract
Documents are made up of several sections, which, taken toQether, are intended to
describe and provide for a complete and useful project, and any requirements appearing
in one of the sections is as binding as thouah it occurred in all sections. In case of
discrepancies, figured dimension shall govern over scaled dimensions, plans shall govern
over specifications, special conditions shall govern over general conditions and standard
specification, and quantities shown on the plans shall govern over those shown in the
CS-5 (1)
proposal. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission in the
Contract Documents, and the owner shall be permitted to make such corrections or
inter�retations as may be deemed necessary for fiilfillment of th� intent of the Contract
Documents. In tlle event the Contractor discovers an apparent error or discrepancy, he
shall inzmediately call this condition to the attention of the En�ineer. In the event of a
conflict in drawin�s, specifications, or other portions of the Contract Documents which
�vere not reported prior to the award of Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to have
quoted the most e;cpensive resolution of the conflict.
C�-�.4 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR: The Contractor �vill be furnished
with three sets of Contract Documents and shall have available on the site of the project
at all times, one set of such Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall give to the work the constant attention necessary to facilitate the
progress thereof and shall cooperate with the Engineer, his inspector, and other
Contractors in every possible way.
The Contractor shall at all times have competent personnel available to the project site for
proper performance of the work. The.Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times at
the site of the project a competent, English-speaking superintendent and an assistant who
are fully authorized to act as the Contractor's agent on the work. Such superintendent and
his assistant shall be capable of reading and understanding the Contract Documents and
shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Owner, the Engineer, or his authorized
representatives. Pursuant to this responsibility of the Contractor, the Contractor shall
designate in writing to the project superintendent, to act as the Contractor's agent on the
work. Such assistant project superintendent shall be a resident of Tarrant County, Texas,
and shall be subject to call, as is the project superintendent, at any time of the day or
night on any day of the week on which the Engineer determines that circumstances
require the presence on the project site of a representative of the Contractor to adequately
provide for the safety or convenience of the traveling public or the owners of property
across which the project extends or the safety of the property contiguous to the project
routing.
The Contractor shall provide all facilities to enable the Engineer and his inspector to
e.camine and inspect the workmanship and materials entering into the work.
CS-5.5 EMERGENCY AND/OR RECTIFICATION WORK: When, in the opinion
of the Owner or Engineer, a condition of emergency exists related to any part of the work,
the Contractor, or the Contractor through his designated representative, shall respond
with dispatch to a verbal request made by the Owner or Engineer to alleviate the
emergency condition. Such a response shall occur day or night, whether the project is
scheduled on a calendar-day or a working-day basis.
Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the Engineer to rectify any
discrepancies, omissions, or correction necessary to conform with the requirements of the
��
project specifications or plans, the Engineer shall give the Contractor written notice that
� such worl: or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the
discrepant condition and request the Contractoi• to take cemedial action to correct the
condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this �vritten
request, or does not shoe just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the
City may tal:e such remedial action ��ith City forces or b�' contract. 1�he City shall deduct
an amotint equal to the entire costs for such remedial actioii, plus 2�%, from any fiinds
due the Contractor on the project.
CS-5.6 PIELD OFFICC: The Contractor shall provide, at no e�ctra compensation, an
adequate field office for use of the Enbineer, if specifically called for. The field offce
shall be not less than 10 x 14 feet in floor area, substantially constructed, well heated, air
conditioned, lichted, and weather proof, so that documents will not be damaged by the
elements.
CS-5.7 CONTRUCTION STAKES: The City, through its Engineer, will fiirnish
the Contractor with all lines, grades, and measurements necessary to the proper
prosecution and control of the work contracted under these Contract Documents, and
lines, grades and measurements will be established by means of stakes or other customary
method of marking as may be found consistent with good practice.
These stakes or markings shall be set sufficiently in advance of construction operations to
avoid delay. Such stakes or markings as may be established for Contractor's use or
guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor until he is authorized by the Engineer to
remove them. Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any stakes or markings have
been carelessly or willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed by the Contractor or any of
his employees, the full cost of replacing such stakes or marks plus 25% will be charged
against the Contractor, and the full amount will be deducted from payment due the
Contractor.
CS-5.8 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF CITY INSPECTOR: City Inspectors �-�i11
be authorized to inspect all work done and to be done and all materials furnished. Such
inspection may extend to all or any part of the work, and the preparation or
manufacturing of the materials to be used or equipment to be installed. A City Inspector
may be stationed on the work to report to the Engineer as to the progress of the work and
the manner in which it is being performed, to report any evidence that the materials being
furnished or the work being performed by the Contractor fails to fulfill the requirements
of the Contract Documents, and to call the attention of the Contractor to any such failure
or other infringements. Such inspection or lack of inspection will not relieve the
Contractor from any obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements
of the Contract Documents. In case of any dispute arising between the Contractor and the
City Inspector as to the materials or equipment furnished or the manner of performing the
work, the City Inspector will have the authority to reject materials or equipment, and/or
to suspend work until the question at issue can be referred to and decided by the
Engineer. The City Inspector will not, however, be authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, or
CS-5 (3)
release any requirement of these Contract Documents, nor to approve or accept any
portion or section of the work, nor to issue any instructions contrary tot he requirement s
of the Contract Documents. The City Inspector will in no case act as superintendent or
foreman or perform any other duties for the Contractor, oi• interfere �vitll the manageme�lt
or operation of the work. He will not accept from the Conti•actor any com�ensation in any
form for perfocming any duties. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and
111St1'L1Ct1011S of the City Inspector or En�ineer �vhen the same are consistent with the
obligations of the Contract Documents of the Contract Documents, provided, however,
should the Contractor object to any orders or instructions or the City Inspector, the
Contractor may within six days malce written appeal to the En�inecr for his decision on
the matter in Controversy. y
CS-5.9 INSPECTION: The Contractor shall fiirnish the Erigineer with every
reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the �voi•k as pei•foi•nied is in accordance
with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the En�ineer so requests, the
Contractor shall, at any time before acceptance of the work, remove or uncover such
portion of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, tlie Contractor shall
restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the Contract Documents.
Should the work exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering or removing and
replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed shall be paid for as extra
work, but should Work so exposed or examined prove to be unacceptable, the uncovering
or removing and replacing of all adjacent defective or damaged parts shall be at the
Contractor's expense. No work shall be done or materials used without suitable
supervision or inspection.
CS-5.10 REMOVAL OF EDEFCTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK: All
work, materials, or equipment which has been rejected shall be remedied or removed and
replaced in an acceptable manner by the Contractor at this expense. Work done beyond
the lines and grades given or as shown on the plans, except as herein specially provided,
or any Extra Work done without written authority, will be considered as unauthorized and
done at the expense of the Contractor and will not be paid for by the Owner. Work so
done may be ordered removed at the Contractor's expense. Upon the failure on the part of
the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of
this paragraph, the Engineer will have the authority to cause defective work to be
remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed, and the cost
thereof may be deducted from any money due or to become due tot he Contractor. Failure
to require the removal of any defective or unauthorized work shall not constitute
acceptance of such work.
CS-5.11 SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT: If the Specifications,
law, ordinance, codes or regulations permit Contractor to furnish or use a substitute that
is equal to any material or equipment specified, and if Contractor wishes to furnish or use
a proposed substitute, he shall, prior to the preconstruction conference, make written
application to ENGINEER for approval of such substitute certifying in writing that the
CS-5 (4)
� proposed substitute will perform adequately the fiinction called for by the general design,
be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use and
capable of performing the same fiinction as that specified ; and identifying all variations
of the E�roposed substitute fi�om that specified and indicating available maintenance
service. No substitute s11all be ordered or i�lstalled �vitho�it �vritten approval of En�ineer
�vho �vill b� the judge of the equality 1I1CI may require Contractor to furnish such other
data about the proposed substitute as he considers pertinent. No substitute shall be
ordered or installed without such performance guarantee and bonds as Owner may require
�vhich shall be ftu�nished at Contractor's e�pense. Contractor shall indemnify and hold
11ari111ess O�vnei• and En;�iiieer and anyone directiv or indirectly employees by either of
them from 111CI a�ainst the claims, dama�es, losses and cxpenses (including attorneys
fees) acising out of the use of substituted materials or equipmeiit.
C�-�.12 SnMPLES AND TESTS OF MATERIALS: Where, in the opinion of the
En�ineer, or as called for in the Contract Documents, tests of materials or equipment are
necessary, such tests will be made at the expense of and paid for direct to the testing
agency by the Owner unless other wise specifically provided. The failure of the Owner to
make any tests of materials shall in no way relieve the contractor of his responsibility of
furnishing materials and equipment fully conforming to the requirements of the Contract
Documents. Tests and sampling of materials, unless otherwise specified, will be made in
accordance with the latest methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing
Materials or specific requirements of the Owner. The Contractor shall provide such
facilities as the Engineer may require for collecting and forwarding samples and shall not,
without specific written permission of the Engineer, use materials represented by the
samples until tests have been made and the materials approved for use. The Contractor
will furnish adequate samples without charge to the Owner.
In case of concrete, the aggregates, design minimum, and the mixing and transporting
equipm�nt shall be approved by the Engineer before any concrete is placed, and the
Contractor shall be responsible for replacing any concrete which does not meet the
requirements of the Contract Documents. Tests shall be made at least 9 days prior to the
placing of concrete, using samples from the same aggregate, cement, and mortar which
are to be used later in the concrete. Should the source of supply change, new tests shall be
made prior to the use of new materials.
CS-5.13 STOR.AGE OF MATERIALS: All materials which are to be used in the
construction contract shall be stored so as to insure the preservation of quality and fitness
of the work. When directed by the Engineer, they shall be placed on wooden platforms or
other hard, clean durable surfaces and not on the ground, and shall be placed under cover
when directed. Stored materials shall be placed and located so as to facilitate prompt
inspection.
CS-5.14 EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES: The location and dimensions
shown on the plans relative to the existing utilities are based on the best information
available. Omission from, the inclusion of utility locations on the Plans is not to be
CS-5 (�)
considered as nonexistence of, or a definite location of, existing underground utilities.
The location of many bas mains, water mains, conduits, se�ver lines and service lines for
all titilities, etc., is unlaiown to the Owner, and the Owner assumes no responsibility for
failure to show any or all SL1C11 StIUCtUl'eS 111Ci L1ilI1tIES 011 the plaiis or to show them in
their eaact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure �vill not be considered
suFficient basis for claims for additional compensation for Lxtra Worl: or for increasin�
the pa}� quantities in any niaiuier �vhatsoever, unless an obstruction �ilco�ultered is such as
to necessitate changes in the lines and grades of considerable magnitude or requires the
building of special works, provision of �vhich is not made in these Contract Documents,
in �vllich case the provision in these Contract Documents for C�tra ���ork slZall apply.
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify locatioils of the adjacent and/or
conflictin� utilities sufficiently in advance of construction in order that he may negotiate
SL1C11 local adjustments as necessary in the constructioii process to provide adequate
clearances. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions in order to protect all
existing utilities, structures, and service lines. Verification of e�isting utilities, structures,
and service lines shall include notification of all utility companies at least forty-eight (48)
hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary. All
verification of utilities and their adjustment shall be considered subsidiary work.
CS-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE:
a. Normal Prosecution: In the normal prosecution of work where the
interruption of service is necessary, the Contractor, at least 24 hours in
advance, shall be required to:
Notify the Water Department's Distribution Division as to
location, time, and schedule of service interruption.
2. Notify each customer personally through responsible personnel as
to the time and schedule of the interruption of their service, or
3. In the event that personal notification of a customer cannot be
made, a prepared tag form shall be attached to the customer's door
knob. The tag shall be durable in composition, and in large bold
letters shall say:
�
CS-5 (6)
�
"NOTICE"
Due to Utility Improvement in your neighborhood, your
(�-vater) (se�ver) service ���ill be interrupted on
bet�veen the hours of and .
This inconveiiience �vill be as short as possible.
Thank You,
Contractor
Address Phone
b. �mergency: In the event that an unforeseen service interruption occurs,
notice shall be as above, but immediate.
CS-5.16 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS: If, through act or
neglect o» the part of the Contractor, or any other Contractor or any sub-contractor shall
suffer loss or damage of the work, the Contractor agrees to settle with such other
Contractor or sub-contractor by agreement or arbitration. If such other Contractor or sub-
contractor shall assert any claim against the owner on account of damage alleged to have
been sustained, the owner will notify the Contractor, who shall indemnify and save
harmless the owner against any such claim.
CS-5.17 CLEAN-UP: Clean-up of surplus and/or waste materials
accumulated on the job site during the prosecution of the work under these Contract
Documents shall be accomplished in keeping with a daily routine established to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. Twenty-four (24) hours after written notice is given the
Contractor that the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the
Engineer, if the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take
such direct action as the Engineer deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies
cited to the Contractor in the written notice, and the costs of such direct action, plus 25 %
of such costs, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor.
Upon the completion of the project as a whole as covered by these Contract Documents,
and before final acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall clean
and remove from the site of the project all surplus and discarded materials, temporary
structures, and debris of every kind. He shall leave the site of all work in a neat and
orderly condition equal to that which originally existed. Surplus and waste materials
removed from the site of the work shall be disposed of at locations satisfactory to the
Engineer. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials installed by
him and shall deliver over such materials and equipment in a bright, clean, polished and
new appearing condition. No eYtra compensation will be made to the Contractor for any
clean-up required on the project.
CS-5 (7)
�
CS-5.18 FINAL INSPECTION: Whenever the work provided for in and ',,r,�
contemplated under the Contract Documents has been satisfactorily completed and final
C1e111-L11� performed, the Engineer will notify the proper officials of the Owner and
request that a Final Inspection be made. Such inspection ���ill be made within 10 days
after such notification. After such final inspection, ii� the �vorl: and materials and
equipment are found satisfactory, the Contractor will be notif`icd in �vriting of the
acceptance of the same after the proper resolution has been passed by the City Council.
No time charge will be made against the Contractor between said date of notification of
the Cnbineer and the date of final inspection of the work.
n
U
�
CS-5 (S)
�
PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS
C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC
RESPONSIBILITY
SECTION C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY
C6-6.1 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED: The Contractor shall at all times observe and
comply with all Federal and State Laws and City ordinances and regulations which in any
way affect the conduct of the work or his operations, and shall observe and comply with
all orders, laws, ordinances and regulations which exist or which may be enacted later by
bodies having jurisdiction or authority for such enactment. No plea or misunderstanding
or ignorance thereof will be considered. The Contractor and his Sureties shall indemnify
and save harmless the City and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any and
all claims or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance,
regulation, or order, whether it be by himself or his employees.
C6-6.2 PERMITS AND LICENSES: The Contractor shall procure all permits and
licenses, pay all charges, costs and fees, and give all notices necessary and incident to the
due and lawful prosecution of the work.
C6-6.3 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS, AND PROCESSES: If the Contractor
is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letter,
patent, or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the
patentee or owner of such patent, letter, or copyrighted design. It is mutually agreed and
understood that without exception the contract price shall include all royalties or cost
arising from patents, trademarks, and copyrights in any way involved in the work. The
Contractor and his sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from any and all
claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such trade-mark or copyright in
connection with the work agreed to be performed under these Contract Documents, and
shall indemnify the Owner for any cost, expense, or damage which it may be obliged to
pay by reason of such infringement at any time during the prosecution of the work or
after completion of the work, provided, however, that the Owner will assume the
responsibility to defend any and all suits brought for the infringement of any patent
claimed to be infringed upon the design, type of construction or material or equipment
specified in the Contract Documents furnished the Contractor by the Owner, and to hold
the Contractor harmless on account of such suits.
C6-6.4 SANITARY PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall establish and enforce
among his employees such regulations in regard to cleanliness and disposal of garbage
and waste as will tend to prevent the inception and spread of infectious or contagious
diseases and to effectively prevent the creation of a nuisance about the work on any
property either public or private, and such regulations as are required by Law shall be put
into immediate force and effect by the Contractor. The necessary sanitary conveniences
for use of laborers on the work, properly secluded from public observation, shall be
constructed and maintained bv the Contractor and their use shall be strictly enforced by
C6-6(1)
the Contractor. All such facilities shall be kept in a clean and sanitary condition, free
from objectionable odors so as not to cause a nuisance. All sanitary laws and regulations
of the State of Texas and the City shall be strictly complied with.
C6-6.5 PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE: Materials , or equipment
stored about the work shall be placed and used, and the work shall at all times be so
conducted, as to cause no greater obstruction or inconvenience to the public than is
considered to be absolutely necessary by the Engineer. The Contractor is required to
maintain at all times all phases of his work in such a manner as not to impair the safety or
convenience of the public, including, but not limited to, safe and convenient ingress and
egress to the property contiguous tot he work area. The Contractor shall make adequate
provisions to render reasonable ingress and egress for normal vehicular traffic, except
during actual trenching or pipe installation operations, at all driveway crossings. Such
provisions may include bridging, placement or crushed stone or gravel or such other
means of providing proper ingress and egress for the property served by the driveway as
the Engineer may approve as appropriate. Such other means may include the-diversion of
driveway traffic, with specific approval by the Engineer, If diversion of traffic is
approved by the Engineer at any location, the Contractor may make arrangements
satisfactory to the Engineer for the diversion of traffic, and shall, at his expense, provide
all materials and perform all work necessary for the construction and maintenance of
roadways and bridges for such diversion of traffic. Sidewalks must not be obstructed
except by special permission of the Engineer. �
The materials excavated and the construction materials such as pipe used in construction
of the work shall be placed so as not to endanger the work or prevent free access to all
fire hydrants, fire alarm boxes, police call boxes, water valves, gas valves, or manholes in
the vicinity. The Owner reserves the right to remedy any neglect on the part of the
Contractor as regards to public convenience and safety which may come to its attention,
after twenty-four hours notice in writing to the Contractor, save in cases of emergency
when it shall have the right to remedy any neglect without notice, and in either case, the
cost of such work or materials fiunished by the Owner or by the City shall be deducted
from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor.
The Contractor, after approval of the Engineer, shall notify the Fire Department
Headquarters, Traffic Engineer, and Police Department, when any street or alley is
requested to be closed or obstructed or any fire hydrant is to be made inaccessible, and
when so directed by the Engineer, shall keep any street, streets, or highways in condition
for unobstructed use by fire apparatus. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Fire
Department Headquarters when all such obstructed streets, alleys, or hydrants are placed
back in service.
Where the Contractor is required to construct temporary bridges or make other
arrangements for crossing over ditches or streams, his responsibility for accidents in
connection with such crossings shall include the roadway approaches as well as the
structures of such crossings.
C6-6(2)
� The Contractor shall at all times conduct his operation and use of construction machinery
so as not to damage or destroy trees and scrubs located in close proximity to or on the site
of the work. Wherever any such damage may be done, the Contractor shall immediately
satisfy all claims of property owners, and no payment will be made by the Owner in
settlement of such claims. The Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written statement
showing all such claims adjusted.
C6-6.6 PRIVILEGES OF CONTRACTOR IN STREETS, ALLEYS, AND
RIGHT-OF-WAY: For the performance of the contract, the Contractor will be
permitted to use and occupy such portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public
places or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in
the Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer.
A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction purposes may be
stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid delay in the construction
operations. Excavated and waste materials shall be piled or staked in such a way as not to
interfere with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed
and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. If the street is occupied by
railroad tracks, the work shall be carried on in such manner as not to interfere with the
operation of trains, loading or unloading of cars, etc. Other contractors of the Owner may,
for all purposes required by the contract, enter upon the work and premises used by the
Contractor and shall be provided all reasonable facilities and assistance for the
� completion of adjoining work. Any additional grounds desired by the Contractor for his
use shall be provided by him at his own cost and expense.
C6-6.7 R.AILWAY CROSSINGS: When the work encroaches upon any right-of-way
of any railroad, the City will secure the necessary easement for the work. Where the
railroad tracks are to be crossed, the Contractor shall observe all the regulations and
instructions of the railroad company as to the methods of performing the work and take
all precautions for the safety of property and the public. Negotiations with the railway
companies for the permits shall be done by and through the City. The Contractor shall
give the City Notice not less than five days prior to the time of his intentions to begin
work on that portion of the project which is related to the railway properties. The
Contractor will not be given extra compensation for such railway crossings unless
specifically set forth in the Contract Documents.
C6-6.8 BARRICADES, WARNINGS AND WATCHMEN: Where the work is
carried on in or adjacent to any street, alley, or public place, the Contractor shall at his
own expense furnish, erect, and maintain such barricades, fences, lights, and danger
signals, shall provide such watchman, and shall take all such other precautionary
measures for the protection of persons or property and of the work as are necessary.
Barricades and fences shall be painted in a color that will be visible at night. From sunset
to sunrise the Contractor shall furnish and maintain at least one easily visible burning
light at each barricade. A sufficient number of barricades shall be erected and maintained
to keep pedestrians away from, and vehicles from being driven on or into, any work
C6-6(3)
under construction or being maintained. The Contractor shall furnish watchmen and keep
them at their respective assignments in sufficient numbers to protect the work and prevent
accident or damage.
All installations and procedures shall be consistent with provisions set forth in the "1980
Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" issued
under the authority of the "State of Texas Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways",
codified as Article 6701 d Veron's Civil Statues, pertinent section being Section Nos. 27,
29, 30 and 31.
The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign,
or other sign which has been erected by the City. If it is determined that a sign must be
removed to permit required construction, the Contractor shall contact the Transportation
and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division (phone number 871-8075),
to remove the sign. In case of regulatory signs, the Contractor must replace the permanent
sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above referred. manual and
such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign. If the
temporary sign is not installed correctly or if it does not meet the required specifications,
the permanent sign shall be left in place until the temporary sign requirements are met.
When construction work is completed to the extent that the permanent sign can be re-
installed, the Contractor shall again contact the Signs and Markings Division to re-install
the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in place until such re-installation is
completed.
The Contractor will be held responsible foe all damage to the work or the public due to
failure of barricades, signs, fences, lights, or watchmen to protect them. Whenever
evidence is found of such damage to the work the Engineer may order the damaged
portion immediately removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's own
expense. The Contractor's responsibility for the maintenance of barricades, signs, fences
and lights, and for providing watchmen shall not cease until the project shall have been
completed and accepted by the Owner.
No compensation, except as specifically provided in these Contract Documents, will be
paid to the Contractor for the Work and materials involved in the constructing, providing,
and maintaining of barricades, signs, fences, and lights or salaries of watchmen, for the
subsequent removal and disposal of such barricades, signs, or for any other incidentals
necessary for the proper protection, safety, and convenience of the public during the
contract period, as this work is considered to be subsidiary to the several items for which
unit or lump sum prices are requested in the Proposal.
C6-69 USE OF EXPLOSIVES, DROP WEIGHT, ETC.: Should the Contractor elect to
use explosives, drop weight, etc., in the prosecution of the work, the utmost care shall be
exercised at all times so as not to endanger life or property. The Contractor shall notify
the proper representative of anv public service corporation, any company, individual, or
utility, and the Owner, not less than twenty-four hours in advance of the use of any
C6-6(�)
activity which might damage or endanger their or his property along or adjacent to the
work.
Where the use of explosives is to be perniitted on the project, as specified in the Special
Conditions Documents, or the use of explosives is requested, the Contractor shall submit
notice to the Engineer in writing twenty-four hours prior to commencing and shall furnish
evidence that he has insurance coverage to protect against any damages and/or injuries
arising out of such use of explosives.
C6-6.10 WORK WITHIN EASEMENTS: Where the work passes over, through, or into
private property, the Owner will provide such right-of-way or easement privileges, as the
City may deem necessary for the prosecution of the work. Any additional rights-of-way
or work area considered necessary by the Contractor shall be provided by him at his
expense. Such additional rights-of-way or work area shall be acquired for the benefit of
the City. The City shall be notified in writing as to the rights so acquired before work
begins in the affected area. The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any
purpose without having previously obtained permission frorn the owner of such property.
The Contractor will not be allowed to store equipment or material on private property
unless and until the specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing
by the Contractor and a copy furnished to the Engineer. Unless specifically provided
otherwise, the Contractor shall clear all rights-of-way or easements of obstructions which
must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the work as a part of the project
construction operations. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of and
shall use every precaution to prevent damage to, all tress, shrubbery, plants, lawns,
fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, to all water,
sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or appurtenances thereof,
including the construction of temporary fences and to all other public or private property
adjacent to the work.
The Contractor shall notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the
public or private lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the work. Such
notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the begin.ning of the work. Notices
shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies or any corporation,
company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants, whose land or interest in
land might be affected by the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or
injury to property of any character resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or
misconduct in the manner or method or execution of the work, or at any time due to
defective work, material, or equipment.
When and where any direct or indirect or injury is done to public or private property on
account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in
consequence of non-execution thereof on the part of the Contractor, he shall restore or
have restored as his cost and expense such property to a condition at least equal to that
existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, rebuilding, or otherwise
replacing and restoring as may be directed by the O��mer, or he shall make good such
C6-6(�)
damages or injury in a manner acceptable to the owner of the property and the Engineer
All fences encountered and removed during construction of this project shall be restored
to the original or a better than original condition upon completion of this project. When
wire fencing, either wire mesh or barbed wire is to be crossed, the Contractor shall set
cross brace posts on either side of the permanent easement before the fence is cut. Should
additional fence cuts be necessary, the Contractor shall provide cross-braced posts at the
point of the proposed cut in addition to the cross braced posts provided at the permanent
easements limits, before the fence is cut.
Temporary fencing shall be erected in place of the fencing removed whenever the work is
not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to prevent
livestock from entering the construction area. The cost for fence removal, temporary
closures and replacement shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the project
proposal. Therefore, no separate payment shall be allowed for any service associated with
this work.
In case of failure on the part of the Contractor to restore such properiy or to make good
such damage or injury, the Owner may, upon 48 hour written notice under ordinary
circumstances, and without notice when a nuisance or hazardous condition results,
proceed to repair, rebuild, or otherwise restore such property as may be determined by the
Owner to be necessary, and the cost thereby will be deducted from any monies due to or
to become due to the Contractor under this contract.
C6.6.11 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: It is understood and agreed by the
parties hereto that the Contractor shall perform all work and services hereunder as an
independent contractor, and not as an officer, agent, servant, or employee of the Owner.
Contractor shall have exclusive control of and exclusive right to control the details of all
work and services performed hereunder, and all persons performing the same, and shall
be solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its officers, agents, servants,
employees, contractor, subcontractors, licensees and invitees. The doctrine of respondeat
superior shall not apply as between Owner and Contractor, its officers, agents,
employees, contractors and subcontractors, and nothing herein shall be construed as
creating a partnership or joint enterprise between Owner and Contractor.
C6-6.12 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS: Contractor
covenants and agrees to, and does hereby indemnify, hold harmless and defend Owner, its
officers, agents, servants, and employees from and against any and all claims or suits for
property damage or loss and/or personal injury, including death, to any and all persons, of
whatsoever kind or character, whether real or asserted, arising out of or in connection
with, directly or indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by the
Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or
invitees, whether or not caused, in whole or in apart, by alleged negligence on the part of
officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees of the
Owner; and said Contractor does hereby covenant and agree to assume all liability and
C6-6(6)
�,, responsibility of Owner, its officers, agents, servants, and employees for property damage
or loss, and/or personal injuries, including death, to any and all person of whatsoever kind
or character, whether real or asserted, arising out of or in connection with, directly or
indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by the Contractor, its
officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or
not caused, in whole or in apart, by alleged negligence of officers, agents, employees,
contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees of the Owner. Contractor likewise
covenants and agrees to, and does hereby, indemnify and hold harmless Owner from and
against any and all injuries, loss or damages to property of the Owner during the
performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether arising out of or
in connection with or resulting from, in whole or in apart, any and all alleged acts of
omission of officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees, or invitees
of the Owner.
In the event a written claim for damages against the contractor or its subcontractors
remains unsettled at the time all work on the project l�ias been completed to the
satisfaction of the Director of the Water Department, as evidenced by a final inspection,
final payment to the Contractor shall not be recommended to the Director of the Water
Department for a period of 30 days `after the date of such final inspection, unless the
Contractor shall submit written evidence satisfactory to the Director that the claim 17as
been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved.
If the claims concerned remains unsettled as of the expiration of the above 30-day period,
the Contractor may be deemed to be entitled to a semi-final payment for work completed,
such semi-final payment to be in the amount equal to the total dollar amount then due less
the dollar value of any written claims pending against the Contractor arising out of
performance of such work, and such semi-final payment may then be recommended by
the Director.
The Director shall not recommend final payment to a Contractor against whom such a
claim for damages is outstanding for a period of six months following the date of the
acceptance of the work performed unless the Contractor submits evidence in writing
satisfactory tot he Director that:
1. The claim has been settled and a release has beer� obtained from the
claimant involved, or
2. Good faith efforts have been made to settle such outstanding claims, and
such good faith efforts have failed.
If condition (1) above is met at any time within the six month period, the Director shall
recommend that the final payment to the Contractor be made. If condition (2) above is
met at any time within the siY month period, the Director may recommend that final
payment to the Contractor be made. At the expiration of the six month period, the
Director may recommend that final payment be made if all other work has been
C6-6(7)
performed and all other obligations of the Contractor have been met to the satisfaction of
the Director.
The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other Water
Department Contract work from a Contractor against �vhom a claim for damages is
outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract.
C6-6.13 CONTRACTOR'S CLAIM FOR DAMAGES: Should the Contractor claim
compensation foe any alleged damage by reason of the acts or omissions of the Owner, he
shall within three days after the actual sustaining of such alleged damage, make a written
statement to the Engineer, setting out in detail the nature of the alleged damage, and on or
before the 25`h day of the month succeeding that in which ant such damage is claimed to
have been sustained, the Contractor shall file with the En�ineer an itemized statement of
the details and the amount of such alleged damage and, upon request, shall give the
Engineer access to all books of account, receipts, vouchers, bills of lading, and other
books or papers containing any evidence as to the amount of such alleged damage. Unless
such statements shall be filed as hereinabove required, the Contractor's claim for
compensation shall be waived, and he shall not be entitled to payment on account of such
damages.
C6-6.14 ADJUSTMENT OR RELOCATION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES, ETC.: In case
it is necessary to change, move, or alter in any manner the property of a public utility or
others, the said property shall not be moved or interfered with until orders thereupon have
been issued by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owners of public utilities to enter
the geographical limits of the Contract for the purpose of making such changes or repairs
to the property that may be necessary by the performance of this Contract.
C6-6.15 TEMPORARY SEWER AND DIZAIN CONNECTIONS: When existing
sewer lines have to be taken up or removed, the Contractor shall, at his own expense and
cost, provide and maintain temporary outlets and connections for all private or public
drains and sewers. The Contractor shall also take care of all sewage and drainage which
will be received from these drains and sewers, and for this purpose he shall provide and
maintain, at his own cost and expense, adequate pumping facilities and temporary outlets
or divisions.
The Contractor, at his own cost and eYpense, shall construct such troughs, pipes, or other
structures necessary, and be prepared at all times to dispose of drainage and sewage
received from these temporary connections until such times as the permanent connections
are built and are in service. The existing sewers and connections shall be kept in service
and maintained under the Contract, e�cept when specified or ordered to be abandoned by
the Engineer. All water, sewa�e, and other waste shall be disposed of in a satisfactory
manner so that no nuisance is created and so that the work under construction will be
adequately protected.
C6-6(8)
C6-6.16 ARRANGEMENT AND CHARGES FOR WATER FURNISHED BY THE
� CITY: When the Contractor desires to use City water in connection with any
construction work, he shall make complete and satisfactory arrangements with the Fort
Worth City Water Department for so doina.
City water furnished to the Contractor shall be delivered to the Contractor from a
connection on an existing City main. All piping required beyond the point of delivery
shall be installed by the Contractor at his o�vn expense.
The Contractor's responsibility in the use of all existing fire hydrant and/or valves is
detailed in Section E2-12 USE OF FIRE HYDRANTS AND VALVES in these General
Contract Documents.
When meters are used to measure the water, the charges, if any, for water will be made at
the regular established rates. When meters are not used, the charges, if any, will be as
prescribed by the City ordinance, or where no ordinances applies, payment shall be made
on estimates and rates established by the Director of the Fort Worth Water Department.
C 6-6.17 USE OF A SECTION OR PORTION OF THE WORK: Whenever, in the
opinion of the Engineer, any section or portion of the work or any structure is in suitable
condition, it may be put into use upon the written notice of the Engineer, and such usage
shall not be held to be in any way an acceptance of said work or structure or any part
thereof or as a waiver of any of the provisions of these Contract Documents. All
necessary repairs and removals of any section of the work so put into use, due to
defective materials or workmanship, equipment, or deficient operations on the part of the
Contractor, shall be performed by the Contractor at his expense.
C6-6.18 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE WORK: Until written
acceptance by the Owner as provided for in these Contract Documents, the work shall be
under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution
to prevent injury or damage to the work or any part thereof by action of the elements or
from any cause �vhatsoever, whether arising from the execution or nonexecution of the
work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good at his own expense all
injuries or damage to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the hereinabove
causes.
C6-6.19 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS: Inspection by the Engineer or any
order by the Owner by payment of money or any payment for or acceptance of any work,
or any extension of time, or any possession taken by the City shall not operate as a waiver
of any provision of the Contract Documents. Any waiver of any breach or Contract shall
not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.
The Owner reserves the right to correct any error that may be discovered in any estimate
� that may have been paid and to adjust the same to meet the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
C6-6(9)
C6-6.20 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS: In carrying out the
provisions of these Contract Documents or in exercising any power of authority granted
thereunder, there shall be no liability upon the authorized representative of the Owner,
either personally or other wise as they are agents and representatives of the City.
C6-6.21 STATE SALES TAX: On a contract awarded by the City of Fort Worth,
and organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant the provisions of Article 20.04
(H) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act, the Contractor may purchase,
rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance
of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said
exemption certificate to comply with State Comptroller's Ruling .007. Any such
exemption certificate issued to the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and
shall comply with the provision of State Comptroller's Ruling .011, and any other
applicable State Comptroller's rulings pertaining to the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and
Use Tax Act.
On a contract awarded by a developer for the construction of a publicly-owner
improvement in a street right-of-way or other easement which has been dedicated to the
public and the City of Fort Worth, an organization which qualifies for exemption
pursuant the provisions of Article 20.04 (H) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use
Tax Act, the Contractor can probably be exempted in the same manner stated above. �
4
Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act permits and information can be obtained
from:
Comptroller of Public Accounts
Sales Tax Division
Capitol Station
Austin, TX
�
C6-6(10)
PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS
C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
SECTION C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS:
C7-7.1 SUBLCTTING: The Contractor shall perform with his own organization,
and witll the assistance of workmen under his immediate superintendance, work of a
value of not less than fifty (50%) percent of the value embraced on the contract. If the
Contractor sublets any part of the work to be done under these Contract Documents, he
will not under any circumstances be relieved of the responsibility and obligation assumed
under these Contract Documents. All transactions of the Engineer will be with the
Contractor. Subcontractors will be considered only in tlie capacity of employees or
workinen of the Contractor and shall be subject tot he same requirements as to character
and competency. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The
Contractor shall at all times, when the work is in operation, be represented either in
person or by a superintendent or other designated representatives.
C7-7.2 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contractor shall not assign, transfer,
sublet, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his rights, title, or interest in or to the same
or any part thereof without the previous consent of the Owner expressed by resolution of
the City Council and concurred in by the Sureties.
�" If the Contractor does, without such previous consent, assign, transfer, sublet, conve or
Y,
otherwise dispose of the contract or his right, title, or interest therein or any part thereof,
to any person or persons, partnership, company, firm, or corporation, or does by
bankruptcy, voluntary or involuntary, or by assignment under the insolvency laws of any
states, attempt to dispose of the contract may, at the option of the Owner be revoked and
annulled, unless the Sureties shall successfully complete said contract, and in the event of
any such revocation or annulment, any monies due or to become due under or by virtue of
said contract shall be retained by the Owner as liquidated damages for the reason that it
would be impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the actual damages.
C7-7.3 PROSECUTION OF THE WORK: Prior to beginning any construction
operations, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in five or more copies, if
requested by the Engineer, a progress schedule preferably in chart or diagram form, or a
brief outlinin� in detail and step by step the manner of prosecuting the work and orderina
materials and equipment which he expects to follow in order to complete the project in
the scheduled time. There shall be submitted a table of estimated amounts to be earned bv
the Contractor durin� each monthly estimate period. y
The Contractor shall commence the work to be performed under this contract within the
time limit stated in these Contract Documents and shall conduct the work in a continuous
manner and with sufficient equipment, materials, and labor as is necessary to insure its
completion within the time limit.
C7-7(1)
The sequence requested of all construction operations shall be at all times as specified in
the Special Contract Documents. Any Deviation from such sequencing shall be submitted
to the Engineer for his approval. Contractor shall not proceed with any deviation until he
has received written approval from the Engineer. Such specification or approval by the
Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility of the complete
performance of the Contract.
1'he contract time may be changed only as set forth in Section C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF
TIME OF COMPLETION of this Agreement, and a progress schedule shall not constitute
a change in the contract time.
C7-7.4 LIMITATION OF OPER.ATIONS: The working operations shall at all
times be conducted by the Contractor so as to create a minimum amount of inconvenience
to the public. At any time when, in the judgment of the Engineer, the Contractor has
obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street or public way
greater than is necessary for proper execution of the work, the Engineer may require the
Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before the work is
cornmenced on any additional section or street.
C7-7.5 CHARACTER OF WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT: Local labor shall be
used by the Contractor when it is available. The Contractor may bring from outside the
City of Fort Worth his key men and his superintendent. All other workmen, including
equipment operators, may be imported only after the local supply is exhausted. The
Contractor shall employ only such superintendents, foremen, and workmen who are
careful, competent, and fully qualified to perform the duties and tasks assigned to them,
and the Engineer may demand and secure the summary dismissal of any person or
persons employed by the Contractor in or about or on the work who, in the opinion of the
Owner, shall misconduct himself or to be found to be incompetent, disrespectful,
intemperate, dishonest, or otherwise objectionable or neglectful in the proper
performance of his or their duties, or who neglect or refuses to comply with or carry out
the direction of the owner, and such person or persons shall not be employed again
thereon without written consent of the Engineer.
All workmen shall have sufficient skill, ability, and experience to properly perform the
work assigned to them and operate any equipment necessary to properly carry out the
performance of the assigned duties.
The Contractor shall furnish and maintain on the work all such equipment as is
considered to be necessary for the prosecution of the work in an acceptable manner and at
a satisfactory rate of progress. All equipment, tools, and machinery used for handling
materials and executing any part of the work shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer and shall be maintained in a satisfactory, safe and efficient working condition.
Equipment on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to the work. Workmen
or adjacent property will result from its use.
C7-7(2)
C7-7.6 WORK SCHEDULE: Elapsed working days shall be computed starting
with the first day of the work completed as defined in C 1-1.23 "WOIZKING DAYS" or
the date stipulated in the "WORK ORDER" for beginning work, whichever comes first.
Nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed as prohibiting the Contractor
from working on Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holidays, providing that the following
requirements are met:
a. A request to work on a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday must
be made to the Engineer no later that the preceding Thursday.
b. Any work to be done on the project on such a specific Saturday, Sunday or
Legal Holiday must be, in the opinion of the Engineer, essential to the
timely completion of the project.
The Engineer's decision shall be final in response to such a request for approval to work
on a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday, and no extra compensation shall be
allowed to the Contractor for any work performed on such a specific Saturday, Sunday or
Legal Holiday.
Calendar Days shall be defined in C1-1.24 and the Contractor may work as he so desires.
C7-7.7 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION: The Contractor shall
commence the working operations within the time specified in the Contract Documents
and set forth in the Work Order. Failure to do so shall be considered by the owner as
abandonment of the Contract by the Contractor and the Owner may proceed as he sees fit.
The Contractor shall maintain a rate of progress such as will insure that the whole work
will be performed and the premises cleaned up in accordance with the Contract
Documents and within the time established in such documents and such extension of time
as may be properly authorized.
C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF TIME COMPLETION: The Contractor's request for an
extension of time of completion shall be considered only when the request for such
extension is submitted in writing to the Engineer within seven days from and after the
time alleged cause of delay shall occurred. Should an extension of the time of completion
be requested such request will be forwarded to the City Council for approval.
In adjusting the contract time for completion of work, consideration will be given to
unforeseen causes beyond tlle control of and without the fault or negligence of the
Contractor, fire, flood, tornadoes, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, embargoes,
or delays of sub-contractors due to such causes.
When the date of completion is based on a calendar day bid, a request for extension of
C7-7(3)
time because of inclement weather will not be considered. A request for extension of time
due to inability to obtain supplies and materials will be considered only when a review of
the Contractor's purchase order dates and other pertinent data as requested by the
Engineer indicates that the Contractor has made a bonafide attempt to secure delivery on
schedule. This shall include efforts to obtain the supplies and materials from alternate
sources in case the first source cannot make delivery.
If satisfactory execution and completion of the contract should require work and materials
in greater amounts or quantities than those set forth in the approved Contract Documents,
then the contract time mat be increased by Change Order.
C7-7.9 DELAYS: The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or
hindrances to the work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor
is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material, if any, which is to
be furnished by the City. When such extra compensation is claimed, a written statement
thereof shall be presented by the Contractor to the Engineer and if by the Engineer found
correct, shall be approved and refened by the Engineer to the City Council for final
approval or disapproval; and the action thereon by the City Council shall be final and
binding. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the Engineer to stop work, or by
the performance of extra work, or by the failure of the City to provide material or
necessary instructions for carrying on the work, then such delay will entitle the
Contractor to an equivalent extension of time, his application for shall, however, be
subject to the approval of the City Council: and no such extension of time shall release
the Contractor or the surety on his performance bond from all his obligations hereunder
which shall remain in full force until the discharge of the contract.
C7-7.10 TIME OF COMPLETION: The time of completion is an essential
element of the Contract. Each bidder shall indicate in the appropriate place on the last
page of the proposal, the number of working days or calendar days that he will require to
fully complete this contract or the time of completion will be specified by the City in the
proposal section of the Contract Documents.
The number of days indicated shall be a realistic estimate of the time required to
complete the work covered by the specific contract being bid upon. The amount of time
so stated by the successful bidder or the City will become the time of completion
specified in the Contract Documents.
For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in
the Contract Documents, or increased time granted by the Owner, or as automatically
increased by additional work or materials ordered after the contract is signed, the sum per
day given in the following schedule, unless otherwise specified in other parts of the
Contract Documents, will be deducted from the monies due the Contractor, not as a
penalty, but as liquidated damaaes suffered by the Owner.
C7-7(�)
�
AMOUNT OF CONTRACT
Less than
$ 5,001 to
$ 15,001 to
$ 25,001 to
$ 50,001 to
$ 100,001 to
$ 500,001 to
$ 1,000,001 to
$ 2,000,000 and over
$ 5,000
$ 15;000
$ 25,000
$ 50,000
$ 100,000
$ 500,000
$ 1,000,000
$ 2,000,000
inclusive
inclusive
inclusive
inclusive
inclusive
inclusive
inclusive
inclusive
AMOUNT OF
LIQUIDATED
DAMAGES
PER DAY
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
35.00
45.00
63.00
105.00
154.00
210.00
315.00
420.00
630.00
The parties hereto understand and agree that any harm to the City caused by the
Contractor's delay in completing the work hereunder in the time specified by the Contract
Documents would be incapable or very difficult to calculate due to lack of accurate
information, and that the "Amount of Liquidated Damages Per Day", as set out above, is
a reasonable forecast of just compensation due the City for harm caused by any delay.
C7-7.11 SUSPENSION BY COURT ORDER: The Contractor shall suspend
� operations on such part or parts of the work ordered by any court, and will not be entitled
to additional compensation by virtue of such court order. Neither will he be liable to the
City in the vent the work is suspended by a Court Order. Neither will the Owner be liable
to the Contractor by virtue of any Court Order or action for which the Owner is not solely
responsible.
C7-7.12 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION: The Owner shall have the right to suspend
the work operation wholly or in part for such period or periods of time as he may deem
necessary due to unsuitable weather conditions or any other unsuitable conditions which
in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer cause further prosecution of the work to be
unsatisfactory or detrimental to the interest of the project. During temporary suspension
of the work covered by this contract, for any reason, the Owner will make no extra
payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews.
If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor
shall store all materials in such manner that they will not obstnict or impede the public
unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to
prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage
about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary.
Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the project due to causes
beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor as set forth in
Paragraph C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF THETIME OF COMPLETION, and should it be
C7-7(5)
determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and the Engineer that a solution to allow
construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time, then the .,,,,,;
Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and
returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the Engineer that
construction may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the
Contractor of moving the equipment and no profit will be allowed.
No reimbursement shall be allowed if the equipment is moved to another construction
project for the City of Fort Worth.
The Contractor shall not suspend work without written notice from the Engineer and shall
proceed with the work operations promptly when notified by the Engineer to so resume
operations.
C7-7.13 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT DUE TO NATIONAL EMERGENCY:
Whenever, because of National Emergency, so declared by the president of the United
States or other lawful authority, it becomes impossible for the Contractor to obtain all of
the necessary labor, materials, and equipment for the prosecution of the work with
reasonable continuity for a period of two months, the Contractor shall within seven days
notify the City in writing, giving a detailed statement of the efforts which have been
made and listing all necessary items of labor, materials, and equipment not obtainable. If,
after investigations, the owner finds that such conditions eYisting and that the inability of
the Contractor to proceed is not attributable in whole or in part to the fault or neglect of
the Contractor, than if the Owner cannot after reasonable effort assist the Contractor in
procuring and making available the necessary labor, materials, and equipment within
thirty days, the Contractor my request the owner to terminate the contract and the owner
may comply with the request, and the termination shall be conditioned and based upon a
final settlement mutually acceptable to both the Owner and the Contractor and final
payment shall be made in accordance with the terms of the agreed settlement, which shall
include. But not be limited to the payment for all work executed but not anticipated
profits on work which has not been performed.
C7-7.14 SUSPENSION OR ABANDONMENT OF THE WORK AND ANNULMENT
OF THE CONTRACT: The work operations on all or any portion or section of the
work under Contract shall be suspended immediately on written order of the Engineer or
the Contract may be declared canceled by the City Council for any good and sufficient
cause. The following, by way of example, but not of limitation, may be considered
grounds for suspension or cancellation:
a. Failure of the Contractor to commence work operations within the time
specified in the Work Order issued by the Owner.
b. Substantial evidence that progress of the work operations by the
Contractor is insufficient to complete the work �vithin the specified time.
C7-7(6)
c. Failure of the Contractor to provide and maintain sufficient labor and
equipment to properly execute the working operations.
d. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has abandoned the work.
e. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt,
or otherwise financially unable to carry on the work satisfactorily.
£ Failure on the part of the Contractor to observe any requirements of the
Contract Documents or to comply with any orders given by the Engineer
or Owner provided for in these Contract Documents.
g. Failure of the Contractor promptly to make good any defect in materials or
workmanship, or any defects of any nature the correction of which has
been directed in writing by the Engineer or the Owner.
h. Substantial evidence of collusion for the purpose of illegally procuring a
contract or perpetrating fraud on the City in the construction of work under
contract.
i. A substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized
assignment of the contract or any funds due therefi•om for the benefit of
�, any creditor or for any other purpose.
j. If the Contractor shall for any cause whatsoever not carry on the working
operation in an acceptable manner.
k. If the Contractor commences legal action against the Owner.
A Copy of the suspension order or action of the City Council shall be served on the
Contractor's Sureties. When work is suspended for any cause or causes, or when the
contract is canceled, the Contractor shall discontinue the work or such part thereof as the
owner shall designate, whereupon the Sureties may, at their option, assume the contract
or that portion thereof which the Owner has ordered the Contractor to discontinue, and
may perform the same or may, with written consent of the owner, sublet the work or that
portion of the work as taken over, provided ho�vever, that the Sureties shall exercise their
option, if at all, within two weeks after the written notice to discontinue the work has
been served upon the Contractor and upon the Sureties or their authorized agents. The
Sureties, in such event shall assume the Contractor's place in all respects, and shall be
paid by the Owner for all work performed by them in accordance with the terms of the
Contract Documents. All monies remaining due the Contractor at the time of this default
shall thereupon become due and payable to the Sureties as the work progresses, subject to
all of the terms of the Contract Documents.
In case the Sureties do not, within the hereinabove specified time, eYercise their right and
C7-7(7)
option to assume the contract responsibilities, or that portion thereof which the Owner
has ordered the Contractor to discontinue, then the Owner shall have the power to
complete, by contract or otherwise, as it may determine, the work herein described or
such work thereof as it may deem necessary, and the Contractor hereto agrees that the
Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any materials, plants, tools,
equipment, supplies, and property of any kind provided by the Contractor for the purpose
of carrying on the work and to procure other tools, equipment, materials, labor and
property for the completion of the work, and to charge to the account of the Contractor of
said contract expense for labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all expenses incidental
thereto. The expense so charged shall be deducted by the owner from such monies as may
be due or may become due at any time thereafter to the Contractor under and by virtue of
the Contract or any part thereof. The Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest bid
for the work completing the contract, but the expense to Ue deducted shall be the actual
cost of the owner of such work
In case such expenses shall exceed the amount which would have been payable under the
Contract if the same had been completed by the Contract, then the Contractor and his
Sureties shall pay the amount of such excess to the City on notice from the Owner of the
excess due. When any particular part of the work is being carried on by the Owner by
contract or otherwise under the provisions of this section, the Contractor shall continue
the remainder of the work in conformity with the terms of the Contract Documents and in
such a manner as to not hinder or interfere with the performance of the work by the
Owner.
C7-7.15 FULFILLMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contract will be considered as
having been fulfilled, save as provided in any bond or bonds or by law, when all the work
and all sections or parts of the project covered by the Contract Documents have been
finished and completed, the final inspection made by the Engineer, and the final
acceptance and final payment made by the Owner.
C7-7.16 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE OWNER:
The performance of the work under this contract may be terminated by the Owner in
whole, or from time to time in part, in accordance with this section, whenever tha Owner
shall determine that such termination is in the best interest of the Owner.
A. NOTICE OF TERMINATION: Any Termination shall be effected by
mailing a notice of the termination to the Contractor specifying the extent
to which performance of work under the contract is terminated, and the
date upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice
shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is
placed in the United States Postal Service Mail by the Owner. Further, it
shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such
termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any
claim, demand or suit shall be required of the Owner regarding such ;�
discretionary action
C7-7(8)
� B. CONTRACTOR ACTION: After receipt of a notice of termination,
and except as otherwise directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall:
Stop work under the contract on the date and to the extent
specified in the notice of termination;
2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials,
services or facilities except as may be necessary for
completion of such portion of the work under the contract
as is not terminated;
3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they
relate to the performance of the work terminated by notice
of termination;
4. transfer title to the Owner and deliver in the manner, at the
times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the Engineer:
a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, work in
progress, completed work, supplies and other
material produced as a part of, or acquired in
connection with the performance of, the work
terminated by the notice of the termination; and
b. The completed, or partially completed plans,
drawings, information and other property which, if
the contract had been completed, would have been
required to be furnished to the Owner.
5. complete performance of such work as shall not have been
terminated by the notice of termination; and
6. Take such action as may be necessary, or as the Engineer
may direct, for the protection and preservation of the
property related to its contract which is in the possession of
the Contractor and in which the owner has or may acquire
the rest.
At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the
notice of termination, the Contractor may submit to the Engineer a list,
certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all items of termination
inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of
which has been directed or authorized by Engineer, Not later than 15 days
thereafter, the owner shall accept title to such items provided, that the list
C7-7(9)
submitted shall be subject to verification by the Engineer upon removal of
the items or, if the items are stored, within 45 days from the date of
submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments to correct the list as
submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement.
C. TERMINATION CLAIM: Within 60 days after the notice of
termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination claim to the
Engineer in the form and with the certification prescribed by the Engineer.
Unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the Owner upon
request of the Contractor, made in writing within such 60-day period or
authorized extension thereof, any and all such claims shall be conclusively
deemed waived.
D. AMOIJNTS: Subject to the provisions of Item C7-7.1(C), the
Contractor and the Owner may agree upon the whole or any part of the
amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the total or
partial termination of the work pursuant hereto; provided, that such agreed
amount or amounts shall never exceed the total contract price reduced by
the amount of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the
contract price work not terminated. The contract shall be amended
accordingly, and the Contractor shall be paid the agreed amount. No
amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits> Nothing in C7-7.16(E)
hereafter, prescribing the amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of
the termination of work pursuant to this section, shall be deemed to limit,
restrict or otherwise determine or affect the amount or amounts which may
be agreed upon to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to this paragraph.
E. FAILURE TO AGREE: In the event of the failure of the Contractor
and the Owner to agree as provided in C7-7.16(D) upon the whole amount
to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of the work
pursuant to this section, the Owner shall determine, on the basis of
information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by
reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts
determined. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits.
F. DEDUCTIONS: In arriving at the amount due the Contractor under
this section there shall be deducted;
all unliquidated advance or other payments on account
theretofore made to the Contractor, applicable to the
terminated portion of this contract;
2. any claim which the Owner may have against the
Contractor in connection with this contract; and ��,,,
C7-7(10)
3. the agreed price for, or the proceeds of the sale of, any
materials, supplies or other things kept by the Contractor or
sold, pursuant to the provisions of this clause, and not
otherwise recovered by or credited to the Owner.
G. ADJUSTMENT: If the termination hereunder be partial, prior to the
settlement of the terminated portion of this contract, the Contractor may
iile with the Engineer a request in writing for an equitable adjustment of
the price or prices specified in the contract relating to the continued
portion of the contract (the portion not terminated by notice of
termination), such equitable adjustment as may be agreed upon shall be
made in such price or prices; noting contained herein, however, shall limit
the right of the owner and the Contractor to agree upon the amount or
amounts to be paid tot he Contractor for the completion of the continued
portion of the contract when said contract does not contain an established
contract price for such continued portion.
H. NO LIMITATION OF RIGHTS: Noting contained in this section shall
limit or alter the rights which the Owner may have for termination of this
contract under C7-7.14 hereof entitled "SUSPENSION OR
ABANDONMENT OF THE WORK AND ANNULMENT OF
CONTRACT" or any other right which the Owner may have for default or
� breach of contract by Contractor.
C7-7.17 SAFETY METHODS AND PRACTICES: The Contractor shall be
responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and
programs in connection with the work at all times and shall assume all responsibilities for
their enforcement.
The Contractor shall comply with federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, and
regulations so as to protect person and property from injury, including death, or damage
in connection with the work.
�
C7-7(11)
PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS
C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
SECTION C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
C8-8.1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES: The determination of quantities of
work performed by the Contractor and authorized by the Contract Documents acceptably
completed under the terms of the Contract Documents shall be made by the Engineer,
based on measurements made by the Engineer. These measurements will be made
according to the United States Standard Measurements used in common practice, and will
be the actual length, area, solid contents, numbers, and weights of the materials and item
installed.
C8-8.2 UNIT PRICES: When in the Proposal a"Unit Price" is set forth, the said
"Unit Price" shall include the furnishing by the Contractor of all labor, tools, materials,
machinery, equipment, appliances and appurtenances necessary for the construction of
and the completion in a manner acceptable to the Engineer of all work to be done under
these Contract Documents. �
The "Unit Price" shall include all permanent and temporary protection of overhead,
surface, and underground structures, cleanup, finishing costs, overhead expense, bond,
insurance, patent fees, royalties, risk due to the elements and other clauses, delays,
profits, injuries, damages claims, taxes, and all other items not specifically mentioned
that may be required to fully construct each item of the work complete in place and in a
satisfactory condition for operation.
C8-8.3 LUMP SUM: When in the Proposal a"Lump Sum" is set forth, the said
"Lump Sum" shall represent the total cost for the Contractor to furnish all labor, tools,
materials, machinery, equipment, appurtenances, and all subsidiary work necessary for
the construction and completion of all the work to provide a complete and functional item
as detailed in the Special Contract Documents and/or Plans.
C8-8.4 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: The Contractor shall receive and accept the
compensation as herein provided, in full payment for furnishing all labor, tools, materials,
and incidentals for performing all work contemplated and embraced under these Contract
Documents, for all loss and damage arising out of the nature of the work or from the
action of the elements, for any unforeseen defects or obstructions which may arise or be
encountered during the prosecution which may arise or be encountered during the
prosecution of the work at any time before its final acceptance by the Owner, (except as
provided in paragraph CS-5.14) for all risks of �vhatever description connected with the
prosecution of the work, for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension
or discontinuance of such prosecution of the working operations as herein specified, or
any and all infringements of patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other legal reservations,
and for completing the work in an acceptable manner according to the terms of the
C8-8(1)
Contract Documents.
The payment of any current or partial estimate prior to the final acceptance of the work
by the Owner shall in no way constitute an acknowledgment of tlie acceptance of the
work, materials, or equipment, nor in any way prejudice or affect the obligations of the
Contractor to repair, correct, renew, or replace at his own and proper expense any defects
or imperfections in the construction or in the strength or quality of the material used or
equipment or machinery furnished in or about the construction of the work under contract
and its appurtenances, or any damage due or attributed to such defects, which defects,
imperfections, or damage shall have been discovered on or before the final inspection and
acceptance of the work or during the one year guaranty period after the final acceptance.
The Owner shall be the sole judge of such defects, imperfections, or damage, and the
Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for failure to correct the same as provided herein.
C8-8.5 PARTIAL ESTIMATES AND RETAINAGE: Between the 1S` and the 5`h
day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a statement showing an
estimate of the value of the work done ciuring the previous month, or estimate period
under the Contract Documents. Not later than the 10`h day of the month, the Engineer
shall verify such estimate, and if it is found to be acceptable and the value of the work
performed since the last partial payment was made exceeds one hundred dollars ($100.00)
inn amount, 90% of such estimated sum will be paid to the Contractor if the total contract
amount is less than $400,000.00, or 95% of such estimated sum will be paid to the
� Contractor if the total contract amount is $400,000.00 or greater, within twenty-five (25)
days after the regular estimate period. The City will have the option of preparing
estimates on forms furnished by the City. The partial estimates may include acceptable
nonperishable materials delivered to the work which are to be incorporated into the work
as a permanent part thereof, but which at the time of the estimate have not been installed
(such payment will be allowed on a basis of 85% of the net invoice value thereo�. The
Contractor shall furnish the Engineer such information as he may request to aid him as a
guide in the verification or the preparation of partial estimates.
It is understood that partial estimates from month to month will be approximate only, all
partial monthly estimates and payment will be subject to correction in the estimate
rendered following the discovery of an error in any previous estimate, and such estimate
shall not, in any respect, be taken as an admission of the Owner of the amount of work
done or of its quantity of sufficiency, or as an acceptance of the work done or the release
of the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the Contract Documents.
The City reserves the right to withhold the payment of any monthly estimate if the
Contractor fails to perform the work strictly in accordance with the specifications or
provisions of this Contract.
C8-8.6 WITHHOLDING PAYMENT: Payment on any estimate or estimates may
be held in abeyance if the performance of the construction operations is not in accordance
C8-8(2)
with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
C8-8.7 FINAL ACCEPTANCE: Whenever the improvements provided for by �
the Contract Documents shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract
Documents shall have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor shall
notify the Engineer in writing that the improvements are ready for f nal inspection. The
Engineer shall notify the appropriate officials of the Owner, will within a reasonable time
make such final inspection, and if the work is satisfactory, in an acceptable condition, and
has been completed in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents and all
approved modifications thereof, the EnQineer will initiate the processing of the final
estimate and recommend final acceptance of the project and final payment thereof as
outlines in paragraph C8-8.8 below.
C8-8.8 FINAL PAYMENT: Whenever all the improvements provided for by the
Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof shall have been completed
and all requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled on the part of the
Contractor, a final estimate showing the value of the work will be prepared by the
Engineer as soon as the necessary measurements, computations, and checks can be made.
All prior estimates upon which payment has been made are subject to necessary
corrections or revisions in the final payment.
The amount of the final estimate, less previous payments and any sums that have been
deducted or retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents, will be paid to the
Contractor within 60 days after the final acceptance by the Owner on a proper resolution
of the City Council, provided the Contractor has furnished to the owner satisfactory
evidence of compliance as follows: Prior to submission of the final estimate for payment,
the Contractor shall execute an affidavit as furnished by the City, certifying that;
A. all persons, firms, associations, corporations, or other organizations
furnishing labor and/or materials have been paid in full,
B. that the wage scale established by the City Council in the City of Fort
Worth has been paid, and
C. that there are no claims pending for personal injury and/or property
damages.
The acceptance by the Contractor of the last or final payment as aforesaid shall operate as
and shall release the owner from all claims or liabilities under the Contract for anything
done or furnished or relating to the work under the Contract Documents or any act or
neglect of said City relating to or connected with the Contract.
The making of the final payment by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of anv
guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue
C8-8(3)
tnereafter.
C8-8.9 ADEQUACY OF DESIGN: It is understood that the Owner believes it
has employed competent engineers and designers to prepare the Cont►•act Documents and
all modifications of the approved Contract Documents. It is, therefore, agreed that the
Owner shall be responsible for the adequacy of its own design features, sufficiency of the
Contract Documents, the safety of the structure, and the practicability of the operations of
the completed project, provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the
said Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof, and additions and
alterations thereof approved in writing by the Owner. The burden of proof of such
compliance shall be upon the Contractor to show that he has complied with the Contract
Documents, approved modifications thereof, and all alterations thereof.
C8-8.10 GENERAL GUARANTY: Neither the final certificate of payment nor
any provision in the Contract Documents nor partial or entire occupancy or use of the
prem�ses by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of the work not done in accordance
with the Contract 'Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any
eYpress warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor
shall remedy any defects or damages.in the work and pay for any damage to the other
work resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of
final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good
and sufficient maintenance bond in the amount of 100 percent of the amount of the
contract which shall assure the performance of the general guaranty as above outlined.
The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.
C8-8.11 SUBSIDIARY WORK: Any and all work specifically governed by
documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Plans, the
General Contract Documents or these Special Contract Documents, in which no specific
item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal, shall be considered as a subsidiary
item of work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal, for each
bid item. Surface restoration, rock excavation and cleanup are general items of work
which fall in the category of subsidiary work.
C8-8.12 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL: Material may be
allocated under various bid items in the Proposal to establish unit prices for
miscellaneous placement of material. These materials shall be used only when directed by
the Engineer, depending on field conditions. Payment for miscellaneous placement of
material will be made for only that amount of material used, measured to the nearest one-
tenth unit. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material shall be in accordance with
the General Contract Documents regardless of the actual amount used for the Project.
C8-8.13 RECORD DOCUMENTS: The Contractor shall keep on record a copy
of all specifications, plans, addenda, modifications, shop drawings and samples at the
site, in good order and annotated to show all changes made during the construction
process. These shall be delivered to the Engineer upon completion of the work.
C8-8(4)
C
�
PART CS
�"'�J
�
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
FORT WORTH, WATER DEPARTMENT
� WATER AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PROJECTS
June 1, 1998
�
l.�I
C�
l. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: In Section C1-1.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,
delete Paragraph C1-1.2b SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and add the following:
"b. SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Special Contract Documents are
prepared for each specific project as a supplement to the General Contract Documents
and include the following items:
PART A- NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Advertisement)
SPEC`IAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
PART B - PROPOSAL (Bid)
M/WBE BID SPECIFICATIONS
PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS
PART CS- SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PART E - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PERMITS/EASEMENTS (Some Permits are Multicolored)
PART F- BONDS AND 1NSURANCE
PART G - CONTRACT
PART H- PLANS/FIGURES (may be bound separately)
White
White
White
Golden Rod
Canary Yellow
Green
Green
White
White
White
White
White"
2. DIRECTOR OF TRANSPORATION AND PUBLIC WORKS: Delete :.entire
Paragraph C1-1.17, and replace �vith the following:
C1-1.17 DIRECTOR OF TRANSPORATION AND PUBLIC WORKS: The
officially appointed Director of the Transportation and Public Works Department of
the City of Fort Worth, or his duly authorized representative, assistant, or agents. .
3. DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING: Add the following paragraph after C1-1.17 and
before C1-1.18:
C1-1.17A DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING: The o£ficially appointed Director of the
Department of Engineering of the City of Fort Worth, referred to in the charter as the
City Engineer, or his duly authorized representative assistant, or agents.
4. ENGINEER: Delete entire Paragraph C1-1.19, and replace with the following:
The Director of the Fort Worth Department of Engineering, the Director of Fort
Worth Transportation and Public Works Department, the Director of the Fort Worth
Water Department, or their duly authorized assistants, agents, engineers, inspectors,
or superintendents, acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them.
CS-1
5. PROPOSAL FORM: In Section C2-2.1, Paragraph 1, revise last sentence to read as
follows: "The Bidder shall furnish a Financial Statement, Equipment Schedule, and
� Experience Record, all of which must be properly executed and filed with the Director of
the Water Department one week prior to the hour for opening of bids. Information shall
be on forms provided by the Bitider and acceptable to the City.
6. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 4F PROJECT: In
Section C2-2.3, Paragraph 2, add the following to the last sentence: "except for changes
in the site coriditions caused by factors outside of the control of tl�e Contractor which
occur after the Contractor's inspection and prior to installation."
7. INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL: Part C- General
Conditions, Section C2-2, exchange paragraphs C2-2.7, C2-2.8, and C2-2.9 with the
follov�ing:
C2-2.7 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is
delivered, accompanied by its proper Bid Security and other required material, to the
Purchasing Manager or his representative at the official location and stated time set
forth in the proposal at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that a
proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidders must have the proposal
actually delivered. Each proposal� shall be in a sealed envelope plainly marked with
the word "PROPOSAL" and the name or description of the project designated in the
� "Notice To Bidders". The envelope shall be addressed to the Purchasing Manager,
Q City of Fort Worth Purchasing Division, PO Box 17027, Fort Worth, Texas 76102."
C2-2.8 WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the
Purchasing Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for the opening of
proposals. A request for non consideration of a proposal must be made in writing,
addressed to the City Mana�er, and filed with him prior to the time set for the opening
' of proposals. After all proposals not requested for non-consideration are opened and
publicly read aloud, the proposals for which non-consideration requests have been
properly filed may, at the option of the� Owner, be returned unopened.
C2-2.9 TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS: Any bidder may
modify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set
for opening proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the
Purchasing Manager prior to the s id proposal opening time, and provided further,
that the City Manager is satisfied t�at a written and duly authenticated confirmation
of such telegraphic communication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior
to the proposal opening time. If sucYt confirmation is not received within forty-eight
(48) hours after the proposal opening time, no further consideration will be given to
the proposal.
�
CS-2
8. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE/WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
OCOMPLIANCE: Delete entire Paragraph C3-3.2, and replace with the following:
C3-3.2 MINORITY BUSINESS EN'I'ERPRISE/WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
COMPLIANCE: Upon request, Contractor agrees to provide to Owner complete and
accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business
Enterprise (MBE) and/or a Woman Business Enterprise (WBE) on the contract and
payment therefore. Contractor further agrees to permit an audit and/or examination of
any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work
performed by an MBE and/or WBE. The misrepresentation of facts (other than a
negligent misrepresentation) and/or the commission of fraud by the Contractor will be
grounds fo'r termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate
federal. State or local laws or ordinances relating to false statements; further, any such
misrepresentation (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of
fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irrespo�isible and barred
from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than three (3) years.
9. C3-3.5 AWARD OF CONTRACT is moclified to read as follows:
"The Owner reserves the right to withhold final action on the proposals for a
reasonable time, not to exceed the period stated for the duration of the Bid Security
stated in the Notice to Bidders or 90 days, whichever is shorter."
� 10. C3-3.7 BONDS. For the Paragraph after Paragraph C3-3.7d OTHER BONDS, which
begins with "No sureties", change the entire paragraph to read as follows:
"No Sureties will be accepted by the Owner which are at the time in default or
delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the Owner.
All bonds shall be made on the forms furnished by the Owner and the surety shall be
acceptable to the Owner. In order for a surety to be acceptable to the Owner:
(1) the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury List �of
Acceptable Sureties {Circular 870}, or
(2) the surety must have capital and surplus equal to ten times the amount of the
bond.
The surety must be licensed to do b'usiness in the State of Texas. The amount of the
amount of the bond shall not exceed the amount shown on the treasury list or one-
tenth (1/10)� of the total capital and surplus. If reinsurance is required, the company
writing the reinsurance must be authorized, accredited or trusteed to do business in
the State of Texas. Each bond shall be properly executeci by both the Contractor and
the Bonding Company."
�
CS-3
11.0 INSURANCE. Change the following portions of C3-3.11 Insurance as shown
obelow:
l�l,l INSURANCE FOR SUBCONTRACTORS: At the end of the first paragraph of
Section C3-3.11, after "and for all subcontractors", insert the following sentence: "The
General Contractor may require all subcontractors to be insured and submit
documentation ensuring that the requirements of C3-3.11 are met for all subcontractors."
11.2 INSURANCE LIMITS. In Section C3-3.11, after the word "occurrence", add
"/aggregate".
11.3 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: In Paragraph C3-3.1 lb:
Replace the word "Comprehensive" with "Commercial" Add the following to Paragraph
C3-3.1 lb:
"Certificates of insurance shall state that Insurance is on an "occurrence" basis."
Certificate shall also contain a statement that no exclusions by endorsement have been
made to the Commercial General Liability Policy".
11.4 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY (CGL) POLICY: Amend Paragraph
C3-3.11 c, Additional Liability, by adding the following:
0 "7. When required by the Contract Documents, Environmental Impairment Liability
Coverage must be provided in the limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000
annual aggregate. The Environmental Impairment Liability (EIL) must contain
coverage for sudden and accidental contamination or pollution, liability for gradual
emissions, and clean-up costs. The EIL coverage shall include two year completed
operations coverage on a per Project basis. A separate insurance golicy may be
needed to fulfill this requiremant. EIL for damages incurred in the course of
transporting sludge shall be covered under. the contractor's insurance policy(s)."
11.5 AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE LIMITS: Revise Paragraph C3-3.11d so that the
insurance limits are as follows:
Bodily Injury $250,000 each person
Bodily Injury $500,000 aggregate
Property Damage $100,000 aggregate
11.6 LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING: For Paragraph C3-3.11 g,
delete entire paragraph beginning "Local Agent for Insurance and Bonding".
12. LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL CHARGES (Reference C4-4.Sc):
The Contractor agrees that should any change in the work of extra work be ordered, the
following applicable percentaQe shall be added to Material and Labor Costs to cover
� overhead and profit:
CS-4
1. Allowance to the Contractor for overhead and profit for extra work performed by
othe Contractor's own forces shall not exceed 15%.
2. Allowance to the Contractor for overhead and profit for extra work performed by a
subcontractor and supervised by the Contractor shall not exceed 10%.
Contractor shall be reimbursed for direct field overhead when the change requires an
exter�sion of the Contract period. Contractor shall not be reimbursed for indirect
overhead or indirect costs related to changes to this contract.
13. TESTING COSTS: Section 5-5.12, revise the first sentence to read as follows:
"Where, as called for in the Contract Documents, tests of materials or equipment are
necessary, such tests will be made at the expense of and paid for by the Contractor
unless otherwise specifically provided for in the Technical Specifications."
14. LAWS TO BE OBSERVED: Section C6-6.1, delete "or which may be enacted
later". After the word "exist," add "at the time of the Contract or may be hereafter exist
during the performance of the Contract."
15. BUILDING PERMITS: Paragraph C6-6.2 Insert the following at the end of the
paragraph;
� "Contractors �re responsible for obtaining construction permits from the governing
agencies. Contractor shall schedule all code inspections with the Code Inspectidn
Department in accordance with the permit requirements and submit copy of updated
schedule to the Engineer weekly. Building, plumbing, electrical and mechanical
building permits are issued without charge. Water and sewer access fees will be paid
by the Water Department. Any other permit fees are the responsibility of the
Contractor."
16. BARRICADES, WARNINGS AND FLAGMEN: In Paragraph C6-6.8, replace the
word "w�tchmen" wherever in appears with the word "flagmen". In th� firsf paragraph,
lines five (5) and six (6), replace "take all such other precautionary measures" with "take
all reasonable necessary measures".
17. STATE SALES TAX:
A. Delete Paragraph C6-6.21 STATE SALES TAX in its entirety.
B. This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant
to the provisions of Article 20.04 (F) of the Te:cas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax
Act. All equipment and materials� not consumed by or incorporated into the project
construction are subject to State Sales Tax tmder House Bill 11, enacted August 15,
O 1991. all such taxes shall be included in the various amounts on the Proposal Form.
The successful Bidder shall be required to submit a breakdown between costs of labor,
CS-5
consumable material and other construction costs and costs of material incorporated
into the project construction prior to execution of this contract.
� B. At the time of execution of the Contract Documents by the Contractor, the
Contractor shall complete the "Statement of Materials and Other Charges" which
identifies the project costs anticipated in the Project into "Materials Incorporated into
the Project" and "All Other Charges". The Contract shall be a"Separated Contract".
C. The City of �'ort Worth will issue appropriate Certificates of Resale to the
Contractor.
D. All Change Orders to the Contract will separate charges for materials and labor
and will contain the following statement:
"For purposes of complying with Texas Tax Code, the Contractor agrees that the
charges for material incorporated into the project in excess of the estimated quantity
provided for �herein will be no less than the invoice price for such material to the
Contractor." �
18. PARTIAL PAYMENTS: Change Paragraph C8-8.5 to read as follows:
"Partial pay estimates shall be submitted by the Contractor Sth day and the 20th day
of the month that work has been is in progress. The estimate shall be processed by the
City on the l Oth day and 25th day respectively. Estimates will be paid within 25 days
� following the end of the .estimate period, less the appropriate retainage as set out
below. Partial pay estimates may include acceptable nonperishable materials
delivered to the work place which are to be incorporated into the work as a permanent
part thereof, but which at the time of pay estimate have not been so installed. If such
materials are included within a pay estimate, payment shall be based upon 85%.of the
net invoice value thereof. The Contractor will furnish the engineer such information
as may be reasonably requested to aid in the verification or the preparation of the pay
estimate.
For contracts of less than $400,000.00 at the execution, retainage shall be ten percent
(10%). For contracts of $400,000.00 or more at the time of execution, retainage shall
be five percent (5%).
Contractor shall pay subcontractors in accord with subcontract agreement, within five
(5) business days after receipt by the Contractor of the payment by the City.
Contractor's failure to make the required payment to subcontractors will authorize the
City to withhold future payments from the Contractor until compliance with this
paragraph is accomplished.
It is understood that the partial pay estimates will be approximate only, and all partial
pay estimates and payment of the same will be subject to correction in the estimate
Qrendered following the discovery of an error in any previous estimate. Payment of any
partial pay estimate shall not, in any respect, be taken as an admission of the Owner
CS-6
e
of the amount of work done or of its quality of sufiiciency, or as an acceptance of the
work done or the release of the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the
OContract Documents.
The City reserves the right to withhold the payment of any partial estimate if the
Contractor fails to perform the work in strict accordance with the specifications or
other provisions of this Contract." .
19. RIGHT'TO AUDIT: Add the following to Section C8-8:
C-8-8.14 RIGHT TO AU'DIT:
"(a) The Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years
after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine and
photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the
Contractor involving transactions relating to this Contract. Contractor agrees that the
City shall have access during normal working hours to all. necessary Contractor
facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to
conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of.this section. The City shall give
Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits.
(b) Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision
to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of
three (3) years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to
examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records
Qof such subcontractdr, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further, that City
shall have access during normal worl�ing hours to all subcontractor facilities, and
shall be provided adequate and approp�iate work space in order to conduct audits in
compliance with the provisions of this �rticle together with subsection (c) hereof. The
City shall give subcontractor reasonabl� advance notice of intended audits.
I
. (c) Contractor and subcontractor ag�ee to photocopy such documents as may be
requested by the City. The City agre�s to reimburse contractor for the cost of the
copies as follows: �
I
1. 50 Copies and Under - 10 cents �er page.
2. More than 50 copies - 85 cents fbr the first page plus fifteen cents for each page
thereafter." (5/25/93) �
20. SCHEDULE OF COSTS: Add the fol�owing to Section C8-8:
.�
C8-8.15 SC'HEDULE OF COSTS: �'ollowing the completion of all work on the
Project and prior to submittal of a r�quest for final payment, the Contractor shall
provide a Schedule of Costs to City for approval which lists all equipment systems,
structures, building electrical and HVAC systems, overhead and project related costs.
QThe items will be grouped into categories using the Owner's list of category codes
which will be provided by the Owner at the Preconstruction Conference.
CS-7
The Schedule of Costs will be used by the City as input to the Capital Assets System,
^ and will not be considered in preparation of modifications to the Contract. Costs
E�� associated with the preparation and processing of this schedule of costs shall be
subsidiary to the price bid.
The Contractor will also provide a projected payment schedule t�ied to the project
schedule and the schedule of values which projects the monthly payments through the
end of the Project. The Payment s�hedule.must be submitted along with the first
request for payment. This information is necessary to arrange financing of the Project
by the City.
END OF SECTION
u
�
CS-8
C
PART D
�1
u
�Part D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
�
TABLE OF CONTENTS
�
�
D-1
D-2
D-3 �
D-4
D-5
D-6
D-7
D-8
D-9
D-10
D-11
D-12
D-13
D-14
D-15
D-16
D-17
D-18
D-19
D-20
D-21
D-22
D-23
D-24
D-25
D-26
D-2�
D-28
D-29
D-30
D-31
D-32
D-33
D-34
D-3 5
D-3 6
D-37
D-3 8
D-39
D-40
D-41
D-42
D-43
D-44
GENERAL �
PROJECT DESiGNATION
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS
PROJECT SIGNS
CITY FURNISHED MATERIALS
WAGE RATES
Not Used
DEWATERING
CROSSING OF EXISTING UTILITIES
EXISTING UTILITIES
EXPLORATORY EXCAVATIONS
TEST HOLES
SUBSTITUTIONS
CONCRETE DRAINAGE CHANNEL/ CURB AND GUTTER REPLACEMENT
CRUSHED LIMESTONE BACKFILL
2:27 CONCRETE �
PAVEMENT REPAIR
PAVEMENT REPAIR IN PARKING AREA
TRENCH SAFETY
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
VALVE BLOCKING
DUCTILE IRON PIPE`AND GRAY-IRON FITTINGS '
DETECTABLE WARNING TAPES
CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
Not Used
Not Used
VALVE CUT-INS
CONNECTION OF EXISTING MAINS
Not Used
Not Used
EASEMENTS AND PERMITS
Not Used
Not Used
CONCRETE ENCASEMENT
CONNECTION TO EXTSTING STRUCTURES
BID ALTERNATIVES
Not Used
SITE PREPARATION
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
D-45 Not Used
OD-46 CONCRETE RIPRAP � �
D-47 CONCRETE AND ACCESSORIES
D-43 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT REPAIR
D-49 Not Used
D-50 Not Used •
D-51 Not Used
D-52 Not Used
D-53 TURBO METER WITH VAULT AND BYPASS INSTALLATION
D-54 Not Used
D-55 TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION SEDIMENT AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
D-56 Not Used
D-57 HYDRO MULCH SEEDING AND SODDING
D-58 Not Used
D-59 Not Used
D-60 WATER SAMPLE STATION
D-61 Not Used
D-62 Not Used � .
D-63 Not Used
D-64 Not Used
D-65 TRAFFIC CONTROL �
D-66 Not Used
D-67 Not Used
D-68 Not Used �
�D-69 `Not Used
D-70 TRENCH BACKEILL (UTIL. CUT)
D-71 Not Used
D-72 Not Used
D-73 Not Used
D-74 Not Used
D-75 Not Used
D-76 Not Used
D-77 Nqt Used
D-78 Not Used
D-79 CURB ON CONCRETE PAVEMENT
D-80 ADJUST WATER VAL�E BOX, MANHOLES, AND VAULTS (UTIL. CUT)
D-81 Not Used
p-82 Not Used
D-83 Not Used
D-84 Not Used
D-85 Not Used
D-86 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
D-87 Not Used
D-88 Not Used
D-89 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION
D-90 Not Used
D-91 SHOP DRAWINGS
�D-92 Not Used
D-93 Not Used
�
�
D-94 Not Used
D-9� Not Used
D-96 Not Used
D-97 Not Used
D-98 Not Used
D-99 Not Used
D-100 Not Used
D-101 TESTING
D-102 SUBSIDIARY WORK
D-103 ADDENDA
D-104 OSHA STANDARDS
D-105 PROJECT SUPERINTENDENTS
D-106 RESIDENT ENGINEER
D-107 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
D-108 TERMINATION .
D-109 HAZARDOUS AND TOXIC MATERIALS
D-110 SPOIL AND FILL MATERIAL
D-111 AGE
D-112 DISABILITY
D-113 INDEMNIFICATION
D-.114 CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION
D-115 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
D-116 DUCTILE IRON AND GREY IRON FITTINGS
D-117 INSTALLATION OF DUCTILE IRON PIPE
D-118 CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE AND FITTINGS
D-119 INSTALLING CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE
D-120 RUBBER-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES
D-121 SCADA II�ISTALLATION AND PROGR.AMMING
�
D-1 GENERAL:
� Subject to modifcations 1s herein contained, the Fort Worth Water Department's General
Contract Documents and General Specifications. effective July 1, 1978, are made part of the
. Contract Documents for this Project. The Pians, Special conditidns and Provisions Documents,
and the rules, regulations, requirements, instructions, drawings and details referred to by
manufacturer's name, number or identification included therein as specifying, referring or
implying product control, performance, quality, or other shall be binding upon the Contractor.
The Specifications and drawings shall be considered cooperative; therefore, work or material
called for by one and not shown or mentioned in the other shall be accomplished or furnished in a
faithful manner as though required by all. The order or precedence in case of conflicts or
discrepancies between various parts of the Contract Documents subject to the ruling of the
Ei�gineer sltiall generally, but not necessarily, follow the guidelines listed helow:
1. Pla►Zs
2. Special Contract Documents
3. General Contract Documents and General Specifications
The following Special Conditions shall be applicable to this project and shall govern any conflicts
with the General Contract documents under the provisions stated above.
D-2 PROJECT DESIGNATION: �
Construction under these Special Documents shall be performed under the Fort Worth Water
Department Project Designations:
� Water Project Number : PW77-060770180180
Otlier
D-3 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS:
The Contractor shall comply with City Ordinance Number 7278 as amended by City Ordinance
Number 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections 13-A-21 through 13-A-29) prohibiting
discrimination in employment practices.
The Contractor shall post the reGuired notice to that effect on the project site, and at his request,
wili be provided assistance by the City of Fort Worth's Equal Employment Officer who will refer
any qualified applicant he may have on file in his office to the Contractor. Appropriate notices
may be acquired from the Equal Employment Officer.
D-4 PROJECT SIGNS:
Project Signs are required at all locations �vhich will be under. construction for more than thirty
(30) calendar days as indicated in Part B Proposal. Project Signs shall be in accordance with
Figure 30 (dated 8-28-89) of the General Contract Documents. The signs may be mounted on
skids or on posts. The exact locations and methods of mounting shall be approved by the
engineer. Any and all costs for the required materials, labor, and equiQment necessary for the
furnishing of Project Signs shall be considered as a subsidiary cost of the project and no
additional compensation will be allowed.
�
0
�
D-5 CITY FURNISHED MATERIALS:
o For water projects, the City will furnish "pipe cleanin� pigs," chlorine gas or chlorinated lime
(HTH) and all water for initial cleaning and sterilization of water fines. All other materials for
construction of the project, including water for compaction, shall be furnished by the Contractor.
D-6 WAGE RATES: •
The labor classifications and minimum wage rates set forth herein have been predetermined by
the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, Te�as, in accordance with statutory requirements, as
being the prevailing classifications and rates that shall govern on all worSc.performed by the
Contractor or any subcontractor on the site of tJ1e project covered by these Contract Documents.
In no evet�t shall less that the following rates be paid. (see attached wage rates) When two or
more wage rate scales are shown and wage rates shown in specific classiiications are in conflict,
the higher wage will be used.
D-8 DEWATERING:
The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the method of dewatering operation for the
water or sewage flows from the existing mains and ground water. The Contractor shall be
responsible for damage of any nature resulting from the dewatering operations.
The DISCHARGE from any dewatering operation shall be conducted as approved by the
Engineer. Ground water shall not be discharged into sanitary sewers.
Dewatering shal! be considered as incidental to a construction and a(1 costs incurred will be
considered to be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe.
O D-9 CROSSING OF EXISTING UTILITIES:
Where a proposed water line crosses over a sanitary sewer or sanitary sewer service line and/or a
proposed sewer line crosses over a water line and the clear vertical distance is less than 9 feet
barrel to barrel, the sanitary sewer or sanitary sewer service line shall be made water tight or be
c,onstructed of ductile iron pipe. The required length of replacement shall be determined by the
Engineer. The material for sanitary sewer mains and sanitary sewer laterals shall be Class 51
Ductile Iron Pipe with polyethylene wrapping as specified in Material Standard E1-6 contained in
the General Contract Documents. The material for sanitary sewer service lines shall be extra
strength cast iron soil pipe with polyethylene wrapping as specified in the General Contract
DocumentS. Adaptor fittings shall be a urethane or neoprene coupling A.S.T.M. C.-425 with
series 300 Stainless Steel compression straps.
Payment for work such as backfill, fittings, tie-ins and all other associated appurtenances
required, shall be included in the lump sum bid.
D-1Q EXISTING UTILTIES:
The plans show the locations of all known surface and subsurface structures. However, the
Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all of these structures on the Plans,�or
to show them in their exact location. It is mutually ajreed that such failure shall not be
considered sufficient basis for claims for additional compensat,ion for extra work or for
increasing the pay quantities in any manner �vhatsoever.
� The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the locations o� and protecting all existing
utilities, service lines, or other property crossed or exposed by �his construction operations.
D-2
Contractor shall make all necessary provisions for the support, protection, relocation, and or
� temporaty relocation of all utility poles, gas lines, telephone cables, utility services, water mains,
sanitary sewer lines, electrical cables, drainage pipes, and all other utilities and structures both
above and below ground during construction. The Contractor is liable for all damages done to
such existing facilities as a result of his operations and any and all cost incurred for the protection
and or temporary relocation of such facilities shall be included in the lu.mp sum cost. NO
ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED.
Where existing utilities or service lines are cut, broken or damaged, the Contractor shall replace
or repair the utilities or service lines with the same type of original material and construction, or
better, unless otherwise shown or noted on the plans, at his own cost and expense. The
Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner of the damaged utility or service line. He shall
cooperate with the owners of all utilities to locate existing underground facilities and notify the
Engineer at once of any conflicts in grades and alignment.
In case it is necessary to change or move the property of any owner of a public utility, such
property shall not be moved or interfered with until ordered to do so by the Engineer. The right
is reserved to the owner of public utilities to enter upon the limits of the project for the purpose of
making such changes or repairs, of their property that may be made necessary,by performance of
this contract.
D-11 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATIONS:
In addition to those areas as may be designated on the Drawings, it shall be the Contractor's
responsibility to excavate and locate existing utilities which may affect construction of the water
Qand/or sewer facilities. All exploratory excavations shall occur far enough in advance to permit
any necessary relocation to be made with minimum delay. All costs incurred by the Contractor in
making exploratory excavations shall be considered to be included in the unit price bid for
constructing of water/sewer line or the associated structures.
D-12 TEST HOLES:
The matter of subsurface exploration to ascertain the nature of the soils, including the amount of
rock, if any, through which this pipeline installation is to be made is the responsibility of any and
all prospective bidders, and �ny bidder on this project shall submit his bid under the condition.
Whether prospective bidders perform this subsurface exploration jointly or independently, and
whether they make such determinations by the use of test holes or other means, shall be left to the
discretion of such prospective bidders. The cost of the rock removal and other associated
appurtenances, if required, shall be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe.
�
D-13 SUBSTITUTIONS:
The specifications for materials set out the minimum standard of quality which the City believes
necessary to procure a satisfactory ptoject. No substitutions will be permitted until the Contractor
has received written permission of the Enaineer to make a substitution for the materia� which has
been specified. Where the term "or equal," or " or approved equal" is used, it is understood that if
a material, product, or piece of equipment bearina the name so used. is furnished it will be
approvab(e, as the particular trade name was used for the purpose of establishing a standard of
quality acceptable to the City. If a product of any other name is proposed for use, the Engineer's
approval thereof must be obtained before the proposed substitute is procured by the Contractor.
OWhere the term "or equal," or "or approved equal" is not used in the specifications, this does not
necessarily e,cclude alternative items or material or equipment �vhich may accomplish tHe
D-3
intended purpose. However, the Contractor shall have the full responsibility of proving that the
Qproposed substitution is, in fact, equal, and the Engineer, as the representative of the City, shall
be the sole judge of the acceptability of substitutions. The provisions of this sub-section as
related to "Substitutions" shall be applicable to all sections of these specifications. •
D-14 CONCRETE DRAINAGE CHANNEL/ CURB AND GUTTER REPLACEMENT:
At locations in the project where mains are required to be placed under the existing drainage
channel, the channel shall be completely replaced for the full existing width�with 3000# concrete
and reinforcing steel on a sand cushion as shown on the plan detail.
At locations where the mains are�required to be placed under existing curb and gutter, such curb
and gutter shall be replaced to match type and geometry of the removed curb and gutter and shall
be installed in accordance with City of Fort Worth Public Works Department Standard
Specification for Construction, Item 502.
Payment for cutting, backfill, concrete, forming materials and all other associated appurtenants
required, shall be included in the lump sum bid price.
D-15 CRUSHED LIMESTONE BACKFILL:
Where specified on the plans or directed by the �ngineer, crushed limestone shall be used for
trench backfill on this project. The material shall'be conform to the Transportation and Public
Works Standard Specifications for Street and Storm drain Construction Division 2, Item 208.2
Materials and Division 2 Item 208.3 Material Sources. Trench Backfill and compaction shall
meet the requirements of E2-2 Excavation and Backfill of the General Contract Documents.
� Payment for crushed limestone backfill in place shall be made as part of the lump sum bid in the
Proposal multiplied by the quantity of material used measured in accordance with E2-2.16
Measurement of Backfill Materials of the General Contract Documents and Specifications.
D-16 2:27 CONCRETE:
Transportation and Public Works Department typical Sections for Pavement and Trench Repair
for �Ttility Cuts Figures 1 through 5 refer to using 2:27 Concrete as base repair. Since this call-
out includes the word "concrete", the consistent i�terpretation of the Transportation Public Works
Department is that this ratio specifies two (2) sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete. With
the exception of the cement content, all other requirements shall meet or exceed Transportation
and.Public Works Department Standard Specification Item 406 C1ass�D Concrete.
D-17 PAVEMENT REPAIR:
The unit price bid under the appropriate bid ite�n in the proposal sha'll cover all the cost for
providing pavement repair equal to or superior in composition, thickness, etc., to existina
pavement as detailed in the Public Works Department typical pavement sections for Pavement
and Trench Repair for Utility Cuts, Figures 1 throuQh 5.
All required paving cuts shall be made with a concrete saw in a true and straiQht line on both
sides of the trench, a minimum of nvelve (12) inches outside the trench walls. The trench shall be
backfilled and the top nine (9) inches shall be filled �vith required materials as shown on pavinQ
details, compacted and level �vith tl�e finished street surface. This finished arade shall be
Omaintained in a serviceable condition until the pavina has been replaced. All resident's driveways
shall be accessible at ni�ht and over �veekends.
D-4
oIt has been determined by the Transportation and Public Works Department that the strip of
existing HMAC pavement between the existin� gutter and the edbe of the trench pavement repair
will not hold up if such strip of existing pavement is two (2) feet or le'ss in width.
Therefore, at the locations in the project where the trench wall is three (3) feel or (ess from the lip
of the existing gutter, the Contractor shall be required to remove the existing paving to such
gutter. The pavement repair shall then be made from a minimum distance of twelve (12) inches
outside the trench wall nearest the center of the street to the gutter line.
The pavement shall be replaced within a maximum of five (5) working days, providing job
placement conditions will permit repaving. If paving conditions are not suitable for repaving, in
the opinion of the Owner, the repaving shall be done at the earliest possible date.
A permit must be obtained from the Department of Engineering's Permit Desk by the Contractor
in conformation with Ordinance No. 3449 and/or Ordinance No. 792 to make utility cut in the
street. City Inspectors will inspect the paving repair after construction
of each water and/or sanitary sewer main replacement.
D-18 PAVEMENT REPAIR IN PARKING AREA:
The contract cost shall cover all cost for providing pavement repair equal to or superior in
composition, thickness, etc., to existing pavement. All required paving cuts shall be made with a
concrete saw in a true and straight line on both sides of the trench, a minimum of twelve (12)
inches outside the trench walls. The trench shall be backfilled and the top nine (9) inches shall be
� filled with crushed limestone base material, compacted and level with the finished adjacent
surface. This finished grade shall be maintained in a serviceable condition until the paving has
been replaced.
D-19 TRENCH SAFETY:
1. GENERAL: This specification covers the trench safety requirements for all trench
excavations in order to protect workers from cave�ins. The requirements of this item
govern all trenches for mains, manholes, vaults, service lines, and all other
appurtenances.
2. STANDARDS: The latest version of the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety
and Health Administration Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart P-Excavations, are
hereby made a part of this specification and shall be the minimum governing
requirements for trench safety.
3. DEFINITIONS:
A. TRENCHES: A trench is referred to as a narrow excavation made below the surface
of the ground in which the deptll is greater than the width, where the width measured
at the bottom is not greater than fifteen (15) feet. If forms or other�structures are
installed or constructed in an eYcavation so as to reduce the dimension measured
from the forms or structure to the side of the e:ccavation to fifteen (15) feet or less at
the bottom of the excavation, the excavation is also considered to be a trench.
❑�
D-5
B. BENCHING SYSTEM: Benching means excavating the sides of a trench to form one
("'"� or a series of horizontal levels or steps, usually with vertical or near-vertical surfaces
`r� between levels.
C. SLOPING SYSTE�1: Sloping means excavating to form sides of a�trench that are
inclined away from the excavation. .
D. SHIELD SYSTEIVI: Shields used in trenches are generally referred to as "trench
boxes" or "trench shields." Shield means a structure that is able to withstand the
forces imposed on it by a cave-in and protect workers within the structure. Shields
can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and move along as the
work progresses. Shields can be either premanufactured or job-built in accordance
with OSHA standards. �
E. SHORING SYSTEM: Shoring means a structure such as a metal hydraulic,
mechanical or timber system that supports the sides of a trench and which is designed
to prevent cave-ins. Shoring systems are generally comprised of crossbraces,
vertical rails (uprights), horizontal rails (wales) and/or sheeting.
4 MEASUREMENT: Trench depth is the vertical measurement from the top of the
existing ground to the bottom of the pipe or structures. The quantity of trench safety
systems shall be based on the linear foot amount. of trench depth greater than five (5)
feet.
Q5. PAYMENT: Separate payment will be made only when trench excavations exceed a
depth of five (5) feet and shall be full compensation for safety system design, labor,
tools, materials, equipmerit and inciden�als necessary for the installation and removal of
trench safety systems.
D-24 VALVE BLOCKING:
All valves shall have concrete blocking for su �port. Valves shall have polyethylene wrapping
per Material Specification E1-13 and Construction Specification E2-13 installed prior to concrete
blocking. No separate payment will' be made or any of the work involved for this item and all
costs incurred will be considered to be included in the bid price of the valve. '
D-25 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND GRAY-IRON FITTINGS:
Reference Part E2 Construction Specifications Section E2-7 Installing Cast Iron Pipe, Fittings,
and Specials, Sub Section E2-7.11 Cast Iron F�inas: the �rst Paragraph shall be revised to read
as follows: � �
"E2-7.11 DUCTILE-IRON AND GRAY-IRON FITTINGS: All ductile-iron and gray-iron
fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar linin� as stated in Section E1-7. The price bid
per ton of fittings shall be payment in full for all fittin�s, joint accessories, polyethylene
wrapping, horizontal concrete blockina, vertical tie-down concrete blocking, and concrete
cradle necessary for construction as desianed.
All ductile-iron and gray-iron fittings, valves and specials shall be wrapped with polyethylene
/"'�, wrapping conforming to Material Specification E1-13 and Construction Specification E2-13.
�'��� Wrapping shall precede horizontal concrete blockinQ, vertical tie-down concrete blocking, and
D-6
concrete cradle. Payment for the polyethylene wrapping, horizontal concrete blockin�, vertical
�'"`� tie-down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle shall be included in bid items for valves and
�■f fittings and no other payment will be allowed."
D-26 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPES:
Detectable underground utility warning tapes which can be located from the surface by a pipe
detector shall be instafled directly above non-metallic water or sanitary sewer pipe. The
detectable tape shall be "Detect Tape" manufactured by Allen Systems Inc. or approved equal,
and shall consist of a minimum thickness 035 mils solid aluminum foil encased in a pro'tective
inert plastic jacket that is impervious to all known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents and solvents
found in the soil. The minimum overall thickness of the tape shall be 5.5 mils. and the width shall
not be less than 2" inches with a minimum unit weight of 2-1/2 pounds/1"/1000'. The tape shall
be color coded and imprinted with the message as follows:
Type of Utility Color Code
Water Safety Blue
Sewer Safety Green
�
Legends
Caution Buried Water Line Below
Caution Buried Sewer Line B�low
Installation of detectable tapes shall be per manufacturer's recommendations and shall be as close
to the grade as is practical for optimum �protection and detectability. Allow a minimum of 18"
inches between the tape and the pipe. Payment for work such as back�ll, bedding, blocking,
detectable tapes and all other associated appurtenances required shall be included �in the
subsidiary to the cost of pipe installation.
D-27 CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND, FITTINGS:
Concrete cylinder pipe on this project shall be Class 150 AWWA C-303 pretensioned concrete
cylinder pipe or Class I50 AWWA C-301 prestr�ssed concrete cylinder pipe as sp�'cified on the
plans and manufactured in accordance with Material Standard E1-4 contained in the General
Contract Documents. Payment for work such as backfill, beddings, blocking, excavation and all
other associated appurtenances required; shall be included in the lunnp sum price of the pipe and
lump sum for the pipe fittings in the appropriate BID ITEM(S).
D-30 VALVE CUT-INS:
It may be necessary to cut-in gate valves to isolate the water main from which the extension
and/or replacement is to be connected. This may require closing valves in other lines and putting
consumers out of service for that period of time neFessary to cut in the new valve; the work must
be expedited to the utmost and all such cut-ins must be coordinated with the engineer in charge of
inspection. All consumers shall be' individually advised prior to the shut out and advised of the
approximate length of time they may be without service.
Pay,ment for work such as backfill, bedding, fittings, blocking and all other associated
appurtenances required, shall be included in the price of the appropriate bid items.
D-31 CONNECTION OF EXISTING MAINS:
The Contractor shall determine the exact location, elevation, configuration and angulation of
existing water or sanitary sewer lines prior to manufacturing of the connecting piece. Any
O differences in locations, elevation, configuration, and ar an�ulation of existing lines beriveen the
contract drawings and what may be encountered in the said vork shall be considered as
D-7
incidental to construction. Where it is required to shut down eYisting mains in order to make
O proposed connections, such down time shall be coordinated with the Engineer, and all efforts
shall be made to keep this down time to a minimum. In case of sC�utting down an eYisting main,
the Contractor shall notify the Engineering Construction Services Manager or Superintendent,
Phone 817-8'11-8306, at least 48-hours prior to the required shut down time. The Contractor's
attention is directed to Paragraph CS-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE, Page CS-5(S),
PART C- GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE WATER DEPARTMENT GENERAL
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Contractor shall notify
customer, both personally an,d in writing, as to the location, time, and schedule of the service
interruption.
The cost of removing any existing concrete blocking shall be included in the cost of connection.
Unless bid separately all cost incurred shall be included in the lump sum price for the appropriate
p�pe s�ze.
D-34 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS:
Easements and permits, both temporary and permanent, have been secured for this project at this
time and made a part thereto. Any easements and/or permits, both temporary and permanent, that
have not been obtained by the time of publication shall be secured before construction starts. No
work is to be done in areas requiring easements and/or permits until the necessary easements are
obtained. The Contractor's attention is directed to the easement description and permit
requirements, as contained herein, along with any special conditions that may have been imposed
on these easements and permits.
� Where the pipeline crosses privately owned property, the easements and construction areas are
shown on the plans. The easements shall be clean�d up after use and restored to their original
conditions or better. In the event additional work room or access is required by the Contractor, it
shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain written permission from the property owners
involved for the use of additional property required. No additional payment will be allowed for
this item.
D-37 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT:
Concrete encasement shall be Class E(1500 psi) concrete and for sewer line encasements shall
conform to Fig. 113.; for water line encasements it shall conform to Fig. 20 of the General
Contract Documents. Requirements for such encasement are specified in Sections E1-20 and E2-
20 of the General Contract Documents. Payment for �vork such as forming, placing, and finishing
including all labor, tools, equipment and material necessary to complete the work shall be
included in the linear foot price bid for Concrete Encasement.
D-38 CONNECTION TO EXISTING STRUCTURES:
All connections between proposed and e,cisting facilities, shall consist of a watertight seal.
Concrete used in the connection shall be Class A(3000 psi) concrete and meet the requirements
of Section E1-20 and E2-20 of the General Contract Documents. Prior to concrete placement, a
gasket, RAM-Nek or approved equal, shall be installed.around penetrating pipe.
Payment for such work as connectin� to existing facilities including all labor, tools, equipment,
and material necessary to complete the work shall be included in the lump sum of the appropriate
Qpipe size.
D-8
D-39 BID ALTERNATIVES:
oThe Proposal section of this documents is arranged to allow the Contractor to base his bid on
either ductile iron pipe or polyvinyl chloride plastic pipe. Contractor shall indicate type of pipe to
be used. However, regardless of the general type pipe specified by the Contractor at certain
locations, a specific type pipe has been specified on the plans. All cost for this shall be
considered as subsidiary and no additional compensation will be allowed. .
D-41 SITE PREPARATION:
The Contractor shall clear rights-of-way or easements of obstruction which must be removed to
make possible proper prosecution of the work as a part of this project construction operations.
The contractor's attention is directed to Paragraph C6-6.10 Work Within Easements, Page 6-6(4),
Part C- General Conditions of the Water Department General Contract Document and General
Specifications.
Clearing and restoration shall be considered as incidental to construction and` all costs incurred
will be included in the Linear Foot price of the pipe.
D-46 CONCRETE RIPRAP:
1. GENERAL: The following shall govern the furnishing and placing of concrete riprap as
shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer.
2. MATERIALS: Concrete for riprap shall be placed in accardance with the details and to the
dimensions shown on the plans or as established by the Engineer. Unless otherwise shown on
the plans, concrete riprap shall be reinforced using wire or bar reinforcement.
� The concrete shall be 3000 PSI at 28 days, Class A.
Wire reinforcement shall be six (6) by six�(6) inch No. 6 plain electric welded reinforcing
fabric or its equal. A minimum lap of six (6) inches shall be used at all splices. At the edge of
the riprap, the wire fabric shall not be less than one (1) inch, no more than three (3) inches
from the edge of the concrete and shall have no wire projecting beyond th"e last member
parallel to the edge of the concrete.
Reinforcement shall be supported properly throughout the placement to maintain its position
equidistant from the top and bottom surface of the slab.
If the slopes and bottom of the trench for toe walls are dry and not consolidated properly, the
Engineer may require the entire area to be sprinkled, or sprinkled and consolidated before the
concrete is placed. All surfaces shall be moist when concrete is placed.
After the concrete has been placed, compacted, and shaped to conform to the dimensions
shown on the plans, and after it has set sufficiently to avoid slumping, the surface shall be
finished with a wooden float to secure a reasonably smooth surface.
3. PAYMENT: Payment for concrete riprap in place shall be made at the unit price bid in the
Proposal multiplied by the quantity of material used. Bid price wi(I be full compensation for
Q placing all materials, and for all labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to
complete the �vork.
D-9
Q Payment for all necessary excavation below na.tural ground, and bottom or slope of the
excavated channel will be included in the bid price.
D-47 CONCRETE AND ASSESSORIES:
l. SCOPE: The requirements of this section shall govern for ail materia�s used and for the
storage, handling, measuring, proportioninQ, and mixing or combining such materials in
producing concrete for specia] manholes and incidentai pier construction.
AI1 other concrete construction shall be governed by the General Contract Document
Specifcations. Alf materials shall be in accordance with requirements of ACI 301, unless
amended or superseded by requirements of following articles or general notes on the Plans.
Concrete shall be composed of normal Portland cement or high early strength cement, coarse
aggregate, fine agg�egate, and water proportioned and mixed as hereinafter provided in these
specifications.
When not specifically shown on the plans or stated in the Special Contract Documents, all
concrete shall be 3000 psi Type II,�unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
"Central Plant", or "Transit Mixed" concrete may be permitted, but only with Engineer's
approval.
2. TESTING AGENCY: All testing shall be done by an approved testing laboratory selected
O and paid by the Contractor. Three (3 )cylinder samples should be performed at each 20-yard
interval of concrete that is placed.
3. CEMENT (ACI 301 2.1): Only one brand of cement shall be used in any one structure,
except by written permission of the Engineer. When such permission is granted and more
than one brand is used in one structure, the resulting concrete shall be uniform in color.
Portland cement shall meet the reguirements of ASTM C150, Type II with a maximum of 5%
tricalcium aluminate for exposure to sewage. All cement shall be sampled and tested in
accordance with ASTM C183, C184, C187, C188, C190, and C191, "Sampling and Testing
Portland Cement".
4. WATER (ACI 301 �,.3): The water used in all concrete shall be free from objectionable
quantities of silt, organic matter, alkali, salts, and other impurities.
5. COARSE AGGREGATE (ACI 301 2.4): Coarse aggregate shall consist of gravel or crushed
stone meeting the requirements of ASTM C33. When tested by ASTM C131 procedures,
coarse aggregate shall have a percentage of wear of not more than forty (40). Coarse
aggregate for Class F concrete shalt have a minimum of fifty (SQ%) percent calcium
carbonate equivalent.
6. FINE AGGREGATE (ACI 301 2.4): Fine aggregate shall consist of natural sand,
manufactured sand, or a combination thereof conforming to ASTM C-33.
��
� �
When tested in accordance with ASTM 40, "Test of Or�anic Impurities in Sands for
OConcrete", the fine aggregate shall not show a color darker t(ian the standard color.
When the fine aggregate, to be us�d on the job, is mixed with High Early Strength Portland
'Cement in the proportion of one to three, the avera�e tensile stren�th of not ]ess than three
standard mortar briquets shall be equal to or greater than the tensile strength of Ottawa sand
mortar briquets of the same consistency when tested at the aje of three days.
7. ADMIXTURES (ACI 301 2.2):
A. General: Unless specified, no admixtures may be used without specific approval of the
Engineer. Admixtures containing more than 1% chloride ions may not be used.
B. Air Entraining Agent: Conform to ASTM C260. Add air entraining agent as indicated in
ACI 301, Table 3.4.1.
C. Water Reducing Admixtures: Conform to ASTM C494, Type A; Euclid Chemical Co.
Eucon WR-75, Master Builders Pozzolith 200N, Prote� PDA or approved equal. (At
Contractor's option, water reducing admixture may be used to reduce cement content and
improve workability.) Use according to manufacturer's recommendations.
D. High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Super Plasticizer): Conform to ASTM C494,
Type F or Type G; Euclid Chemical Co. Euco n37, Sike Chemical Corp. Sikament or
approved equal.
� 8. STORAGE OF CEMENT (ACI 301 2.5): Unless otherwise p%ovided, all cement shall be
stored in well ventilated weatherproof buildings which w�ll protect the cement from
dampness. The floor supporting the cement shall clear the grbund a sufficient distance to
, prevent the absorption of moisture by the cement. Provisions �or storage shall be ample in
capacity, and the shipments shall be segregated in such a man�ner°as to provide easy access
for identification and inspection of each shipment. I
The Engineer may permit small quantities of cement to be stiored in the open for a short
period of time, (maximum 48 hours) if a raised storage platf rm and adequate waterproof
covering are provided. No cement shall be used which `ha� become lumped, caked or
hardened. I �
9. STORAGE OF AGGREGATES(ACI 301 2.5): The handling a�d storage of aggregate to be
used in making concrete shall be such as to prevent the admixrihre of foreign materials. If the
agjregates are stored on the ground, the site of the stock piles s�all be grubbed, cleared of all
weeds, grass and other vegetation, and leveled off so that the entire area will be p,�operly
drained. The bottom layer of aggregate �hall not be disturbed or used.
When the contract requires the use of two (2} or more sizes of , ggregates, the different sizes
shall be stored in such a manner as to prevent intermixing. �
Materials in stock piles shall be handled and placed in such a manner that segregation of
materials within the pile will be avoided, and each pile shall be built up in horizontal layers of
Qnot more than three (3) feet in dep`th.
��
10. CONSTRUCTION JOINT BONDING (ACI 301 6.1.4.1): Polyvinyl acetate type bonding
� compound. Euclid Chemical Co. Euco Weld, Larsen Welacrete or approved equal. Omit
6.1.4.2 and 6.1.4.3
11. ACCESSORIES FOR FORMS (ACI 301, Chapter 4): '
A. Cone Ties: 11/16" diameter, 1" depth, plastic cone and neoprene �vaterstop .ring with
suitable snap tie.
B. Chamfer Strips: 3/4" 45 degree job cut wood.
l2. STRUCTURAL REPAIR MATERIALS �(ACI 301 9.4): With prior approval of the Engineer
as to methods and procedures, make structural repairs with Euclid Chemical Co. Euco Epoxy
456, 400, 463 or Sika Chemi¢al Corp. Culma Dur Mortar, Sikadur Hi-Mod L.V. ,or Sikadur
Hi-Mod or approved equal.
13. MIXING OF CONCRETE:
A. Central Mixing Plant: A central mixing plant will be allowed provided the method of
mixing and handling has first been approved by the En�ineer, and concrete produced is
in conformity with the specification requirements. Concrete:
Hauling Time: Discharge all •concrete transmitted in a truck mixer, agitator or other
transportation device within 1-1/2 hours after the miYing water has been added.
2. Extra Water: Deliver concrete to the job in exact quantities required by the design
� mix. Should extra water be required before depositing the concrete, the Engineer
shall have sole authority to authorize the addition of water. Any additional water
added to the mix after leaving the batch plant shall be indicated on the truck ticket
and signed by the person responsible. Where extra water is added to the concrete it
shall be mixed thoroughly for 40 revolutions of the drum or 3-1/2 minutes at mixing
speed, whichever is greater.
B. Transit Mixing: When transit mixing is used, the transit mixer shall be of an approved
revolving drum or revolving blade type so constructed as to produce a thoroughly mixed
concrete with a uniform distribution of the materials throughout the mass and shall be
equipped with a discharge mechanism which will insure the discharging of the mixed
concrete without segregation.
The mixer drum shall be water-tight when closed and shall be equipped with a locking
device which will automatically prevent the discharging of the mixer prior to receiving the
required number of revolutions.
The entire quantity of miYing water shall be accurately measured and controlled. Each
batch shall be mixed to the consistency as described herein. Any additional mixing shall
be done at a slower speed specified by the manufacturer for agitation and shall be
continuous until the batch is discharged.
14. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: Construction joints shall be placed as shown on the plans unless
Ootherwise specifically authorized by the Engineer. All construction joint shall be made on
D-12
horizontal and vertical planes and formed with mortises or keys made°in the concrete unless
� sho�vn otherwise on the plans.
A. Construction Joint Bonding (ACI 302 6.1.4.1) Polyvinyl Acetate type bonding
• compound. Euclid Chemical Co., Euco Weld, Larsen Welacrete or approved equal and
applied as recommended. Omit 6.1.4.1 and 6.1.43. .
I5. FORMS:
A. FORMWORK (ACI 301, CHAPTER 4)
1. Earth Cuts (AGI 301 4.13): Shall not be used as forms for vertical surfaces unless
approved by the Engineer. �
2. Chamfer Strips (ACI 301 4.2.4): Install 45 degrees chamfer strips at exposed outside
corners.
B. FORI�%I REMOVAL (ACI 301 4.5)
1. Form Removal: Remove formwork supporting �eight of concrete only after
notifying Engineer and in a manner to insure safet�� of the structure. Under normal
conditions. Formwork may be removed when concrEte is at least 14 days old and has
reached 90 percent of specified strength. When te�}perature is below 45 degrees F,
leave formwork in place an additional period of the equaling time structure was
exposed to lower temperature: No live load permitted on new construction after form
removal until concrete is at least 28 days old and has reached full specified strength.
2. Form Facing Material Removal: Form facing rnaterial which is removable without
� disturbing shores may be removed when concrete is at least 7 days old. Facing may
be removed earlier if specifcally approved by the Engineer and acceptable curing
compound is applied to all surfaces immediately after form removal.
C. RESHORING (ACI 301 4.6)
Reshoring permitted only after prior review by Engineer.
D. FORM REUSE
Clean all form material suitable for reuse before erection. No form material will be
acceptable for reuse if, in the opinion of the Engineer it will not produce a finished
surface required by these Specifcations or called �or on the drawin�s.
16. PLACING CONCRETE (ACI 301): On vertical formwork, use approved bar chairs or
spacer as required to maintain proper concrete cover and bar position.
17. REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS (ACI 309 9.1): Allow Engineer to inspect concrete'
surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. Niodify or replace concrete not conformin; to
required lines, detail and elevations. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed resulting
in excessive honeycombing and other defects. Do not patch, repair or replace e.cposed
architectural finished concrete eYcept upon express directions of Engineer. Patchin� of tie
ho(es and defects is required.
18. FORMED SURFACE FINISHED (ACI 301 10.4): Formed surface finished per ACI 301
Q 10.4.
0
D-13
19. CURING (ACI 301 12.1):
� A. Impervious Coating: Applied specified curing compounds immediately after fnal
finishing of slabs. Apply in quan�ities recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Wet Covering: Curing shall be continued for at least four curing days after the concrete is
placed. .
20. MISCELLANEOUS FINISH REQUIREMENTS: All other concrete fnish work not
indicated on the plans shall be provided herein, even thougi� not specifically mentioned, as
follows:
Finishing Exposed Surfaces: All tie wires shall be cut below surface then pointed over.
All imperfections such as fins shall be removed and local surface depressions pointed
over.
21, PAYMENT FOR CONCRETE: The concrete quantities for the various structures will be
paid for at the lump sum for the construction of the special manhole and piers. Price will be
full compensation for furnishing, hauling, and mixing all concrete materials; placing, curing
and finishing all concrete; all grouting and pointing; cos't of concrete mix design except as
provided in Special Contract Documents; furnishing and placi�ig metal flashing strips; and for
all forms and formwork, labor, tools; equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the
work.
D-48 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT REPAIR:
� The Contractor shall provide a temporary pavement repair immediately after trench backfill and
compaction using a minimum of 1-inch cold mix asphalt. This temporary repair shall be rolled
to provide a smooth transition between the existing pavement and the temporary repair. The unit
price bid under the appropriate bid item of the proposal shall cover all cost for providing
temporary pavement repair for all streets cuts prior to street reconstruction.
D-53 TURBO METER WITH VAULT AND BYPASS INSTAL'LATION:
All combination turbo meter installations will be per the plans unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer.
The appropriate size turbo meter with strainer and check valve, if required, will be furnished to
the Contractor free of charge; however, the Contractor will be required to pick up these item(s) at
the Field Operations Warehouse.
Payment for all work, materials, and all necessary appurtenances from bypass tee to bypass tee
which are required to provide a complete and functional Combination Turbo Meter Installation
complete with Bypass and Concrete Vault shall be included in the price for each.
D-55 TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION SEDIMENT AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL:
1. DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of temporary soil erosion sediment and water
pollution control measures deemed necessary by the Engineer for the duration of the contract.
These control measures shall at no time be used as a substitute for the permanent control
measures unless otherwise directed by tlie En�ineer and they shall not include measures
("'� taken by the CONTRACTOR to control conditions created by his construction operations.
��`� The temporary measures shall include dikes, dams, berms, sediment basins, fiber mats, jute
D-14
netting, temporary seeding, straw mulch, asphalt mulch, plastic liners, rubble liners, baled-
� hay retards, dikes, slope drains and other devices.
2. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The Engineer has the authority to define erodible
earth and the authority to limit the sur�face area of erodible-earth material exposed by
preparing r'ight-of-way, clearing and grubbing, the surface area of erodible-earth material
exposed by excavation, borrow and to direct the CONTRACTOR to provide temporary
pollution-control measures to prevent contamination of adjacent streams, other water courses,
lakes, ponds or other areas of water impoundment. Such work may involve the construction
of temporary berms, dikes, dams, sediment basins, slope drains and use of temporary
mulches, mats seeding or other control devices or methods directed by the Engineer as
necessary to control soil erosion. Temporary pollution-control• measures shall be used to
prevent .or correct erosion that may develop during constructiori prior to installation of
permanent pollution-control features, but are not associated with permanent control features
on tlle project.
The Engineer will limit the area of preparing right of way, clearing and grubbing, excavation
' and borrow to be proportional to the CONTRACTOR'S capability and progress in keeping
the finish grading, mulching, seeding, and other such permanent pollution-control measures
current in accordance with the accepted schedule. Should seasonal conditions make such
limitations unrealistic, temporary soil-erosion-control measures shall be performed as
directed by the Engineer. The amount of surface area of erodible-earth material exposed at
one time shall not exceed 750,000 square feet for each excavation operation, 750,000 square
feet for each material source operafion (other than from commercially operated sources),
� 750,000 square feet for each preparing of right-of-way operation or 750,000 square feet for
each clearing and grubbing operation, unless otherwise shown on the plans or with prior
approval by the Engineer in writing.
The CONTRACTOR shall also conform to the following practices and controls. All labor,
tools, equipment and incidentals to complete the work will not be paid for directly but shall
be considered as subsidiary work to the various items included in the contract.
(a). Waste or disposal areas and construction roads shall be located and constructed in a
manner that will minimize the amount of sediment enfering streams.
(b). Frequent fording of live streams �vill not be permitted; therefore, temporary bridges or
other structures shall be used wherever an appreciable number of stream crossings are
necessary. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, mechanized equipment
shall not be operated in live streams.
(c). When work areas or material sources are located in or adjacent to live streams, such
areas shall be separated from the stream by a dike or other barrier to keep sediment from
entering a flowing stream. Care shall be taken during the construction and removal of
such barriers to minimize the muddying of a stream.
(d). All waterways shall be cleared as soon as practicable of falsework, piling, debris or other
obstructions placed durin� construction operations that are not a part of the finished
O work.
D - 1�
(e). The CONTRACTOR shall take sufficient precautions to prevent pollution of streams,
� lakes and reservoirs with fuels, oils, 6itumens, calcium chloride or other harmful
materials. He shall conduct and schedule his operations so as to avoid or minimize
siltation of streams, lakes and reservoirs and to avoid interference with movement of
migratory fsh.
3. SUBMITTAL: Prior to the start of the applicable construction, the CONTRACTOR shall
submit for approval his schedules for accomplishment of soil-erosion-control work and his
plan to keep the area of erodible-earth material to a minimum. He shall also submit for
acceptance his proposed method of soil-erosion control on construction and haul roads and
mater.ial sources and his plan for disposal of waste materials. No work shall be started until
the soil-erosion control � schedules and methods of operations have been reviewed and
approved by the Engineer.
4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: All work, materials and equipment necessary to
provide temporary erosion control shall be considered subsidiary to the contract and no extra
pay will be given for this work.
D-57 HYDRO MULCH SEEDING AND SODDING:
Any sodding or hydro mulching required will be done in accordance with Fort Worth Public
Works Department Standard Specifications item 118 and 120.
If in the opinion of the Engineer, additional seeding and/or sodding is required due to the
Contractor's construction, this will be seeded and sodded at the eYpeiise of the Contractor.
� Payment for work and all associated appurtenants required, shall b�� included in the appropriate
lump sum price.
D-60 WATER SAMPLE STATION:
GENERAL: �
All water sampling station installations will be per attached Figure 34 or as required in large
water meter vaults as per Figure 33 unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
The appropriate water sampling station �vill be furnished to the Contractor free of charge;
however, the Contractor will be required to pick up this item at the Field Operations Warehouse.
PAYMENT FOR FIGURE 34 INSTALLATIONS:
Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the 3/4-inch type K copper
service line will be shall be included in the price bid for copper Service Line from Main to Meter.
Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation tap saddle (if required),
corporation stops, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main.
Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the sampling station, concrete
support block, curb stop, fittings, and an incidental �-feet of type K copper service line which are
required to provide a complete and functional water sampling station shall be included in the
price bid for Water Sample Stations.
� PAYMENT FOR FIGURE 33 INSTALLATIONS:
D-16
Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation t�p saddle, gate valve, and
Qfittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main,
Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the sampling station,
modification to the vault, fittings, and all type K copper service line which are required to provide
a complete and functional water sampling station shall be included in the •price bid for Water
Sample Stations.
D-65 TRAFFIC CONTROL:
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing traffic control during the construction of this
project consistent with the prov�sions set forth in the "1980 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices for Streets and Highways" issued under the authority of the "State of Texas
Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways", codified as Article 6701d Vernon's Civil Statues,
pertinent sections being Section Nos. 27, 29, 30 and 31.
The Contractor shall execute this work in such a manner as to create a minimum of interruption
to traffic and pedestrian facilities and to the flow of vehicular and pedestrian traffc within the
project area. ,
Barricades, warning and detour signs shall conform to be the Standard Specifications for street
and storm drain construction, "Barriers and Warning and/or Detour Signs", Item 524, and/or as
directed by Engineer.
The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign, or other
� sign which has been erected by the City. If it is determined that a sign must be removed to permit
required construction, the Contractor shall contact the Transportation and Public Works
Department, Signs and Markings Division (phone number 871-8075), to remove the sign. In the
case of regulatory signs, the Contractor must replace the permanent sign with a temporary sign
meeting the requirements of the above referenced manual and such tempora 'ry sign must be
installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign. If the temporary sign is �not installed
correctly or if it does not meet the required specifications, the permanent sign shall be left in
place until the temporary sign requirements or met. When construction work is completed to the
extent that the permanent sign can be re-installed, the Contractor shall again contact the Signs
and Markings Division to re-install the permanent siQn and shall leave his temporary sign in place
until such re-installation is completed. y
D-70 TRENCH BACKFILL (UTIL. CUT): •
The Water Department shall place the pipe embedment and backfill with washed rock per the
following specification.
Washed Rock: All washed rock used for embedment or as'I otherwise directed by the engineer
shall be washed gravel or washed crushed stone or washed crushed gravel and shall meet the
following gradation and abrasion: I
i
Sieve Percent Sieve � Percent
Size Retained Size � Retained
�"`� 1-1/2" 0-2 3/8" 85-100
�`� 1" 7-55 #4 9�-100
D-17
♦
'/4" 23-100
� Los Angeles abrasion test: 50% Maximum wear per ASTM.
D-79 CURB ON CONCRETE PAVEMENT:
Standard Specification Item 502 shail apply except as herein modified.
INTEGRAL CURB: Integral curb shall be constructed along the edge of the pavement as an
integral part of the s(ab and of the same concrete as the slab. The concrete for the curb shall be
deposited not more than thirty (30) minutes af�er the concrete in the slab.
SUPERIMPOSED CURB: Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength �of three
thousand (3,000) pounds per square inch at twenty-eight (28) days. The quantity of mixing water
shall not exceed seven (7) U.S. gallons per sack (94 ]bs.) of Portland Cement. The slump of the
concrete shall not exceed three (3) inches. A minimum cement content of five (5) sacks of
cement per cubic yard of concrete is required.
PAYMENT: Payment shall be made for cutting and replacing curbs and gutters required in this
Project under the appropriate bid item and shall be in compliance with Public Works Department
standard requirement Item 502.
D-80 ADJUST WATER VALVE BOX, MANHOLES, AND VAULTS (UTIL. CUT):
Contractor will be responsible for adjusting water valve boxes, manholes and vaults to match new
pavement grade. The unit price bic� will be full payment for materials including all labor,
Qequipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. `
D-86 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE:
A. Contractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance.
Contractor agrees to provide the Owner (City) a certificate showing that it has obtained a policy
of worker's compensation insurance covering each of its employees employed on the project in
compliance with state law. No Notice to Proceed will be issued until the Contractor has complied
with this section.
B. Subcontractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance.
Contractor agrees to require each and every subcontractor who will perform work on the project
to provide to it a certificate from such subcontractor stating that the subcontractor has a policy of
worker's compensation insurance covering each employee on the project. Contractor will not
permit any subcontractor to perform work on the project until such certificate has been acquired.
Contractor shall provide a copy of all such certificates to the Owner (City).
C. Worker's Compensation Insurance Coverage.
1. Definitions:
Certificate of coverage ("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of
authority to self-insure issued by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, or a
coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-32, TWCC-83, or TWCG84), showina
statutory worker's compensation insurance coveraae for person's or entity's employees
providing services on a project, for the duration of the project.
C�
D-13
Duration of the Project - includes the time from he beginning of the work on the project
Quntil the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by
the City.
Persons providing services on the project {"subcontractor" in TeYas Labor Code Section
406.096) - includes all persons or entities performin� all or part .of the services the
contractor has undertaking to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person
contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of wliether that person has
employees. This included, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors,
leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any entity which
furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include without
limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor,
transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities
unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and
delivery of portable toilets. y
2. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes.
and payroll amounts and filing of.any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory
requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.O11(44) for all employees of the
contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project.
3. The Contractor must provide a certi�cate of coverage to the City prior to being
awarded the contract.
� 4. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certi�cate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end af the coverage
period, file a new certificate of coverage with the City showing the coverage has been
extended.
5. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide
to the City:
(a) a certificate of covera�e, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the
City will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons
providing services on the project; and
(b) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of covera�e, if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project.
6. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the
project and for one year thereafter.
7. The Contractor shall notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within ten (i0) days after the contractor kne�v or should have known, of any change that
materially affects the provision of coveraQe of any person providing services on the
Qproject. �
D-19
O8. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner
prescribed by TeYas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons
providing services on the projects that they are required to be covered and report lack of
coverage.
�
�
,D - 20
9. The contractor�shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide
('� services on a project, to: �
��
(a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting on the classification codes and payroll
amounts and filling of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory
requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees
providing services on the project, for the duration of tl�e project;
(b) provide to the contractor. prior to that person beginning work on the project, a
certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of
the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(c) provide the contractor. prior to the end of the coveraje period a new certifcate of
coverage showing the extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each other person with it contracts, and provide to the contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning on the project; and
(2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end
of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate
of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(�j (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for. duration of project and for one
��r
year thereafter.
(� notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after
the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the
provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by
paragraphs (a) -(g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person
for whom they are providing services. v
10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage,
the contractor is representing to the City that all employees of the contractor who will
provide services an the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for
the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on the proper reporting of
classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed
with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the Texas
Workers' Compensation Commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. providing
false or misleading, information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties,
criminal penalties, civil penalties or other civil actions.
11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by
the contractor which entitles the City to declare the contract void if the contractor does
Qnot remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the City.
D-21
D. Posting of Required Worker's Compensation Coverage.
('''� The contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on
��'� " the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current
coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting
requirements imposed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Act or other Texas Workers'
Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold
type and text in at least 10 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any
other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following
text, without additional words or changes:
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to
this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This
includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing
labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the,identity of
their employer or status as an employee.
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512-440-3�89 to receive
information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has
provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage.
D-89 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION:
Trench excavation and backfill under parking lots, driveways, gravel surfaced roads, within
easements, and within existing or future R.O.W. shall be in accordance with Sections E1-2
OBackfill and E2-2 Excavation and Backfill of the General Contract Documents and Specifcations
except as specified herein.
1. TRENCH EXCAVATION: In accordance with Section E2-2 Excavation and Backfill, if
tlle stated maximum trench widths are exceeded, either through accident or otherwise,
and if the Engineer determines that the design loading of the pipe will be exceeded, the
Contractor will be required to support the pipe with an improved trench bottom. The
expense of such remedial measures shal] be entirely the Contractor's own. All trenching
operations shall be confined to the width of permanent rights-of-way, permanent
easements, and any temporary construction easements. All excavation shall be in strict
compliance with the Trench Safety Systems Special Condition of this document.
2. TRENCH BACKFILL: Trenches which lie outside of existing or future pavement shall
be backfilled above the top of the embedment material with Type "C" backfill material.
Excavated material used for Type "C" backfill must be mechanically compacted unless
the Contractor can furnish the En�ineer with satisfactory evidence that the P.I. of the
excavated material is less than 8. Such evidence shall be a test report from an
independent testin� laboratory and must include representative samples of soils in all
involved areas, with a map showing the location and depth of the various test holes. If
excavated material is obviously granular in nature, containing little or no plastic material,
the Engineer may waive the test report requirement. See E1-2.3, Type "C" or "D"
Backfill, and E2-2.11 Trench Backfill for additional requirements. When Type "C"
back-fill material is not suitable, at the direction of the Enaineer, Type "B" backfill
Omaterial 'shall be used. y
D-22
In ger�erai, all backfill material for trenches in eYisting paved streets shall be in
Qaccordance with Figure A. Sand material.specified in Figure A shall be obtained from an
approved source and shall consist of durable particles free of thin or elongated pieces,
lumps of clay, soil, loam or vegetable matter and shall meet the following gradation:
Size Sieve % Retained Size Sieve % Retained
#4 0-S #50 0-50
#16 0-20 #100 60-95
(P.I. = 8 or less) #200 90-100
3. TRENCH COMPACTION: All trench backfill shall be placed in lifts per E2-2.9
� Backfill. Trenches which lie outside esisting or future pavements shall be compacted to
a minimum of 90% Standard Proctor Density (A.S.T.M. D698) by means of tamping
on ly. �
�
Trenches wh'ich lie under existing ot�,future pavement shall be backfilled per Figure A
with 95% Standard Proctor Density by jetting, mechanical tamping, or a combination of
methods. Backfill material to be mec anically tamped must be within +-4% of its
optimum moisture content. The top �wo (2) feet of sewer line trenches and the top
eighteen (18) inches of water line m�y be rolled in with heavy equipment tires, provided
it is placed in lifts appropriate to the hnaterial being used and the operation can be
performed without damage to the installed pipe.
The Contractor shall obtain the services of an independent testing laboratory to �erform
� trench compaction tests per A.S.T.M. standards on all trench backfill. Any retesting
required as a result of failure to compact the backfill material to meet the •standards will
be at the expense of the Contractor and will be billed at the commercial rates as
determined by the City. These soil density tests shall be performed at two (2) foot
vertical intervals beginning at a level two (2) feet above the top of the installed pipe and
continuing to the top of the completed backfill at intervals along the trench not to exceed
300 linear feet. The Contractor will be responsible for providing access and trench safety
system to the level of trench backfill to be tested. No extra compensation will be allowed
for exposing the backfll layer to be tested or providing trench safety system for tests
conducted by the City.
4. M�ASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: All material including any and all Type "B"
backfill, and labor costs of excavation and backfill w�ll be included in the price bid per
linear foot of water and sewer pipe. All costs i�volved in performing the trench
compaction tests made by independent laboratories slpall be subsidiary to the cost of the
contract. �
D-91 SHOP DRAWINGS: '
1. Submit seven (7) copies of shop drawinQs, layouts� manufacturer's data and material
schedules as may be required by the En�ineer for his rIeview. Submittals may be checked
by and stamped with the approval of the Contractor and identified as the Engineer may
require. Such review by the Engineer shall include checking for general conformance
with the design concept of the project and Qeneral compliance with information given in
("'� the General Contract Documents. Indicated actions by the Enaineer, which may result
�'� from his review, shall not constitute concurrence with any deviation from the plans and
D-23
specifications unless such deviations are specifica�ly identified by the method described
Obelow, and further shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or
omissions in the submitted data. Processed shop drawing submittals are not change
orders. The purpose of submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate that the Contractor
understands the design concept, and that he demonstrates his understanding by indicating
which equipment and materials he intends to furnish and install, and by detai(ing the
fabrication and installation methods he intends to use. If deviations, discrepancies or
conflicts between submittals and the design drawings and/or specifications are
discovered, either prior to or after submittals are processed, the °design drawings and
specifications shall govern.
The Co�tractor shall be responsible for dimensions which are to be confirmed and
correlated at the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of constriction,
coordination of his work with that of other trades and satisfactory performance his work.
The Contractor shall check and verify all• measurements and review submittals prior to
being submitted, and sign or initial a statement included with the submittal, which
signifies compliance with plans and specifications and dimensions suitable for the
application. Any deviation from the specified criteria shall be expressly stated in writing
in the submittal. Three (3) copies of the approved submittals shall be retained by the
Contractor until completion of the project and presented to the City in bound form.
2. Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following items prior to installation:
***List the required submittals here***
� Additional shop drawing requirements are described in some of the material
specifications.
3. Address for Submittals - The submittals shall be addressed to the Engineer:
Glenn Gary, P.E.
Kirriley-Horn & Associates, Inc.
Suite 1100
801 Cherry Street
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
D-101 TESTING:
a. The Contractor shall furnish, at his own eYpense, certifications by a private laboratory for all
materials proposed to be used on the project, including a mix design for any asphaltic and/or
Portland cement concrete to be used, and gradation analysis for sand and crushed stone to be
used along with the name of the pit from which the material was taken. The Contractor shall
provide manufacturer's certifications for all manufactured items to be used in the project and
will bear any expense related thereto.
b. Tests of the desian concrete mi:c shall be� made by the Contractor's laboratory at least nin,e
days prior to the placing of concrete usinQ the same agaregat�, cement, and mortar which are
to be used later in the concrete. The Contractor shall provide a certified copy of the test
Qresults to the City.
D-24
c. Quality control testing of in-place material on this project will be performed by the City at its
� own expense. Any retesting required as a result of failure of the material to meet project
specifications will be at the expense of the Contractor and� will be billed at commercial rates
as determined by the City. The failure of the City to make any tests of materials shall in no
way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to furnish materials and equipment
conforming to the requirements of the contract. ,
d. Not less than 24 hours notice shall be provided to the City by the Contractor for operations
requiring testing. The Contractor shall provide access and trench safety system (if required)
for the site to be tested, and any work effort involved is deemed to be included in the unit
price for the item being tested.
e. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the trip ticket for each load of fill material delivered
to the job site. The ticket shall specify the name of the pit supplying the fill material.
D-102 SUBSIDIARY WORK:
Any and all work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as
conditions imposed by Plans, the General Contract Documents or these Special Contract
Documents, in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the proposal, shall be
considered as a subsidiary item of work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the
Proposal for each bid item. Surface restoration and cleanup are general items of work which fall
in the category of subsidiary work.
D-103 ADDENDA:
QBidders wanting further information, int�rpretation or clarification of the contract documents
must make their request in writing to the Fort Worth Water Department Engineering Services, at
least.96 hours prior to bid opening. Answfrs to all such requests will be bound and made a part of
the Contract Documents. No other expl �nation or interpretation will be considered official or
binding. Should a bidder find discrepanc�es in, or omissions from, the Contract Documents, or
should the bidder be in doubt as to their eaning, the bidder should at once notify the Fort Worth
Water Department Engineering Services� in order that a written addendum may be sent to all
bidders. Any addenda issued will be mai�ed or be delivered to each prospective bidder_ The bid
proposal as submitted by the bidder mus� be so constructed as to include anyaddenda issued by
the Fort Worth Water Department, pr�or to 24 hours of the opening of bids with appropriate
recognition of addenda so noted in the bid proposal. ,
D-104 OSHA STANDARDS:
All work performed under this contract shall meet the requirements of the Occupational Safety
and Health Administration (OSHA),It is the responsibility of the Contractor to become familiar
with the provisions of the regulations published by the OSHA in the Federal Register and to
perform all the responsibilities thereunder. It is the Contractor's responsibility to see that the
project is constructed in accordance with OSHA reQulations and to indemnify and save harmless
the City from any penalties resultin� from the Contractor's failure to so perform.
D-�105 PROJECT SUPERINTENDENTS:
The Contractor shall keep a competent resi�ent superintendent at the project site at all times
during the progress of the work. A restime listing the qualifications and experience record of the
Qproposed resident superintendent, as well as references from similar projects shall be submitted to
the Owner prior to award of contract. This resident superintendent, if found to be acceptable,
D-25
shall not be replaced without written notice to and consent from the Owner except under
Qextraordinary circumstances, Qualifications of a proposed replacement shall be submitted when a
request is made for replacement of the superintendent and shall be approved by the Owner prior
to withdrawing the superintendent.
During the construction of the project, the resident superintendent shall demonstrate an ability to
properly execute the work outlined in the contract documents in a time(y manner and shall
consistently produce work of an acceptable quality and in accordance with the contract
documents. If the Owner shall have a reasonable objection to tlle performance of the resident
superintendent, the Contractor shall replace the resident superintendent upon written notice from
the Owner. The resident superintendent is to be replaced with a superintendent acceptable to the
Owner. No extension of time will be allowed for delays caused by the replacement of a resident
representative.
D-106 RESIDENT ENGINEER:
The General Conditions, Section C1-1.19 ENGINEER, defnes 'various persons who may be
designated as the Engineer. For the prosecution of this contract, the Term Engineer shall mean
the Resident Engineer as designated by the Director of the Fort Worth Water Department
together with members of the staff of the Engineer who are assigned to the Project. Any contacts
the contractor may wish to make with any City personnel, including the Water Production
Supervisor, members of the plant operating staff, members of the City Administratian, or
Consulting Engineers, shall be arranged through the Engineer. The Contractor shall not act upon
requests or instructions he may receive from any City personnel or Consulting Engineers nor
shall he give instructions or directions to such persons without the approval or consent of the
OEngineer.
D-107 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS:
The Contractor shall take photographs of the project site prior to construction, monthly during
construction of the project and after completion of the project. Photographs may be taken with a
quality 35mm or better camera, equipped to photograph either interior or exterior exposures, with
lenses ranging from wide angle to 135mm. Photographs shall be taken at locations as designated
by the Engineer.
Contractor shall video tape all roads and work areas to be affected prior to starting construction
and furnish a copy of the video tape to the Engineer.
Two glossy color 3" x 5" prints and the negative shall be provided for each photograph taken.
Each •print shall be marked on the reserve side to indicate project name, date and time, location,
direction of exposure, and description of what is being photographed. Prints shall be clear and
sharp with proper exposure. If prints of adequate quality are not produced from exposures,
additional photographs shall be taken.
D-108 TERMINATION:
It is understood and agreed that this contract may be terminated by the City without obliQation to
the Contractor, in whole or from time to time in part, whenever such termination is determined by
•the City to be in the best interests of the City. Termination may be effected by delivering to the
Contractor or his designated representative a notice of termination, specifying to what extent
� performance of the work under the contract is being terminated and the effective date of
termination. After receipt of notice of termination Contractor shall:
D - 26
Ol. Stop work specified in the notice on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of
termination.
2. Place no further order or subcontract except as necessary to complete work already
underway. •
3. Terminate all orders and contracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the
work terminated by the Notice of Termination.
D-109. HAZARDOUS AND TOXIC MATERIALS:
Insofar as permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor from
and against any and all liabilities, losses, cost, damages and expenses, arising out of use,of the
materials at the Owners site which are not under the direct control •of the Contractor, including,
but not limited to, any and'all liability resulting from personal injury, including death, property
liability, at any time, however caused, due to the presence or release of, or exposure, whether to
the person of property injured or otherwise, whether to the person of property injured or
otherwise, to any hazardous or toxic substance, provided, however, that the City liability shall be
limited to that established in Article 6252-19, Texas Revised Code and other applicable State
statutes and Constitutional provisions.
D-110. SPOIL AND FILL MATERIAL:
Prior to disposing on any spoil/fill material, the contractor shall advise the Director of
Transportation and Public Works, acting as the City of Fort Worth's Flood Plain Administrator
Q("Administrator"), of the location of all sites where the contractor intends to dispose of such
material. Contractor shall not dispose of such material until the proposed sites have been
determined by the Administrator to meet the requirements of the Flood Plain Ordinance of the
City of Fort Worth (Ordinance No 10056)� All disposal sites must be approved by the
Administrator to ensure that filling is not occurring within a flood plain without a permit.
A flood plain permit can be issued upon approval of necessary engineering studies. No fill
permit is required if disposal sites are not in a flood plain. Approval of the contractor's disposa]
sites shall be evidenced by a letter signed by the Administrator stating.the site is not in a known
flood plain of by a Flood Plain Fill Permit authorizing fill within�the flood plain. Any expenses
associated with obtaining the fll permit, including any necessary engineering studies, shall be at
the contractor's expense.
In the event the contractor disposes of spoil/fill material at a site without a fill permit or a letter
from the Administrator approving the disposal site, upon notification by the Director of
Transportation and Public Works, the contractor shall remove the spoil/fill material at its• expense
and dispose of such materials in accordance with the Ordinances of the City and this section.
D-111 AGE:
In accordance with the policy "(Policy") of the E.cecutive Branch of the Federal Government,
Contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers, members, aQents, employees, program
participants or subcontractors, while enga�ed in performinQ this contract, shall, in connection
with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms,
� conditions or privileges of their employment, discriminate a�ainst persons because of their age
D-27
except on the basis of a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plant or statutory,
r"`�, requirement. .
�.�.�
Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members, agents, employees,
subcontractors, program participants, or persons acting on their behalf, shal�, specify, in
solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this contract, a maYimum age limit for
such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupation�l
qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement.
Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City
harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractor against City
arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above
referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this agreement.
D-112 DISABILITY:
In accordance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 ("ADA"),
Contractor warrants that it any and all of its subcontractors will not unlawfully discriminate on
the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public, nor in the availability,
terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or employees of
Contractor or any of its subcontractors. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with ADA's
provisions and any other applicable federal, state and local laws concerning disability and will
defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third
parties or subcontractors against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractor's alleged
failure to comply with the �above-referenced law concerning disability discrimination in the
�`'� performance of this agreement.
��
D-113 INDEMNIFICATION:
To clarify Section C6-6.12 of the General Condifions of the Contract, it is the intent of the Owner
that the Contractor indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Owner, and the Owner's officers,
agents, servants, and employees frorn and against any and all claims as listed herein, even though
causes by the Owner's sole negligence.
With respect to the last sentence of the first paragraph of Section C6-6.12, it is the Owner's intent
that the language be site.specific to the general area where the work to be performed under the
Contract is being performed. It is not the Owner's intent that the Contractor be required to
indemnify the Owner for damages to property other than that caused to property located in close
proximity to this project, unless such damage is caused wholly or in part by the Contractor's
negligence.
D-114 CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION •
A. CONTRACTOR MODIFICATION REQUEST(CMR)/PROPOSED CONTRACT
MODIFICATION(PCM):
Any Change in the Contract Documents will be initiated either by the Contractor issuing a
Contractor's Modification request (CMR) or by the Owner issuing a Proposed Contract
Modification (PCM) on forms provided by the Owner. Proposals will be reviewed by the
Owner and if found acceptable, will be incorporated in a Change Order or a Field Order in
accordance with Section C4-4 of the Contract Documents.
��J
D-28
The Contractor's Modification request (CMI�) shall fiilly identify and describe the deviations
Qand associated costs, time factors and impacts, and state the reason tl�e change is requested.
Any savings in costs related to the substitution/replacement or change is to be stated in the
request for consideration.
�
Cost of the Engineer's evaluation of any substitution or deviation requested by the Contractor
shall be charged to the Contractor by the Owner.
B. PROJECT INFORMATION REQUEST
When necessary, the Contractor shall request additional information, clarification or
interpretation of the contract documents or when the Contractor believes there is a conflict
between the contract drawings and specification, the Contractor shall identify the conflict
and/or request clarification/additional information using the Project Information Request
(PIR) form provided by the Owner. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a
written response without further information.
The Owner will log each request and will review the request. If review of the Project
information request (PIR) indicates that a change to the contract documents is required, the
Owner will issue either a Field Order(FO) or Proposed Contract Modification (PCM).
C. RECQRD DRAWINGS � � �
The Contractor shall keep on record at the site a copy of all Contract Specifications, Plans,
Addenda, modifications, record and shop drawings �and samples, in good condition and
annotated in erasable red pencil to show all changes made during the construction process.
These shall be delivered to the Engineer upon completion of the work and before final
payment is made.
The Contractor shall retain for record purposes only, all designs and plans prepared for
constru�tion which are prepared, and sealed by a State of Texas Registered Professional
Engineer. Said design and plans shall include, but not be limited to. paving, buildings,
mechanical and electrical systems, foundation, etc.
D-115 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
This item shall revise Section E1-6 of the City of Fort Wor.th General Contract Documents and
Specifications for Water Department projects.
Tests and reports shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01340.
All joints requiring blocking shall be restrained mechanically as if no blocking were present.
Manufacturer shall provide restraining calculation and minimum restraining distances in
accordance with AWWA M41, sealed by a licensed professional engineer in the State of Texas.
Calculations shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01340.
Pressure class shall be as follows:
24" = 250 psi pressure class
36" = 200 psi pressure class
�
D-116 DUCTILE IRON AND GREY IRON FITTINGS:
D-29
This item shall revise Section E1-7 of the City of Fort Worth General Contract Documents and
'"�. Specifications for Water Department projects.
Tests and reports shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01340.
All fittinas shall be in accordance with AWWA C110, Compact Fittings (AWWA C153) will not
be allowed. Only Ductile Iron FittinQs will be accepted.
D-I 17 INSTALLATION OF DUCTILE IRON PIPE:
This item shall revise Section E2-6 of the Citv of Fort Worth General Contract Documents and
Specifications for Water Department projects.
Ductile Iron Pipe shall be shipped and installed in accordance with AWWA M41.
D-118 CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE AND FITTINGS:
This item shall revise Section E1-4 of the City of Fort Worth General Contract Documents and
Specifications for Water Department projects.
Tests and reports shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01340.
Pipe Design Criteria: Sizes and pressure classes (working pressure) shall be as specified. For the
purposes of pipe design, working pressure plus transient pressure shall be equal to 1.5 times the
pressure class speciiied. Fittings, specials and connections shall be of the same or greater
pressure class as the associated pipe. Pipe and fittings shall be clearly marked �vith the pressure
class and piece number to permit easy identification in the field. Pipe design shall be based on
trench conditions and design pressure class specified. Pipe shall be desi�ned accordin� to the
methods indicated in AWWA C-303 and AWWA Manual M-9 for trench construction, usin� the
following parameters: y
a) Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pcf
b) Live Load = AASHTO HS 20
c) Trench Depth = As indicated
d) Coefficient Ku' = 0.150
e) Trench Width (Bd) = As indicated
fl Bedding Conditions = As indicated
g) Soil Reaction Modulus (E') = 700
h) Coefficient k = 0.090
i) Pressure Class = 150 psi min. workinJ pressure
Trench depths indicated shall be verified after existina utilities are located. Vertical alianment
changes required because of existina utility or other conflicts shall be accommodated by an
appropriate change in pipe design depth. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its desian
allows. V
Thrusts at bends, tees, plugs, or other fittin�s shall be resisted by restrained joints. Thrust at
bends adjacent to casing pipe shall be restrained by weldina joints throu��h casin� and for a
sufficient distance each side of casin�. No thrttst restraint contribution shall be allowed for the
welded lenath of pipe within the casing.
D-30
Restrained joints shall be used for a sufficient distance from each side of the bend, tee, plug, or
Oother fitting to resist thrust which wil( be developed at the design pressure of the pipe. For the
purpose of thrust �-estraint, design pressure shall be 1.5 times pressure class (working pressure).
Restrained joints shall consist of welded joints. In areas where restrained joints are used for
thrust restraint, the pipe shall have adequate cylinder thickness to transmit the thrust forces.
The length of pipe with welded joints to resist thrust forces shall be determined by the pipe
manufacturer in accordance with AWWA Manual M-9 and the following:
1) The weight of earth (We) shall be calculated as the weight of the projected soil prism
above the pipe.
2) Soil density = 110 pcf (maximum value to be used).
3) Coefficient of friction = 03 (maximum value to be used).
The above applies to unsaturated soil conditions. In locations where ground water is
encountered, the soil density shall be reduced to its buoyant weight for the backfill below the
water table, and the coefficient of friction shall be reduced to 0.25.
Pipe calculations and drawings shall be sealed by a registered professional engineer in the State
of Texas and submitted in accordance with Section 01340.
D-119 INSTALLING CONCRETE PRESSURE PIPE:
QThis item shall revise Section E2-4 of the City of Fort Worth General Contract Documents and
Specifications for Water Department projects.
Concrete pressure pipe shall be shipped and installed in accordance with AWWA M9.
D-120 RUBBER-SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES:
This item shall revise Section E1-30 of the City of Fort Worth General Contract Documents and
Specifications for Water Department projects.
Tests and reports shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01340.
Actuator shall be equipped with power on and torque switch trip lights.
Actuator shall be multi-turn type.
Actuator motor shall provide positioning cdntrol service providing up to 600 starts per hour.
The actuator shall be capable of position control and shall accept a 4-20 mA input control signal
and shall provide a 4-20 mA output signal. , �
The position selector switch shall be covered and padlockable.
A valve position feedback potentiometer shall be included. It shall be mechanically connected to
o the valve stem and in step with the valve position at all times whether the unit is operated
electrically or by hand�vileel.
D-31
OHandwheel operation shall not require mor� than 10 pounds of force to engage in any valve
position.
The Contractor shall cause all equipment specified under this section to be furnished by the
valve manufacturer who shall be responsible for the adequacy and compatibility of all valve
components including the actuator. Any component of each complete unit not provided by the
valve manufacturer shall be designed, fabricated, tested, and installed by factory-authorized
representatives experienced in the design and manufacture of the valve equipment. This
requirement, however, shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor of the overall
responsibility for this portion of the work.
Actuator shall include a circuit breaker to disconnect power while maint�nance is performed. "
D-121 SCADA INSTALLATION AND PROGRAMMING
All RTU installation, testing, and programming shall be done by HSQ Technology, Inc.
All screen creation and implementation shall be performed by HSQ Technology,Inc.
END OF SPECIAL CONDITIONS
C
C
D-32
1999
BUILDING & CONSTRUCTION TRADE
�
CLASSIFICATION
STANDARD WAGE RATE
FOR TARRANT COUNTY
AIR CONDITIONING MECHANIC
AIR CONDITIONING MECHANIC
HELPER
ACOUSTIC CEILING INSTALLER
ACOUSTIC CEILING INSTALLER
HELPER
BRICKLAYER/STONE MASON
BRICKLAYER/STONE MASON
HELPER
CARPENTER
CARPENTER HELPER
CONCRETB FINISHER
� CONCRETE FINISHER HELPER
CONCRETE FORM BUILDER
CONCRETE FORM BUILDER HELPER
1'�RYWALL TAPER
DRYWALL TAPER HELPER
QELECTRICI�-1N JOURNEYMAN
ELECTRICIAN HELPER
ELECTRONIC TECHNICIAN
ELECTRONIC TECHNICIAN HELPER
FLOOR LAYER (CARPET)
FLOOR LAYER (RESILIENT)
FLOOR LAYER HELPER
GLAZIER
GLAZIER HELPER
INSULATOR
INSULATOR HELPER
LABOKER-COMMON
LABORER-SKILLED
LATHER
LATHER HELPER
METAL BUILDING ASSEMBLER
METAL BLDG ASSEMBLER HELPER
PAINTER
PAINTER HELPER
PIPEFITTER
PIPEFITTER HELPER
PLASTERER
PLASTERER HELPER
PLUMBER
PLUMBER HELPER
QREINFORCING STEEL SETTER
REINFORCING STEEL SETTER HELPER
HOURLY
RATE
$15.96
$8.81
$13.82
$9.79
$15.25
$9.86
$13.00
$934
$12.00
$9,44
$11.59
$8.87
$11.87
$8.25
$16.29
$10.20
$12.86
$12.67
$13.58
$14.48
$8.Sb
$13.66
$9.26
$15.89
$9.46
$7.82
$9.66
$ I 5.80
$11.75
$1334
$7.8�
$11.93
$830
$1435
$10.93
$15?9
$5.63
$16.26
$9.�9
$11.35
$9. I 3
CLASSIFICATION
ROOFER
ROOFER HELPER
SHEET METAL WORKER
SHEET METAL WORKER HELPER
SHEETROCK HANGER
SHEETROCK HANGER HELPER
SPRINKLER SYSTEM INSTALLER
SPRINKLER SYSTEM INSTALLER
HELPER
STEEL WORKER STRUCTURAL
STEEL WORKER STRUCTURAL
HELPER
WELDER
WELDER HELPER
HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATORS
EQUIPMENT OPERATORS
CONCRETE PUMP OPERATORS
CRANE, CLAMSHELL, BACKHOE,
DERRICK, DRAGLINE, SHO'VEL
FORKLIFT OPERATOR
FOUNDATION DRILL OPERATOR
FRONT END LOADER OPERATOR
TRUCK DRIVER
HOURLY
RATE
$13.17
$7.82
$15.87
$9.29
$12.70
$9.71
$16.95
$7.81
$14.66
$7.91
$14.87
$9.67
$14.66
$15.50
$13.05
$10.54
�11.66
$11.60
$9.80
�
PART E
�J
�
��J
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
SECTION 01220
Project Meetings
Page 1 of 2
A. Work Included: To enable orderly review during progress of the Work, and to provide for systematic
discussion of problems, the En�neerJOwner will conduct project meerings throughout the construction
period.
B. Related Work:
1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General
Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Special Condi6oiis , and Sections in Division 1 of these
Specifications.
2. The Contractor's relations with his subcontractors and ma rials suppliers, and discussions relative
thereto, are the Contractor's responsibility and normally are not part of project meetings content.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURA.NCE:
,r� A. For those,persons designated by the Contractor and/or Owner' representative to attend and parficipate
�J in project meetings, provide required authority that does not r�quire City Council approval to commit
the Contractor to solutions agreed upon in the project meet�n�gs.
PARTZ-PRODUCTS
(No products are required in this Section)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 MEETING SCHEDiJLE:
A. Except as noted below for Preconstruction Meeting, project �rogress meetings will be held monthly.
B. Coordinate as necessary to establish mutually acceptable scl�edule for meetings.
� I
�
3.02 MEETING LOCATIONS:
A. The Owner will establish meeting loca6on. To the extent p.ssible, meetings will be held at the job
site. However, project pro�ress meetings may be held at t�.�e Fort Worth Water Department South
Holly Water Treatment Plant SCADA Building Conference Room.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank _ SECTION 01220
KHA No. 06101809 Project Meetings O
July 1999 Page 2 of 2
3.03 PROJECT MEETINGS:
A. Attendance:
0
1. To the maximum extent possible, assign the same person or persons to represent the Contractor
at project meetings throughout progress of the Work.
2. Owner.
3. Engineer and principal consultants.
4. Subcontractors, materials suppliers, and others may be invited to attend those project meetings
in which their aspect of the Work is involved.
5. Others as appropriate to agenda.
B. Minimum Agenda:
l. Review progress of the Work since last meeting, including status of submittals for approval.
2. Review schedule and identify problems which impede planned progress. M,
3. Develop corrective measures and procedures to regain planned schedule.
4. Review Pay Requests.
3.04 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES:
A. Where required in individual specification Sections, convene a pre-installation conference at project
site or other designated location.
B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting or affected by work of the specific Section.
C. Notify Engineer at least 4 days in advance of ineeting.
D. Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures, and coordination with
related work.
�
END OF SECTION
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
Q July 1999
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
SECTION 01310
Schedules, Reports, Payments
Page 1 of 4
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Special
Conditions, and other Division-1 5pecification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.02 COORDINATION:
Coordinate both the lisiing and timing of reports and other activities required by provisions of this section and
other sections, as to provide consistency and logical coordination between the reports. Maintain coordination
and correlation between separate reports by updating at monthly or shorter rime intervals. Make appropriate
distribution of each report and updated report to all parties involved in the work including the Engineer and
Owner. In particular, provide close coordination of the progress schedule, schedule of values, listing of
subcontracts, schedule of submittals, pragress reports, and payment requests.
1.03 PRELIMINARY PROGRESS SCHEDULE:
A. Bar-Chart Schedule: Submit a bar-chart type progress schedule not more than 3 weeks after the date
O established for commencement of the work. On the schedule, indicate a time bar for each major
category or unit of work to be performed at the site, properly sequenced and coordinated with other
elements of work. Show completion of the work sufficiendy in advance of the date established for
substantial completion of the work.
1. The Contractor shall provide a schedule to show the "esfimated" total dollar-volume of work
performed at any date duzing the Contract Time, with a column of cost figures in the left hand
margin ranging from zero to the Contract Sum.
2. Submittal Tabulation: With the bar-chart submittal, submit a tabulation, by date, of the submittals
required during the first 90 days of Construcfion Time. This tabularion shall include both those
submittals requiretl during the initia190 days of construction to maintain the orderly progression
of the work, and those submittals required early because of long lead fime for manufacturer or
fabrication. At the Contractor's option, submittal dates may be shown on the bar-chart schedule,
in lieu of being tabulated.
1.04 FULLY DEVELOPED PROGRESS SCHEDULE:
�
A. Bar-Chart Schedule: Based on the preliminary development of the progress schedule, if any, and on
whatever updating and feedback may have occurred during the project start-up, secure critical time
commitments for performing major elements of the work. Within 60 days of the date established for
"commencement of the work", submit a comprehensive bar-chart type progress schedule, on
Microsoft Project, Primavera, or a similar scheduling software, indicating by stage-coded symbols,
a time bar for each major category or unit of work to be performed at the site; include minor elements
of work which are nevertheless, involved in overall sequencing of the work. Arrange the schedule
to show graphically the major sequences of work necessary for the completion of related elements of
work. Arrange the schedule to show how substantial completion is scheduled to allow for the
Engineer's proc�dure for certification of substantial completion. Prepare and maintain the schedule
Harmon Road 2A MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTION 01310
KHA No. 06101809 Schedules, Reports, Payments Q
July 1999 Page 2 of 4
on either a sheet of sufficient width (or else a series of sheets) to show the required data clearly for
the entire Construction Time. Prepare the schedule on sheets of stable transparency, or other
reQroducible material, to permit reproduction for the required distribution. Schedule shall also inciude
shop drawing submittal components.
B. Cost Correlarion: Immediately below the date line at the heading of the bar-chart, provide a two item
cost correlation line, indicating both "pre-calculated" and "actual" costs. This cost correlation line
shall show dollar-volunne of work performed as of the same dates used for preparation of payment
requests. Refer to subsequent article for cost reporting and payment procedures. Insofar as it is
practical to do so, use the same units of work in the progress schedule as indicated in the "schedule
of values" required by the General Conditions and further specified herein.
C. Distribution: Following the initial submittal to and response by the Engineer, print and distribute
progress schedules to the Engineer (3 copies), Owner, separate contractors, the principal
subcontractors and suppliers or fabricators, and others with a need-to-know schedule-compliance
requirement. Post copies in the project meeting room and temporary field offices. When revisions
are made, distribute updated issues to the same entides and post updated issues in the same locations.
Delete entities from distribution when they have completed their assigned work and are no longer
invoived in the performance of scheduled work.
1.05 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE:
A. General: �mmediately after the development and acceptance of the fully developed progress schedule,
prepare a complete schedule of work-related submitxals. Submit this schedule within 10 days of the
date required for establishment of progress schedule. Correlate this submittal schedule with a lisfing
of principal subcontractors, and with the "listing of products" or the "procurement schedule" as
specified in "Products and Substitutions" sections and elsewhere in the contract documents.
B. Form: Prepare the schedule in chronological order of submittals. Show category of the submittal,
name of subcontractor, a generic description of the work covered, related section numbers, the
activiry or event number on the progress schedule, the scheduled date for the first submittal, re-
submittal, and the final release or review by the Engineer. Provide with the listing of the
subcontractors the corresponding mailing address, business address, telephone�number, fax number
(if applicable) and contact person.
1.Ob SCHEDULE OF VALUES:
A. General: Prepare a schedule of values in conjunction with ti�e preparation of the progress schedule.
Coordinate preparation of schedule of values and progress schedule. Correlate line items with other
administrative schedules and the forms xequired for ihe work, including the progress schedule,
payment request form, lis6ng of subcantractors, schedule of allowances, schedule of alternatives,
listing of products and principal suppliers and fabricators, and the schedule of submittals. Provide
breakdown of the Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate continued evaluation of payment
requests and Qrogress reports. Break down principal subcontract amounts into several line items.
Round off to the nearest whole dollar, but with the total equal to the Contract Sum.
��J
�"'J
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 01310
Schedules, Reports, Payments
Page 3 of 4
B. Time Coordination: In coordination of initial submittals and other administrative "start-up" activities,
submit the schedule of values to the En�ineer at the earliest feasible date, but in no case later than 7
days before initial payment request is to be submitted.
1.07 PAYlV�NT REQUESTS:
A. Payment request shall be in accordance CS-8 of the General Condifions.
B. Applicadon at Time of Final Walk Through: Following issuance of Engineer's final punch list, and
also in part as applicable to prior certificates on portions of completed work as designated, a"special"
payment application may be prepared and submitted by Contractor. The principal administrative
actions and submittals which must precede or coincide with such special applications can be
summarized as follows, but not necessarily by way of limitation:
1. Occupancy permits and similar approvals or certifications by governing authorities and franchised
services, assuring Owner's full access and use of completed work.
2. Warranties (guarantees), maintenance agreements and similar provisions of contract documents.
3. Test/adjust/balance records, maintenance instructions, meter readings, start-up performance
Oreports, and similar change-over information germane to Owner's occupancy, use, operation and
maintenance of completed work.
4. Final cleaning of the work.
5. Listing of Contractor's incomplete work, recognized as exceptions to Engineer's certificate of
substantial completion.
C. Final Payment Application: The administrative actions and submittals which must precede or coincide
with submittal of contractor's final payment application can be stunmarized as follows, but not
necessarily by way of limitation:
1. Completion of project closeout requirements.
2. Completion of items specified for compledon beyond time of substantial completion (regardless
of whether special payment application was previously made).
3. Assurance, satisfactory to Owner, that unsettled claims will be settled and that work not actually
completed and accepted will be completed without undue delay.
4. Transmittal of required project construction records to Owner.
5. Proof, satisfactory to Owner, that taxes, fees and similar obligations of Contractor have been
o paid.
6. Removal of temporary facilities, services, surplus materials, rubbish and similar elements.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTiON 01310
KHA No. 06101809 Scl�edules, Reports, Payments �
July 1999 Page 4 of 4
7. Affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid in full.
8. Consent of surery for final payment.
D. Applicarion Transmittal: Submit 3 executed copies of each payment application, one copy of which
is completed as Final Payment application with waivers of lien and similar attachments. Transmit
each copy with a transmittal form listing those attachments, and recording appropriate information
related to application in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. Transmit to the Engineer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
�
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
Q July 1999
PA.RT 1- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
SECTION 01340
Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
Page 1 of 8
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions., Special
Conditions and other Division-1 Specification secrions, apply to work of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
\�'J
A. General: This section specifies procedural requirements for non-administrative submittals including
shop drawings, product data, samples and other miscellaneous work-related submittals. Shop
drawings, product data, samples and other worlc-related submittals are required to amplify, expand
and coordinate the information contained in the Contract Documents.
1. Required administrafive, non-work-related submittals. Include, but are not limited to the
following items:
a. Permits.
b. Payment applications.
c. Performance and payment bonds.
d. Insurance certificates.
e. Inspection and test reports,
f. Schedule of values.
g. Excavation safety plan
h. Trench safety plan
h. Listing of subcontractors.
B. Shop drawings/submittals shall be submitted for all items listed in the Special Specifications, General
Conditions, and Special Conditions, including, but not limited to the following items:
Fabrication and installation drawings.
Setting diagrams.
Shopwork manufacturing instructions.
Templates.
Patterns.
Coordinatian drawings (for use on-site).
Schedules.
Design mix formulas.
Contractor's engineering calculations.
Cathodic Protection System.
O & M Manuals.
Contractor's proposed schedule and sequence of construction.
Coordination drawings (for use on-site).
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTION 01340
KHA No. 06101809 Shop Drawings, Product Data. and Samples �
Jul 1999 Page 2 of 8
Y
All other items listed elsewhere in the Contract Documents. ,
Standard information prepared without specific reference to a project is not considered to be shop
drawings.
Additional shop drawing requirements are described in some of the material specifications.
All shop drawings containing information pertaining to the detailed structural design of the
tank, foundation, or appurtenant structures shall bear the seal and signature of a professional
engineer licensed to practice in the State of Texas.
Address for Submittals - The submittals shall be addressed to the Design Engineer:
Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. '
Suite 1100 �
801 Cherry Street ,
Fort Worth, TX 76102
(817) 335-6511
(817) 335-5070 Fax
C. Product data includes standard printed information on manufactured products that has not been �
specially-prepared for this project by the Contractor, including but not limited to the following items:
1. Manufacturer's product specificarions and installation instrucrions.
2. Standard color charts.
3. Catalog cuts.
4. Roughing-in diagram and templates.
5. Standard wiring diagrams.
6. Printed performance curves.
7. Operational range diagrams.
8. Mill reports.
9. Standard product operafing and maintenance manuals.
D. Samples: Samples to be provided for this project including but not limited to the following items:
1. Partial sections of manufactured or fabricated work.
2. Small cuts or containers of materials.
3. Complete units of repetitively-used materials.
4. Swatches showing color, texture and pattern.
5. Color range sets.
6. Units of work to be used for independent inspection and testing.
E. Miscellaneous submitta.ls are work-related, non-administrative submittals that do not fit in the three
previous categories, including, but not limited to the following: (�
Specially-prepared and standard printed warranties.
Maintenance agreements.
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
Workmanship bonds.
Survey data and reports.
Project photographs.
Testing and certification reports.
Record drawings.
Field measurement data.
Operating and maintenance manuals.
Keys and other security protection devices.
Maintenance tools and spare parts.
Overrun stock.
�
�
1.03 SUBMTI'TAL PROCEDURES:
SECTION 01340
Shop Drawings, Product Data and 5amples
Page 3 of 8
A. Submit six (6) copies, (eight (8) copies for Division 16), of shop drawings, layouts, manufacturer's
data, and material schedules as may be required by the Engineer for his review. Submittals shall be
checked by and stamped with the approval of the Contractor and identified as the Engineer may
require. Such review by the Engine�r shall include checldng for general conformance with the design
concept of the project and general compliance with information given in the General Contract
Documents. Indicated actions by the Engineer which may result from his review, shall not constitute
concurrence with any deviation from the plans and specifications unless such deviations are
specifically identified by the method described below, and further shall not relieve the Contracwr of
responsibility for errors or omissions in the submitted data. Processed shop drawing submittals are
not change orders. The purpose of submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate that the Contractor
understands the design concept, and that he demonstrates his understanding by indicating which
equipment and materials he intends to furnish and install, �nd by detailing the fabrication and
installation methods he intends to use. If deviations, discrepanctes or conflicts between submittals and
the design drawings and/or specifications are discovered, either prior to or after submittals are
processed, the design drawings and specificadons shall goverr�.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for dimensions which are �o be confirmed and carrelated at the
job site, fabrication processes and techniques of constriction, oordination of his work with that of
other trades and satisfactory performance of his work. The ontractor shall check and verify all
measurements and review submittals prior to being submitted, d sign or initial a statement included
with the submittal, which signifies compliance with plans and pecifications and dimensions suitable
for the application. Any deviation from the specified criteria shall be expressly stated in writing in the
submittal. Two (2) copies of the approved submittals shall be retained by the Contractor until
completion of the project.
C. Coardination: Coordinate the preparation and processing of submittals with the performance of die
work. Coordina,te each separate submittal with other submittals and related activities such as testing,
purchasing, fabrication, delivery and similar activities that require sequential activity.
Coordinate the submittal of different units of interrelated work so that one submittal will not be
O delayed by the Engineer's need to review a related submittal. The Engineer reserves the right to
withhold action on any submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals
are forthcoming.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 01340
Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
Page 4 of 8
D. Coordination of Submittal Times: Prepare and transmit each submittal to the Engineer sufficiently
in advance of the Scheduled performance of related work and other applicable activities. Transmit
different ldnds of submittals for the same unit of work so that processing will not be delayed by the
Engineer's need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.
E. Review Time: Allow sufficient time so �at the installation will not be delayed as a result of the time
required to properly process submittals, including time for re-submittal, if necessary. Advise the
Engineer on each submittal, as to whether processing time is critical to the progress of the work and
if the work would be expedited if processing time could be shortened. All attempts will be made to
review submittals within two weeks from the time of receipt.
F. Submittal Preparation: Mark each submittal with a permanent label for identification. Provide the
following information on the label for proper processing and recording of action taken.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Project name.
Date.
Name and address of Engineer. '
Name and address of Contractor.
Name and address of subcontractor.
Name and address of supplier.
Name of manufacturer.
Number and title of appropriate specification section.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
Similar definitive information as necessary. �
Provide a space on the label for the Contractor's review and approval markings, and a space for
the Engineer's "Action" marldng.
G. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit
each submittal from the Contractor to the Engineer, and to other destinations as indicated, by use of
a transmittal form. Submittals received from sources other than the Contractor will not be returned
to the sender and no action will be taken by the Engineer.
l. Transmittal Form: Prepare a draft of a transmittal form and submit to the Engineer for
acceptance. Provide on the form places for the following information:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. To:
d. From:
e. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer and supplier.
f. References.
g. Category and type of submittal.
h. Submittal purpose and description.
i. Submittal and transmittal distribution record.
j. Signature of transmitter.
k. Contractor's certification stating that the information submitted complies with the
requirements of the Contract Documents, with a place for the Contractor's signature.
�J
�
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tanit SECTION 01340
KHA No. 06101809 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
O July 1999 . Page 5 of 8
Record relevant information and requests for data on the transmittal form. On the transmittal
form, or on a separate sheet attached to the form, record deviations from the requirements of the
Contract Documents, if any, including minor variadons and limitations.
1.04 SPECIFIC SUBMIT'rAL REQUIIZ�MENTS:
A. General: Specific submittal requirements for individual units of work are specified in the applicable
specification section. Except as otherwise indicated in the individual specification sections, comply
with the requirements specified herein for each type of submittal.
Where it is necessary to provide intermediate submittals between the initial and final submittals,
provide and process intermediate submittals in the same manner as for initial submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: Information required on shop drawings includes dimensions, identification of specific
products and materials which are included in the work, compliance with specified standards and
notations of coordination requirements with other work. Provide special notation of dimensions that
have been established by field measurement. Highlight, encircle or otherwise indicate deviations from
the contract documents on the shop drawings.
O1. Coordination Drawings: Provide coordinarion drawings where required for the integration of the
work, including work first shown in detail on shop drawings or product data. Show sequencing
and relationship of separate units of work which must interface in a restricted manner to fit in the
space provided, or function as indicated. Coordination drawings are considered shop drawings
and must be definitive in nature.
Refer to Division-5 and Division-16 sections for additional general requirements applicable to
shop drawings for metals, coatings, and electrical work, respectively.
2. Do not pernut shop drawing copies without an appropriate final "Action" marldng by the Engineer
to be used in connection with the work.
C. Product Data: General information required specifically as product data includes manufacturer's
standard printed recommendations for application and use, compliance with recognized standards of
trade associations and testing agencies, and the application of their labels and seals (if any), special
notation of dimensions which have been verified by way of field measurement, and special
coordination requirements for interfacing the material, product or system with other work.
l. Refer to Division-16 sections for addirional general requirements applicable to product data for
metals, coatings, and electrical work respectively.
2. Prepararion: Collect required product data into a single submitt�l for each unit of work or system.
Mark each copy to show which choices and options are applicable to the project. Where product
O data has been printed to include information on several similar products, some of which are not
required for use on the project, or are not included in this submittal, mark the copies to show
clearly that such information is not applicable.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 01340
Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
Page 6 of 8
a. Where product data must be specially prepared for required products, materials or systems,
because standard printed data is not suitable for use, submit data as "shop drawings" and not
as "product data" .
3. Submittals: Product data submittal is required for information and record and to determine that
the products, materials and systems comply with the provisions of the contract documents.
Therefore, the initial submittal is also the final submittal, except where the Engineer observes that
there is non-compliance with the provisions of the contract documents and returns the submittal
to the Contractor marked with the appropriate "Acrion" .
Provide a preliminary single-copy submittal where required, for selection of options by the
Engineer.
a. Submittal: Except as otherwise indicated in individual sections of these specifications, submit
3 copies of each required product data subxnittal, plus 2 additional copies where required for
maintenance manuals.
The Engineer will retain one copy, and will return the other marked with "Action" and
corrections or modifications as required.
b. Do not submit product data or allow its use on the project, unfil compliance with the
requirements of the contract documents has been confirmed by the Contractor.
4. Installafion Copy: Do not proceed with installation of materials, products and systems until a copy
of product data. applicable to the installation is in the possession of the installer. Do not permit
the use of unmarked copies of product data in connection with the performance of �he work.
D. 5amples: Submit samples for the Engineer's visual review of general generic ldnd, color, pattern,
and texture, and for a final check of the coordination of these characteristics with other related
elements of the work. Samples are also submitted for quality control comparison of these
characteristics between the final sample submiital and the actual work as it is delivered and installed.
1. Refer to individual work sections of these specifications for addidonal sample requirements, which
may be intended for examination or testing of additional characteristics. Compliance with other
required characteristics is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor; such compliance is not
considered in the Engineer's raview and "Action" indication on sample submittals.
2. Documentation required specifically for sample submittals includes a generic description of the
sample, the sample source or the product name or manufacturer, compliance with governing
regulations and recognized standards. In addition, indicate limitations in terms of availabiliry,
sizes, delivery time, and similar limiting characteristics.
3. Refer to Division-5 and Division-16 sections for additional general requirements applicable to
samples for metals, coatings, and electrical work, respectively.
C
C�
�
4. Preparation: Where possible provide samples that are physically identical with the proposed
material or product to be incorporated in the work; provide full scale, fully fabricated samples
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 01340
Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
Page7of8
cured and finished in the manner specified. Where variarions in color, pattern, or texture are
inherent in the material or product represented by the sample, submi"t multiple units of the sample
(not less than 3 units), which show the approximate limits of variations. Where samples are
specified for the Engineer's selection of color, texture or pattern, submit a full set of available
choices for the material or product. Mount, display, or package samples in the manner specified
to facilitate the review of indicated qualities. Prepare samples to match the Engineer's sample
where so indicated.
5. Submittal: At the Contractor's option, and depending upon the nature of the anticipated response
from the Engineer, the initial submittal of samples may be either a preliminary submiital or a final
submittal.
a. Preliminary Submittal: Submit 1 set of samples where requirements indicate the Engineer's
selection of color, pattern, texture or similar characteristics from a manufacturer's range of
standard choices is necessary. Preliminary submittals will be reviewed and returned with the
Engineer's "Action" marldng.
b. Final Submittals: Submit 3 sets of samples in the final submittal, one set will be returned.
. c. Distribution of Samples: Maintain the final submittal sets of samples, as returned by the
OEngineer, at the project site, available for quality control comparisons throughout the course
of performing the work. In addition, final submittal sets may be used to obtain final
acceptance of the work associated with each set.
E. Miscellaneous Submittals:
1. Inspection and Test Reaorts: Classify each inspection and test report as being either "shop
drawing" or "product data" depending on whether the report is specially prepared for the project,
or a standard publication of worlananship control testing at the point of production. Process
inspection and test reports accordingly.
2. Warranties: Refer to section "Products and Substitutions" for specific general requirements on
wazranties, product bonds, worlananship bonds and maintenance agreements. In addition to
copies desired for the Contractor's use, furnish 2 executed copies of such warranties, bonds or
agreements. Provide 2 additional copies where required for maintenance manuals.
3. Standards: Where submittal of a copy of standards is indicated, and except where copies of
standards are specified as an integral part of a"Product Data" submittal, submit a single copy of
standards for the Engineer's use. Where worlQnanship, whether at the project site or elsewhere
is governed by a standard, furnish additional copies of the standard to fabricators, installers and
others involved in the performance of the work.
4. Closeout Submittals: Refer to section "Project Closeout" and to individual sections of these
O specifications for specific submittal requirements of project closeout information, materials, tools,
and similar items.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTION 01340
KHA No. Ob101809 Snop Drawings, Product Data and Samples �
July 1999 Page 8 of 8
a. Record Documents: Furnish 1 set of record documents as maintained on the project site.
Refer to Section 01720 for a descriprion of the Record Document requirements.
b. Operating and Maintenance Data: Furnish bound copies of operating data and maintenance
manuals in accordance with the supplemental conditions..
c. Materials and Tools: Refer to individual sections of these specifications for required
quantities of spare pazts, extra and overrun stock, maintenance tools and devices, keys, and
similar physical units to be submitted.
5. General Distribution: Provide additional distribution of submittals to governing authorities, and
others as necessary for the proper performance of the work. Include such additional copies of
submittals in the transmittal to the Engineer where the submittals are required to receive "Action"
marking before.final distribution. Record distributions on transmittal forms.
1.05 ENGINEER'S ACTION:
A. General: Except for submittals for the record and similar purposes, where action and return on
submittals is required or requested, the Engineer will review each submittal, mark with appropriate
"Action", and return. Where the submittal must be held for coordination, the Engineer will so advise O
the Contractor.
Acrion Stamp: The Engineer will stamp each submittal to be returned with a uniform, self-
explanatory action stamp, appropriately marked and executed to indicate whether the submittal
returned is for unrestricted use, final-but-restricted use (as marked), must be revised and resubmitted
(use not permitted) or without action (as explained on the transmittal form).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage T'ank
KHA No. 06101809
� J�y 1999 �
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
. SECTION 01500
Eonstruction Facilities and Controis
Page 1 of 3
A. Work Included: Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including, but not
necessarily limited to:
l.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Temporary ufiliries such as water, electricity, and telephone;
Field office for the Contractor's personnel;
Sanitary facilities;
Enclosures such as tarpaulins, barricades, and canopies;
Temporary fencing of the construction site;
Project sign;
Securiry;
Water, erosion, sediment, and dust control;
Removal.
B. Related Work:
, 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General
� Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Special Conditions and Sections in Division 1 of these
Specifications.
2. Except that equipment furnished by subcontractors shall comply with requirements of pertinent
safery regulations, such equipment normally furnished by the individual trades in execution of
their own portions of the Work are not part of this Section.
3. Permanent installation and hookup of the various utility lines are described in other Sections.
C. Work Included: The General Contractor shall provide temporary power, water service and
telephone with a fax to the Field Office.
1.42 PRODUCT HA1�tDLING:
A. Maintain temporary facilities and controls in proper and safe condition throughout progress of the
Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 iJTILIT]ES:
A. Water:
0 1. Provide necessary temporary piping and water supply and, upon completion of the Work, remove
such temporary facilities.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
7uly 1999
2. Provide and pay for water used in construction.
B. Electricity:
SECTION 01500
Construction �r acilities and Controls
Page 2 of 3
1. Provide necessary temporary wiring and, upon completion of the Work, remove such temporary
facility.
2. Provide and pay for electricity used in construction.
C. Telephone:
1. Make necessary arrangements and pay costs for installation and operation of telephone service to
the Contractor's office at the site.
2. Make the telephone available to the Engineer for use in connection with the Work.
2.02 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS:
A. Contractor's facilities:
1. Provide a field office building and sheds adequate in size and accommodation for Contractor's
offices, supply, and storage.
2.03 DEWATERING:
A. For the entire duration of the Contract, the Contractor, at his expense, shall keep all parts of the
project site, including excavations, free from any accumulation of water, regardless of the source or
cause of such water, by adequate trenching and pumping as required.
B. Pumping shall include adequate pumps, hose strainers, and other appurtenances, fuel, power,
trenching, erosion control facilities, and pumping as required.
C. Water shall be disposed of in such a manner as will not endanger public health or cause damage or
expense to public or private property, and in accordance with the requirements of any public agencies
having jurisdiction. If sewers and streets are used for drainage or the disposal of water during
cAnstruction, they shall be maintained and left satisfactorily clean upon the completion of the work.
2.04 ENCLOSLTR�S:
A. Provide and maintain for the duration of construction all scaffolds, tarpaulins, canopies, warning
signs, steps, platforms, bridges, and other temporary construction necessary for proper completion
of the Work in compliance with pertinent safery and other regularions.
�
C�
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
p July 1999
2.05 TEMPORARY PROTECTiON:
�
SECTION 01500
Construction Faciiities and Controls
Page 3 of 3
A. The Contractor or subcontractors shall also be responsible for protecting his work from damage due
to the weather.
2.06 TEMPORARY FENCING:
A. Provide and mainta.in for the duration of construction a temporary 6 foot chain link fence with lockable
gate of design and type needed to prevent entry onto the Work by the public.
2.07 PROJECT SIGNS:
A. Manufacture one standard job sign as referenced in the construction details which originated with the
City of Fort Worth Water Department Standard Specifications for Construction. Mount at the job site.
where directed by the Engineer or as shown in the construction documents. �
B. Except as otherwise specifically app'roved by the Engineer, do not permit other signs or advertising
on the job site.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL:
A. Maintain temporary facilities and controls as long as needed for safe and proper completion of tl�e
Work.
B. Remove such temporary facilities and controls as rapidly as progress of the Work will permit, or as
directed by the Engineer.
3.02 PROTECTION:
A. Provide spare safery helmets and enforce their use by Owner, Engineer, their representatives and
authorized visitors to the site.
`
END OF SECTION
��J
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
� July 1999
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 DESCI2IPTION:
A. Work Included:
SECTION 01720
Pro,j ect Re�ord Documents
Page 1 of 5
1. Throughout progress of the Work, maintain an accurate record of changes in the Contract
Documents, as described in Article 3.1 below.
2. Upon completion of the Work, transfer the recorded changes to a set of Record Documents, as
described in Article 3.2 below.
B. Related Work:
1. Documents affec6ng work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General
Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Special Conditions and Sections in Division 1 of these
Specifications.
2. Other requirements affecting Project Record Documents may appear in pertinent other Sections
of these Specifications.
�
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Delegate the responsibility for maintenance of Record Documents to one person on the Contractor's
staff as approved by the Engineer.
B. Accuracy of records:
1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate and proper
entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and other pocuments where
such entry is required to show the change properly.
2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract Documents
may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project Record Documents.
C. Make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that the change has occurred.
1.03 SUBMLTTALS:
A. Record Documents shall be in �ccordance with the Special Conditions D-23 (Record Drawings).
B. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340.
O C. The Engineer's approval of the current status of Project Record Documents may be a prerequisite to
the Engineer's approval of requests for progress payment and request for final payment under the
Conixact.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTION 01720
KHA No. 06101809 Project Record Documents �
July 1999 Page 2 of 5
D. Prior to submitting each request for progress payment, secure the En� neer's approval of the current
status of the Project Record Documents.
E. Prior to submitting request for final payment, submit the final Project Record Documents to the
Engineer and secure his approval.
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. Maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and
damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final Project Record
Documents.
B. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data to the Engineer's
approval.
1. Such means shall include, if necessary in the opinion of the Engineer, removal and replacement
of concealing materials.
2. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the Contract
Documents.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. Job set: Promptly following receipt of the Owner's Notice to Pzoceed, secure from the Engineer at
no charge to the Contractor one complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract.
B. Final Record Documents: At a time nearing the completion of the Work, secure from the Engineer
at no charge to the Contractor one complete set of sepia transparencies of all Drawings in the
Contract.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 MAINTENANCE OF JOB SET:
A. Immediately upon receipt of the job set described in Paragraph 2.01-A above, identify each of the
Documents with the title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET" .
B. Preservation:
1. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions upon which the job
set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, and the conditions under which these
activities will be performed, devise a suitable method for protecting the job set to the approval of
the Engineer.
�
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
O July 1999
�
SECTION Q1720
Project Record Documents
Page 3 of 5
2. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review hy the Engineer,
until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents.
3. Mainta.in the job set at the site of Work as that site is designated by the Engineer.
C. Maldng entries on Drawings:
1. Using an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the change by
graphic line and note as required.
2. Date all entries.
3. Call attention to the entry by a"cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected.
4. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping changes.
D. Make entries in the pertinent other pocuments as approved by the Engineer.
E. Conversion of schematic layouts:
1. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts, and similar
items, is shown schematically and is not intended to portray precise physical layout.
a. Final physical arzangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the Engineer's
approval.
b. However, design of future modificarions of the faciliry may require accurate information as
to the final physical layout of items which are shown only schematically on the Drawings.
2. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within one inch, the centerline
of each run of items such as are described in subparagraph 3.01-E-1 above.
a. Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the Engineer's
approval.
b. Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in ceiling plenum",
"exposed", and the like}.
c. Make al� identification sufficiendy descriptive that it may be related reliably to the
Specifications.
3. The Engineer may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts where, in the
O Engineer's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However, do not rely upon waivers
being issued except as specifically issued in wriring by the Engineer.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
7uly 1999
3.02 FIlVAL PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS:
SECTION 01720
Project Record Documents
Page 4 of 5
A. The purpose of the final Project Record Documents is to provide factual information regarding all
aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed
without lengthy and expensive site measurement, investigation, and examination.
B. Approval of recorded data prior to transfer:
1. Following receipt of the transparencies described in Paragraph 2.01-B above, and prior to start
of transfer of recorded data thereto, secure the Engineer's approval of all recorded data.
2. Make required revisions.
C. Transfer of data, to Drawings:
1. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the corresponding
transparencies, coordinating the` changes as required.
2. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of changes made
during construction, and the actual location of items described in subparagraph 3.01-1 above.
3. Call atten6on to each entry by drawing a"cloud" around the area or areas affected.
4. Make changes neatly, consistendy, and with the proper media to assure longeviry and clear
reproduction.
D. Transfer of data to other pocuments:
1. If the Documents other than Drawings have been kept clean during progress of the Work, and if
entries thereon have been orderly to ii�e approval of the Engineer, the job set of those Documents
other than Drawings will be accepted as final Record Documents. �
2. If any such Document is not so approved by the Engineer, secure a new copy of that Document
from the Engineer at the Engineer's usual charge for reproduction and handling, and carefully
transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval of the Engineer.
E. Review and submittal:
1. Submit the completed set of Project Record Documents to the Enb neer as described in Pazagraph
1.03-D above.
2. Participate in review meetings as required.
�
�
3. Make required changes and promptly deliver the final Project Record Documents to the En� neer. (`�
ra��
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
� 7uly 1999
3.03 CHANGES SUBSEQUENT TO ACCEPTANCE:
SECTION 01720
Project Record Documents
Page 5 of 5
A. The Contractor has no responsibiliry for recording changes in the Work subsequent to Final
Completion, except for changes resulting from work performed under Warranty.
END OF SECTION
�
�
\
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
SECTION 02200
Earthwork
Page 1 of 15
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to work specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRII'TION OF WORK:
A. Extent of earthwork is indicated on drawings and within this specification.
The Contractor will regrade areas of the site which his operations or the operations of his
subcontractors have affected.
2. Preparation of subgrade for building slabs, walks, and pavement is included as part of this work.
B. Excavation for Mechanical/Electrical Work: Excavation and backfill required in conjunction with
underground mechanical and electrical utilities, and buried mechanical and electrical appurtenances
is included as work of this section.
�
C. Definitions:
1. "Structural Excavation" will consist of removal of material encountered to the depths indicated
herein and subsequent disposal of materials removed.
2. "Channel Excavation" will consist of required excavation for channels within the limits of the
project, assaciated rights-of-way or designated easements; the removal and proper utilizarion or
disposal of all excavated materials; and constructing, shaping, and finishing of all earthwork
involved in conformiry with the required lines, grades, and typical cross sections and in
accordance with specification requirements herein outlined.
All authorized channel excavation will be unclassified.
3. "Street Excavation" will consist of all the required excavation within the limits of the paving
portions of the project, associated rights-of-way and areas adjacent thereto (except excavation
specifically described and provided %r elsewhere in the specifications); the removal, proper
utilization, or disposal of all excavated material; and the scraping and finisYung of all earthwork
in conformity with the lines and grades as shown on the plans or as established by the Engineer,
all in accordance with the specification requirements cantained herein.
�
Without regard to materials encountered, all sbreet excavation shall be unclassified and shall be
designated as "Street Excavation" which will include all materials excavated. It is to be distincdy
understood that any reference to rock, or any other material on the plans, and/or in this
specification is solely for general information, and is not to be taken as an indication of
classification of excavation.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 02200
Earthwork
Page 2 of 15
4. "Borrow" will consist of required excavation, removal, and proper utilization of materials
obtained from designated or approved sources. Compaction of embankments constructed from
borrow, as provided herein, shall conform to the requirements of this Section.
All authorized borrow will be unclassified.
5. "Embankment" will consist of the placement and compaction of all materials obtained from street
excavation, borrow, or any other excavafion.
6. "Sub-base Material" and "Select Fill Material" will consist of naturally or artificially graded
mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, crushed slag, natural or crushed sand.
7. "Bacl�'ill" and "Fill Materials" will consist of soil materials free of clay, rock or gravel larger
than 2" in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetable and other deleterious matter.
8. "Topsoil" will consist of fiirnishing and placing a minimum of six (6) inches of. top soil, free from
rock and foreign material, in all� parkways, areas to be landscaped, and medians to the lines and
grades as established by the Engineer.
l�"J
9. "Structural Excavation" for miscellaneous structures shall consist of the removal of material for Q
the construction of foundations for bridges, retaining walls, head walls for culverts, or other
structures, and other excavation designated on the plans or in these specifications or in the Special
Conditions as structural excavation, and the subsequent bacl�'ill of these same structures.
1.03 QU.ALITY AS5URANCE:
A. Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of
governing authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Testing and Inspection Service:
1. The Contractor will provide all testing services required for �e earthwork portions of this project
at his sole expense utilizing the sezvices of a Testing Laboratory approved by the Owner.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Test Reports-Excavating: Submit the fallowing reports direcdy to the Engineer from the testing
services; with copy to Owner:
1. Field density test reports.
1.45 JOB CONDITIONS:
�
A. Site Information: Any data which has or may be provided on subsurface condirions is not intended
as a representation or warranry of accuracy or continuity between soil strata. It is expressly
���
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
7uly 1999
SECTION 02200
Earthwork
Page 3 of 15
understood that neither the Owner nor the Engineer will be responsible for interpretations or
conclusions drawn therefrom by Contractor. Data is made available for convenience of Contractor.
1. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by Contractor at no cost
to Owner, provided he obtains the Owner's permission prior to performing these operations.
B. Contractor is to verify existing site grading within 30 days of contract date. Discrepancies are to be
brought to the Engineer's attenfion in writing during that period. Any and all site grading
discrepancies found after that date will be the total responsibility of the general contractor.
C. Existing Utilities: Contractor shall locate all existing underground urilities in areas of work. If
utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of support and protection during earthwork
operations.
1. Should uncharted, or incorrecdy charted, piping or other utiliries be encountered during
excavation, consult utility owner immediately for direcfions. Cooperate with Owner, and urility
companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to
satisfaction of utiliry owner.
. 2. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilifies occupied and used by Owner or others, during
Ooccupied hours, except when permitted in writing by Engineer and then only after acceptable
temporary ufility services have been provided.
a. Provide mizumum of 48-hour notice to Engineer, and receive written notice to proceed before
interrupting any utiliry.
3. Demolish and completely remove from site exis6ng underground utilities indicated to be removed.
Coordinate with utility companies for shut-off of services if lines are active.
4. Use of Explosives: The use of explosive is not permitted.
D. Protecdon of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and
post with warning lights.
1. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Protect structures, utili6es, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damages caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork
operations.
C
a. Perform excavation by hand within drip-line of large trees to remain, and protect the root
system from damage or drying out to the greatest extent possible. Maintain moist condition
for root system and cover exposed roots with burlap. Paint root cuts of 1" diameter and
larger with emulsified asphalt tree paint.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
7uly 1999
PA.RT 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SOILS MAT'ERIALS:
SECTION 02200
Earthwork
Page 4 of 15
A. Select fill, when properly slaked and tested by standard laboratory methods, shall meet the following
requirements:
All select fill should consist of clayey sand (SC) having a liquid limit (LL) of less than 30 and a
plasticity index (PI) between 4 and 12. Place the select fill in ma�mum eight (8) inch lifts and
compact with a moisture range of three (3) percent below to three (3) percent above the optimum
moisture content to a minimum dry density of 100% of the Standard Proctor dry density (ASTM
D698).
Locally available select fill materials often contain large clay lumps or sandstone fragments, Prior
to compaction, tYie fill should contain no clay lumps or rock fragments having a maximum dimension
in excess of five inches, If necessary, ea.ch lift may be pulverized using a tra�elling mixer to improve
uniformiry. Sampling for conformance with Atterberg limit specifications should be done such that
samples representarive of the aggregate fill are obtained.
�
B. When called for on the plans, special bacl�ill material, such as pit run gravel, shall be placed at the �
locations and in the manner called for on the plans. All other bacl�ill material shall be earth, free of
any appreciable amount of stone or gravel particles more than two (2) inches in greatsst dimension,
large ar frozen lumps, wood or other extraneous ma.terial, and shall be of such gradation as to permit
thorough compaction.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 STRUCTURAL EXCAVATION:
A. Excavation is unclassified, and includes excavation to subgrade elevations indicated, regardless of
character of materials and obstructions encountered. Structural excavation shall include the furnishing
of all materials and equipment; the construction or installation of all cofferdams and other facilities
which may be necessary to perform the excavations and place and compact the backfill; and the
subsequent removal of such facilities, except where they are required or permitted by the plans or
specifications to remain in place.
B. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or
dimensions without specific approval or direction of the Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well
as remedial work resulting from the unauthorized excavation, shall be at Contractor's expense.
1. Under footings, foundarion bases, or retaining walls, fill unauthorized excavation by extending
indicated bottom elevation of fooring or base to excavation bottom, without altering required top
elevation. Soi1 bearing shall be verified by the geotechnical engineer.
�
2. Elsewhere, bacl�'ill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations
of same classifications, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
C. Additional Excavation:
SECTION 02200
Earthwork
Page 5 of 15
When excavation has reached required subgrade elevations, notify the Engineer so that he may
observe the conditions.
2. When unsuitable bearing materials are encountered at required subgrade elevations, carry
excavations deeper and replace excavated material as directed by the Engineer.
3. When footing concrete or masonry is to rest upon rock, the rock shall be removed to a depth
sufficient to expose sound rock. The rock shall be roughly leveled off or cut to approximate
horizontal and vertical steps, and shall be roughened. Seams in the rock shall be grouted under
pressure or treated as the Engineer may direct and the cost thereof will be included for payment
in the quantities for the unit of the structure for which the excavation is made. When footing
concrete or masonry is to rest on an excavated surface other than rock, care shall be taken not to
disturb the bottom of the excavation and final removal of the foundation material to grade shall
not be made until just before the conczeta or masonry is placed. Except when over-excavation
is directed by the Engineer, excavation below grade shall be replaced at the Coniractor's expense
with the same class of concrete specified for the structure and at the time the concrete for the
structure is being placed.
�
4. For all single and multiple box culverts, pipe culverts, and pipe arch culverts, where the soil
encountered at established footing grade is a quick sand, muck, or similar unstable material, the
following procedure shall be used unless other methods are called for on the plans:
a. All unstable soil shall be removed to a depth of two (2) feet below bottom of culvert for
culverts two (2) feet to four (4) feet in height, and to a depth equal to the height of culvert for
culverts less than two (2) feet in height. Such excavation shall be canied at least one (1) foot
beyond the horizontal limits of the structure on all sides. The Engineer will determine the
necessary over excavation for culverts larger than four (4) feet in height. All unstable soil
so removed shall be replaced with suitable stable material, placed in uniform layers of
suitable depth for compaction as directed by the Engineer, and each layer shall be wetted if
necessary, and compacted by rolling or tamping as required to provide a stable foundation for
the structure. Soil which is considered to be of sufficient stability to sustain properly the
adjacent sections of the roadway embankment wi11 be considered a suitable foundation
material for the culvert.
b. When the material encountered at footing grade of a culvert is found to be partially rock, or
incompressible material, and partially a soil or material that is compressible, but otherwise
satisfactory for the foundation, the incompressible material shall be removed for a depth of
six (6) inches below the footing Grade and bacldlled with a material similar to the
compressible foundation used for the rest of the structure.
0 5. When the material encountered at footing grade of a bridge bent or pier is found to be partially
of rock or incompressible material, and partially of a compressible material, the foundation shall
not be placed until the Engineer has authorized such changes as are found necessary.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. Ob101809
July 1999
SECTION 02200
Earthwork
Page 6 of 1 S
6. Removal of unsuitable material and its replacement as directed will be paid on basis of contract
conditions relative to changes in work. '
D. Shoring and Bracing: Comply fully with the U.S. Department of Labor Occupational Safery and
Health Administration (OSHA) regulations pertaining to Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring (29
C.F.R. 1926.650 - 1926.653).
E. Dewatering:
1. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into excavations and from
flooding project site and surrounding area.
2. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to pr.event softening of
foundafion bottoms, undercutting footings, and soil changes detrim.ental to stabiliry of subgrades
and foundation. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines,
and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations.
3. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits
to convey rain water and water removed from excavations to collecting or run-off areas. Do not
use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches.
4. Cofferdams for foundation construction shall be carried well below the bottom of the footings and
shall be well braced and reasonably watertight. The interior dimensions of cofferdams shall
provide sufficient clearance inside the wales for constructing forms and driving piles and to permit
pumping outside the forms.
5. If in the judgment of the Contractor, the clearance provided on the plans between the outside line
of the fooring and any pile or interior wall or surface is not suff'icient to pernut the driving of piles
or building of forms, he may provide such necessary clearance by constructing the cofferdam
sufficienfly large to provide such clearance as he xnay deem necessary. Any such enlargement
should not be in excess of one foot outside the dimensions of the footing as shown on the plans
shall be considered as being for the sole purpose of expediting the work of the Contractor and
such excavation and backfill shall be at the Contractor's expense.
6. Cofferdams which aze tilted or moved out of position by any cause during the process of sinldng
shall be plumbed or enlarged so as to provide the necessary clearance and proper pier location
and such work shall be at the Contractor's expense.
7. In tidal waters or in streams at a time of probable flood, cofferdam walls shall be vented at low
water elevation to insure equal hydrostatic head both inside and outside of the cofferdam during
the period of pouring and setting of seals.
8. No shoring will be permitted in cofferdams which will induce stress, shock, or vibration in the
permanent structure.
�
-❑�
C�
9. When pernutted by the En�ineer, cross struts or bracing may extend through foundation concrete.
Such struts or bracing below low water will be permitted to remain in place, except in navigable
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG E(evated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 02200
Earthwork
Page 7 of 15
streams or, when specified in the Special Provisions or shown on the plans to be removed. Struts
or bracing above low water shall be removed and the resulting space fi11ed with concrete of the
same mix as that specified for the surrounding concrete. �
For substructure work, the Contractor shall submit drawings showing his proposed method of
cofferdam construction and other details left open to his choice or not fully shown on the plans.
The type and clearance of cofferdams, insofar as such details affect the character of the �inished
work, will be subject to the approval of the Engineer, but other details of design will be left to the
Contractor who will be responsible for the successful construction of the work. The drawings
shall be submitted at least thirry (30) days in advance of the time the Contractor begins
construction of the cofferdams.
After completion of the substructure, the cofferdams with all sheeting and bracing shall be
removed at least to two (2) feet below the level of the stream bed, by the Contractor at his
expense, and such removal shall be perfiormed in a� manner that will not disturb or mar the
finished concrete or masonry or violate any environmental constraints placed an the project.
F. Material Storage: Stockpile satisfactQry exc�vated materials where directed, until required for bacl�'ill
or fill. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage.
�
Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of exca.vations. Do not store within drip line of trees
indicated to remain.
Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials as herein specified.
G. Excavation for Structures: Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of plus
0.0', or minus 0.10', and extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit
placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of service, other construction, and for
inspection.
1. Concrete Slab on Grade: Remove the exisdng soils to a depth of 3 feet below the proposed
finished floor elevation and within five feet horizontally of the slab or as specified on the plans.
3.02 CHANNEL EXCAVATION:
All suitable materials removed from the excavation shall be used, insofar as practicable for fill material
or, in the formation of "Embanlrnients", or shall be otherwise utilized ar satisfactorily disposed of as
indicated on the plans, or as directed. Completed work shall conform to the established alignment, grades,
and cross-sections. During construction, the channel shall be kept drained, insofar as practicable, and the
work shall be prosecuted in a neat worlananlike manner.
Unsuitable channel excavation and suitable channel excavation in excess of that needed for construction
shall be lmown as "waste" and shall become the property of the Contractor to be disposed of by him
Qoutside the limits of the project, associated rights-of-way, etc.
Payment will not be allowed for excavation of any material which is used for purposes other than those
designated, except as provided in the specifications.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
3.03 STREET EXCAVATION:
SECTION 02200
Earthwork
Page 8 of 15
A. All excavation shall be in accordance with the lines, grades, and typical sections as shown on the plans
or as established by the Engineer. Unless otherwise shown on the plans or established by the
Engineer, the street excavation will be made to the subgrade of the street or paving project and the
finished grade of parkways.
1. Where excavation to grades established in the field would terminate in unstable soil, the Engineer
may require the Contractor to remove the unstable soil and bacl�'ill to the required grade with
suitable material compacted in an approved manner to the required density.
2. Where excavation to grade established in the field terminates in loose or solid rock, the Contractor
may be required to extend the depth of excavation six (6) inches-and bacl�'ill with select material
compacted in an approved manner to the required density. Subject to the approval of the
Engineer, the select ma.terial may be obtained from any point within the project limits where
suitable bacl�'ill material is available.
3. The Contractor shall conduct his operation in such a manner that adequate measurements may be
taken before any backfill, as required above, is placed.
B. Provisions for Drainage: If it is necessary in the prosecurion of the work to interrupt the natural
drainage of the surface, or the flow of artificial drains, the Contractor shall provide temporary
drainage facilities that will prevent damage to public or private interests, and shall restore the original
drains as soon as the work will permit. The Contractor shall be held liable for all damages which may
result from neglect to provide for either natural or artificial drainage which his work may have
interrupted. .
C. Excess Excavation: Unsuitable street excavation and suitable street excavation in excess of that needed
for construction shall be disposed of as directed by the Engineer. In general, suitable excess
excavafion from paving projects will be used in the construction of parkways, widening of
embanlanents, flattening of slopes, etc., but if necessary to waste any material, it shall be disposed
of, at the Contractor's expense, in such a manner as to present a neat appearance and to not obstruct
proper drainage ar cause injury to any street improvements or ahutting property.
3.04 BORROW EXCAVATION:
A. Construction Methods:
All suitable materials removed from the excavation shall be used, insofar as practicable, in the
formation of "Embankments", or shall otherwise be utilized as indicated on the plans or as
directed, and the completed work shall conform to the established alignment, grades, and cross-
section. During construction, the borrow sources shall be kept drained, insofar as practicable,
and the work shall be prosecuted in a neat and worlananlike manner.
u
��I
u
2. Payment will not be allowed for excavation for any material which is used for purposes other than
those designated, except as provided in the governing specifications.
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101$09
July 1999
SECTION 02200
Earthwork
Page 9 of 15
3. The aite of the borrow operations shall be left in a suitable and sightly condition, such as to
provide proper drainage. Where indicated on the plans, the sides and/or ends of borrow pits shall
be sloped to the dimensions indicated on the plans.
B. Selection of Materials: Where shown on the plans, selected materials will be utilized in the formation
of backfill, embanlanent or to improve the paving sub-grades, in which case the work shall be
performed in such manner and sequence diat suitable material may be selected, removed separately,
and deposited within the limits and at the elevations required. Acceptable borrow material when tested
by standard laboratory methods shall meet the requirements indicated on the plans.
3.05 TOP SOII,:
A. Top soil will be secured from borrow sources as required to supplement material secured from oiher
excavafion. All excavated material which is suitable for top soil will be used in the parkways,
medians and areas to be landscaped �efore any top soil is obtained fronn a borrow source. Top soil
material secured from excavation shall be stoclq�iled at locations approved by the Engineer, and after
completion of grading and paving operations, top soil shall be placed on parkways, medians and areas
to be landscaped, so as to provide a minimum six (6) inch compacted depth of top soil.
\�I
3.06 COMPACTION (for Building Foundations and Building Appurtenances):
A. General: Control soil compaction during construction, providing minimum percentage of density
specified for each area classification indicated below.
B. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the following
percentages of maximum density for soils which exhibit a well-defined moisture density relationslup
(cohesive soils) determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557; and not less than the following
percentages of relative density, determined in accordance with ASTM D4253 and D4254, for soils
which will not exhibit a well-defined moisture-density relationship (cohesionless soils).
Concrete Slab on Grade: Remove �e existing soils to a depth of 3 feet below the proposed finish
floor elevation beneadi and within five feet horizontally of concrete floor slabs on grade. Scarify
and re-compact the upper 8" of remaining subgrade at or above optimum moisture content to a
minimum of 95 %a of Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D-698). Proof roll the entire subgrade
to locate any soft or yielding spots. If soft or unstable areas are located, remove, replace, and
re-compact as necessary to obtain a firm unyielding subgrade. Replace the excavated soils up to
the desired grade with select fill in loose lifts not more than 8" thick. Each lift shall be compacted
to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Density with a moisture content (-2%)-(+3%) variance
from the optimum moisture value.
2. Exterior Slabs, Walks and Pavements: Remove organic material and scarify to 6" and compact
to a minimum of 95% with a moisture cont�nt 4% above the ogtimum moisture value.
� 3. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: That portion of bacl�'ill which will not support any portion of the
completed structures or embanlanent shall be placed in layers not more than ten (10) inches in
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
7uly 1999
SECTION 02200
Earthwork
Page 10 of 15
depth and compacted to a density comparable with the adjacent, undisturbed material. The
compacted layers of bacldll shall be brought up uniformly on all sides of the structure.
4. That portion of bacl�ill which will support any portion of the paving or embankment shall be
placed in uniform layers not to exceed s'ix (6) inches in depth (loose measurement) and compacted
so that each layer and the completed bacl�ill has a densiry of not less than ninety-five (95) percent
of the maximum density as determined by ASTM Des banation D-698.
C. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before
compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade, or layer of soil material, to prevent free
water appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations.
Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to
specified density.
1. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction may be stockpiled
or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by discing, harrowing or pulverizing, until moisture
content is reduced to a satisfactory value.
3.07 BACK��I,L AND FILL:
A. General: Place acceptable soil material in layers to required subgrade elevations, for each area
classification listed below.
1. In excavations, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material.
2. Under grassed areas, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material.
3. As soon as practicable all spaces excavated under this item and not occupied by the permanent
structure shall be bacl�illed, except that no bacl�'ill shall be placed against. any abutment or
retaining wall until such structure has been in place at least seven (7) days. No backfill shall be
placed adjacent to box culverts until the top slab has been in place at least four (4) days.
4. Under building slabs, use select fill material.
5. Care shall be taken to prevent any wedging action when placing backfill around abutments or
wingwalls. �
B. Bacl�'ill excavation as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following:
l. Complerion of construction below finish grade including where applicable, damp-proofing,
waterproofing, and perimeter insulation.
2. Inspection, testing, and recording locations of underground utilities.
C
CJ
C�
3. Removal of concrete formwork.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage T'ank
KHA No. 06101809
SECTION 02200
Earthwork
O July 1999 Page 11 of 15
4. Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids with satisfactory materials. Cut off
temporary sheet piling driven below bottom of structures and remove in manner to prevent
settlement of the structure or uti.lities, or leave in place if required.
5. Removal of trash and debris.
6. Permanent or temporary horizontal bracing is in place on horizontally supported walls.
C. Ground Surface Preparation:
1. Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials
from ground surface prior to placement of iills. Plow, strip, or break-up sloped surfaces steeper
than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so that fill material will bond with existing surface.
2. When existing ground surface has a derLsity less than that specified under "Compaction" for
particular area classificarion, break-up ground surface, pulverize, moisture-condirion to optimum
moisture content, and compact to required depth and percentage of maximum density.
D. Placement and Compaction:
O1. For areas other than those designated to receive paving, place bacl�ill and fill materials in layers
not more than 8" in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not
more than 4" loose depth for material by hand-operated tampers.
2. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture
content. Compact each layer to required percentage of maximum dry density or relative dry
density for each area classification. Do not place bacl�'ill or fill material on surfaces that are
muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice.
3. Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, piping or conduit to required
elevations. Take caze to prevent wedging acdon of bacl�'ill against structures or displacement of
piping or conduit by carrying material uniformly around structure, piping or conduit to
approximately same elevation in each lift.
3.08 GENERAI, SITE GRADING:
A. General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section, including adjacent
transition areas. Smooth finished surfaces within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels
or slopes between points where elevations aze indicated, or between such points and existing grades.
B. Grading Outside Building Lines: Grade areas adjacent to building lines to drain away from structures
and to prevent ponding.
oC. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes, and as follows:
1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Finish areas to receive topsoil to within not more than 0.10' above or
below required subgrade elevations.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
7uly 1999
SECTION 02200
Earthwork
Page 12 of 15
2. Walks: Shape surface of areas under walks to line, grade and cross-section, with finish surface
not more than 0.0' above or 0.10' below required subgrade elevation.
3. Pavements: Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, grade and cross-section, with finish
surface not more than 1/2" above or below required subgrade elevation.
D. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and indicated percentage of
maximum or relative density for each area classification.
3.09 ENiBA1vI�VVIEEIVT(For areas other than buildings or building appurtenances):
A. Construction Methods:
1. Prior to the placing of any embanlrnient, all clearing and grubbing and site pr.eparation shall have
heen completed. Stump holes or other small excavations within the limits of the embankment
shall have been backfilled with' suitable material and thoroughly tamped or compacted in an
approved manner before commencing the embanlanent construction. The surface of the ground,
including plowed or loosened ground or small ditches or washes, shall be restored to
approximately its original slope by blading or other methods, and sha11 be compacted by sprinkling
and rolling.
2. The surface of hillsides shall be loosened by scarifying or plowing to a depth of not less than four
(4) inches, or cut into steps before embanlanent materials are placed. The embanlanent shall then
be placed in layers as hereinafter specified, beginning at the low side in part width layers and
increasing the widths as the embanlanent is raised. The material which has been loosened shall
be re-compacted simultaneously with embanlrnient material placed at the same elevation.
3. Where embankrnent is to be placed over or adjacent to existing road beds, the slopes shall be
plowed or scarified to a depth not less than four (4) inches and the embanlrnient built up in
successive layers, as herein specified, to the level of the old road bed before its height is
increased, then the old road bed shall be scarified and re-compacted with the next layer of
embanl�nent. The total depth of the scarified and added materials shall not exceed the permissible
depth of the layer.
4. Trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, or other unsuitable materials shall not be placed in the
embanl�ent.
All embanl��ents shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to the finishecl grade and
shall be so constructed as nearly as possible to conform to the cross-section of the subgrade
section.
C
�
6. Embanlanents shall be constructed to the established grade and to the shape of the typical section
shown on the plans and each section shall conform to the detailed sections of slopes. After �
completion of the embanlQnent, it shall be continuously maintained to its finished section and
grade until the project is accepted.
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
B. Classification:
SECTION 02200
Earthwork
Page 13 of 15
1. Earth embankments shall be composed principally of materials other than rock and shall be
composed of acceptable materials. Embanlanents shall be constructed in successive layers, for
the full width of specified depth or cross-sections, and in such lengths as are suitable for
sprinkling and compaction methods to be used. Prior to compaction the layers shall not exceed
six (6) inches in depth for pneumatic tire rolling or eight (8) inches in depth for rolling with other
types of rollers. Layers of embanlanent may be formed by� utilizing equipment which will spread
the material as it is dumped, or they may be formed Uy being spread by blading or other
acceptable methods from piles or windrows dumped from excavating or hauling equipment in such
amounts that the material is uniformly distributed.
2. Minor quantities of rock may be incorporated in the specified earth embanlanent layers, or may
be placed in accordance with the requirements for construction of rock embankments in the
deeper fills, provided such placement of rock is not immediately adjacent to any pipe or structure.
Rock may also be placed in the porrions of embankment outside the limits of a completed road
bed width where the size of the rocks prohibits their incorporation in the normal earth
embanlanent layers.
��J
3. Each layer of earth embankment shall be uniform as to material, density, and moisture content
before beginning compaction. Where layers of unlike material abut each other, each layer shall
be featheredged, or the materials shall be so mixed as to prevent abrupt changes in the material.
No materials placed in the embankment by dumping in a pile or windrow shall be incorporated
in a layer in that position. All such piles or windrows shall be moved by blading or other
acceptable methods. Clods or lumps of material shall be broken and mixed in an earth
embanlmient so that a uniform material of uniform density is secured in each layer. Water
required for sprinkling to bring the material to the moisture content necessary for maximum
compaction shall be uniformly applied, and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to secure a
uniform moisture content throughout each layer by such methods as shall be necessary. In order
to secure uniform wetting of the earth embanl�nent materials, the Contractor may apply water
at the material source; such procedures shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer.
4. Earth embanlQr►ent placed adjacent to and over pipes, culverts, arches, and bridges shall be of
suitable material and shall be placed in successive layers approximately horizontal. Layers of
embanlanent shall be brought up uniformly on each side of the structure and special care shall be
taken to prevent any wedging action against the structure. For such distances along embanlmients
adjacent to structures where it is impractical to obtain compaction by rolling, the embanlQnent
material shall be placed in layers not exceeding six (6) inches in depth of loose material, wetting
uniformly to the moisture content directed, and shall then be compacted by methods approved by
the Engineer, maintaining the required moisri�re content by additional sprinkling if necessary, until
each layer has been uniformly compacted to the satisfaction of the Engineer, supplemented by
such hand work as is necessary to secure the uniform and thoroughly compacted fill.
O5. All earth cuts, full or part width in side hill, which are not required to be excavated below
subgrade elevation for base or backfill shall be scarified to a uniform depth of not less than six
(6) inches below the grade, and the material shall be mixed and reshaped by blading and then
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
7uly 1999
SECTION 02200
Earthwork
Page 14 of 15
sprinkled and rolled in accordance with the hereinabove oudined requirements for earth
embankments.
6. Rock embanlmients shall be composed principally of rock, and shall be constructed in successive
layers for the full width of the specified depths of cross-sections and of eighteen (18) inches or
less in depth. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, the sizes of rock require a greater depth of
layer than the height of the rock embankment permits, the layer depths may be increased as
necessary, but in no case shall the depth of the layer exceed two and one-half (2-1/2) feet. Each
layer shall be constructed by starting at one end dumping the rock on top of the layer being
conslructed an then pushing the dumped material ahead in such a manner that the larger rock will
be placed on the ground or preceding rock embanlanent layer, and the interstices between the
larger stones will be filled with smaller stone and spalls by tlus operation and from the placing of
succeeding loads of rock materials.
7. Maximum dimensions of any rock used in rock embanlanents will be less than the rock
embankment layer, and in no case will any rock over twa (2) feet in its maximum dimension be
placed in the embankment. All'oversized rock which is otherwise acceptable material shall be
broken to the required dimension and utilized in the embankment construction where proposed
by the plans or designated by the Engineer, except that where preferred by the Contractor and
acceptable to the Engineer, such rock may be placed at other points where the embankment layer
is of greater depth, thus requiring less breakage of rock. Wasting of excavated rock, other than
that shown on the plans or ordered by the Engineer, may be done by the Contractor only upon
permission of the Engineer. Where excavated rock is to be wasted upon permission of the
Engineer, the Contractor shall at his entire expense, replace the rock so wasted with other suitable
materials.
S. The upper or final layer of rock embanlrnient shall contain no stones larger than four (4) inches
in their maximum dimension, and insofar as such is available by selection of the excavation, shall
be composed of materials so graded that the maximum density and uniformity oi the surface layer
may be secured. Exposed oversized material shall be reduced in size by sledging or other
approved methods.
9. Each rock embanl�ient layer shall be rolled as directed by the Engineer, and where the
embankment materials require, shall be sprinkled when and to the extent directed by the Enguieer.
C. Material Selection: In adtlition to the foregoing selection of materials and utilization of the materials
in the embanlanent, the embanlanent shall be constructed in proper sequence to receive select
materials specified or shown on the plans, with such modificarions as may be directed by the
Engineer. The layer of embanlanent immediately preceding the upper layer of select material shall
be constructed to the required czoss-section and elevation within tolerance of not more than one-tenth
(1/10) of a foot from the established cross-section or elevation after proper compaction and finished
to receive the select material.
�
C�
D. Density: For each layer of earth embanlanent and select material, the relative compaction of the �
embankment when tested in accordance with ASTM D-2922 shall be at least ninety-five (95) percent
of the nnaximum density as determined in accordance with ASTM D-698. After each section of earth
embankment or select nnaterial is completed, such tests as are necessary will be made by the
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 02200
Earthtivork
Page 15 of 15
Contractor. If the material fails to meet the density specified, the compaction method will be altered
as necessary to obtain the specified density. �
3.10 FIELD QUALI'I'Y CONTROL:
A. Quality Control Testing During Construction: Provide testing of sub-grades and fill layers before
further construction work is performed.
1. Paved Areas and Building Slab Subgrade: Make at least one field density test of subgrade for
every 2000 sq. ft. of paved area or building slab, but in no case less than 3 tests. In each
compacted fill layer, make one field density test for every 2000 sq. ft. of overlaying building slab
or paved area, but in no case less than 3 tests.
3.11 MAINTENANCE:
A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash
and debris. '
1. Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to specified tolerances.
OB. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent
construction operations or adverse weather, scarify surface, reshape, and compact to required density
prior to further construction.
C. Settling: Where settling is measurable or observable at excavated areas during general project
warranty period, remove surface (pavement, lawn or other finish), add bacl�ill material, compact,
and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of surface or finish to
match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
3.12 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS:
A. Removal from Owner's Property: Remove waste materials, including unacceptable excavated
material, trash and debris, and dispose of it in a legal manner off Owner's properry.
END OF SECTION
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
Q July 1999
PA.RT I - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORI�:
SECTION 02661
Swing Check Valves
Page 1 of 3
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to completely install and put into
operarion, swing check valves with side mounted air cushion cylinders as specified herein and shown
on the drawings.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. References:
1. American Water Works Association (AVWVA)
a. AWWA C508 - Swing-Check Valves for waterworks service.
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (AST1V�
a.
b,
�
�
ASTM A48 - Gray Iron Castings
ASTM A126 - Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings
ASTM A436 - Austenitic Gray Iron Castings
ASTM A536 - Ductile Iron Castings.
B. Unit Responsibility and Coordination:
The Contractor shall cause all equipment specified under this section to be furnished by the valve
manufacturer who shall be responsible for the adequacy and compa6bility of all valve components
including the air cushion cylinder. Any component of each complete unit not provided by the valve
manufacturer shall be designed, fabricated, tested and installed by factory-authorized representatives
experienced in the design and manufacture of the valve equipment. This requirement, however, shall
not be construed as relieving the Contractor of the overall responsibility for this portion of the work.
1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS:
The equipment to be provided under this section shall be suitable for installadon and operation inside
a combination composite elevated tank/pump station. Outside ambient temperatures range between
0°F and 105°F, and reported water temperatures vary between 50 and 84°F. Relative humidity is
expected to range between 5 and 100 percent.
1.04 SUBNIITTALS:
A. Submittals required after award of contract and prior to installation:
0 1. Technical bulletins and brochures on swing check valves with side mounted air cushion cylinders.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTION 02661
KHA No. 06101809 Swing C►ieck Valves Q
July 1999 Page 2 of 3
B. Submittals required prior to final walk through:
1. Operation and Maintenance Manual.
1.05 SHII'PING INSTRUCTIONS:
A. A11 parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged
delay frorn the fime of shipment until installation is completed and the units and equipment are ready
for operation.
B. A11 equipment and parts must be properly protected against any damage during a prolonged period at
the site.
C. Finished iron or steel surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust and corrosion.
D. Storage and Protec6on: Take special care to prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being
directly exposed to the sun, or exposed to extremes in temperature, preventing any deformation.
1.06 WA,F�tANTY:
A. The equipment shall be warranted to be free from defects in worlananship, design and materials. If
any part of the equipment should fail during the wananty period, it shall be replaced and the unit(s)
restored to service at no expense to the Owner. 'Warranty shall be for a period of two years and begin
on the Date of Substantial Completion.
PA.RT II - PRODUCTS
2.01 SVYING CIiECK VALVES
A. The swing check valve shall consist of the following materials:
Body, Cover, Disc - Cast Iron
Disc Arm - Ductile Iron
Seat - Stainless Steel or Aluminum Bronze
Disc Seat - Buna-N or metal
Cushion Cylinder - Conosion-resistant material
B. Provide inspection ports both upstream and downstream. Provide an indicator that shows the disc
position at all times.
C. The valve shall prevent backflow of the media on flow reversal at zero velociry and be water tight.
�
D. The disc shall utilize a double clevis hinge connected to a disc arm. The disc arm assembly shall be
suspended from a stainless steel shaft which passes through a seal retainer on both sides of the valve �
body.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
O July 1999
�
S�CTION 02661
Swing Check Valves
Page 3 of 3
E. Valve exterior to be painted with Red Oxide Phenolic Primer Paint as accepted by the FDA for use
in contact with Potable Water.
F. Flanges shall be adequate for water service of 150 psi working pressure
of the flanges shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15 and Class
B16.1.
2.02 S�E MOUNTED AIR CUSHION
. The bold circle and holes
125 flanges shown in ANSI
A. The air cushion cylinder piston shall be totally enclosed within the cylinder and not open at one end.
B. The air cushion cylinder assembly shall be externally attached to either or both sides of the valve body
and must permit adjustcnent to cushion the closure of the valve. Cushioning shall be by air trapped
in the cushion cylinder. The cushion cylinder shall be fitted with a one way adjustable control check
valve to cushion disc contact to the seat at the shut-off point. The bottom cylinder head shall be swivel
mounted and not rigid to follow the change of force angles as the lever raises or lowers to open or
close the check valve. �
2.03 MANUFACTLTRERS
The Swing Check Valve with Side Mounted Air Cushion shall be a Series 6000 as manufactured by
APCO, or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. All swing check valves with side mounted air cushion shall be installed in accordance with the
instructions of the manufacturer and as shown on the drawings.
B. Installation and adjustment shall be checked and approved by a manufacturer's factory representative.
After acceptance, the representative shall address a letter to the Engineer oudining all installation and
start up procedures. The letter shall include a statement that the valves are installed per the
manufacturer's recommendations. The manufacturer or his qualified representative shall conduct
training session for the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the valves.
END OF SECTION
u
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Starage Tank
QKHA No. 06101809
7uly 1999
PART 1 - GEN�RAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
SECTION 02831
Chain Link Fencing
Page 1 of 3
Drawings and General Provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division-1 Specifications sections, apply to work of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of chain link fences is indicated on drawings. The fence shall be 8'-0" high above grade.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Provide chain link fences and gates as complete units controlled by a single source including necessary
erection accessories, fittings, and fastenings.
�
1.04 SIJBMITTALS:
Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data, and installation instructions for metal fencing,
fabric, gates and accessories.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL:
A. Dimensions indicated for pipe, roll-formed, and H-sections are outside dimensions, exclusive of
coatings.
B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products
which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. Galvanized Steel Fencing and Fabric:
Allied Fence, Inc.
American Fence Corp.
Anchor Fence, Inc.
2.02 STEEL FABRIC:
A. Fabric: No. 9 ga. (0.148" + 0.405") size steel wires, 2" mesh, with both top and bottom selvages
twisted and barged.
�
Furnish one-piece fabric widths.
B. Fabric Finish: Galvanized, ASTM A 392, Class I, with not less than 1.2 oz. zinc per sq.ft. of
surface.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
2.03 FRAIVIING AND ACCESSORIES:
SECTION 02831
Chain Link Fencing
Page 2 of 3
A. Steel Framework, General: Galvanized steel, ASTM A 120 or A 123, with not less than 1.8 oz. zinc
per sq.ft. of surface.
B. Fittings and Accessories: Galvanized, ASTM A 153, with zinc weights per Table I.
C. End, Corner and Pull Posts:
2.875" OD steel pipe, 5.791bs. per lin.ft.
D. Line Posts: Space 10' o.c. maximum, unless otherwise indicated:
2.375" OD steel pipe, 3.651bs. per lin.ft.
E. Tension Wires: 7-gage, coated coil spring wire, metal and finish to match fabric. Locate at bottom.
F. Post Tops: Provide weathertight closure cap with loop to receive toprail; one cap for each post.
G. Stretcher Bars: One-piece lengths equal to full height of fabric, with minimum cross-section of 3/16"
x 3(4". Provide one stretcher bar for each gate and end post, and 2 for each corner and pull post,
except where fabric is integrally woven into post.
H. Stretcher Bar Bands: Space not over 15" o.c., to secure stretcher bars to end, corner, pull, and gate
posts.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Do not begin installation and erecdon before final grading is completed, unless otherwise permitted.
B. Excavation: Drill or hand excavate (using post hole digger) holes for posts to diameters and spacings
indicated, in firm, undistributed or compacted soil.
1. If not indicated on drawings, excavate holes for each post to minimum diameters as recommended
by fence manufacturer, but not less than 4 times largest cross-section dimension of post.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, excavate hole depths approximately 3" lower than post bottom, with
bottom of posts set not less than 36" below finish grade surface.
C. Setting Posts: Center and alib posts in holes 3" above bottom of excavation.
l"'"'J
0
�
�
1. Place concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Check each post for vertical
and top alignment, and hold in position during placement and finishing operations.
�
�J
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 02831
Chain Link Fencing
Page 3 of 3
2. Unless otherwise iridicated, extend concrete footings 2" above grade and trowel to a crown to shed
water.
D. Top Rails: 1.66" OD steel pipe, 2.271b/ft.
1. Run rail continuously through post caps, bending to radius for curved runs. Provide expansion
couplings as recommended by fencing manufacturer.
E. Brace Assemblies: Install braces so posts are plumb when diagonal rod is under proper tension.
F. Tension Wire: Fasten fabric to tension wire using 11 ga. galvanized steel hog rings spaced 2�}" o.c.
G. Fabric: I.eave approximately 2" between finish grade and bottom selvage, unless otherwise indicated.
Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wire. Install fabric on outside or the security side
of fence, and anchor to framework so that fabric remains in tension after pulling force is released.
H. Stretcher Bars: Thread through or clamp to fabric 4" o.c., and secure to posts with metal bands
spaced 15" o.c.
O I. Tie Wires: Use U-shaped wire, conforming to diameter of pipe to which attached, clasping pipe and
fabric firmly with ends twisted at least 2 full turns. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to persons
or clothing.
Tie fabric to line posts, with wire ties spaced 12" o.c. Tie fabric to rails and braces, with wire ties
spaced 24" o.c. Tie fabric to tension wire, with hog rings spaced 24" o.c.
7. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and hardware bolts on side of fence opposite fabric side.
Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuts.
K. Mow Strip: Provide a 24" x 4" concrete mow strip which shall be flush with the proposed grade.
Concrete shall be a 3000 psi mix.
END OF SECTION
�❑
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
oKHA No. 06101809
7uly 1999
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
SECTION 08110
Steel Doors And Frames
Page 1 of 5
Provisions established within the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, Division 1
- General Requirements, and the Drawings are collectively applicable to this Section.
�
�
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: Hollow metal doors and frames.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 08710 - Finish hardware: Hardware locations.
2. Section 09900 - Painting.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM A 366 - Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality.
B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. NFPA 80-1983 Standard for Fire Doors and Windows
2. NFPA 252, Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
C. Steel Door Institute (SDI):
1. SDI-100 - Recommended Specificarion for Standard Steel Doors and Frames
2. SDI-105 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames
3. SDI-107 - Hardware for Steel Doors (Reinforcement - Application).
D. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):
1. Building Materials List January 1990
2. UL lOB -Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
E. Door Hardware Institute (DHI):
1. The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in Wood
Frames and Builder's Hardware.
1.44 SUBMITrAI,S
A. Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data And
Samples. Include door sizes, constriction, frame types, wall anchors and accessories required for
installation.
1.05 REGULATORY REQUII2EMENTS
A. Conform to applicable local building codes for fire rated requirements of inetal door/metal frame and
wood door/metal frame assemblies.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTION 08110
KHA No. 06101809 Steel Doors And Frames �
7uly 1999 Page 2 of 5
B. Fire Rated Door and Panel Construction: Conform to NFPA 252 or UL lOB.
1.06 QUALITY ASSIJRANCE
A. Standard: Provide steel doors and frames complying with the Steel Door Institute SDI-100 and as
herein specified.
B. Labeled Construction: Doors and frames required by schedule to be labeled shall be manufactured
in accordance with specifications and procedures for doors and frames tested and rated by
Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. Metal UL classification markers shall be attached to these doors and
frames.
C. Conform to requirements of SDI-100.
D. Installed frame and door assembly to conform to UL lOB for fire rated class indicated or scheduled.
E. Manufacturer: company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with
minimum three years documented experience.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE ANll HANDLING
A. Deliver metal doors and frames to the project site with no dents or open seams and store upright in
a protected dry area. Provide packaging and wrapping to protect hollow metal items.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.Oi ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide steel doors and frames as manufactured by one of the following:
Ceco Corp., Door Div.
Curries Mfg., Inc.
Fenestra Corp.
Mesker Industries, Inc.
Republic Builders Products Corp.
Steelcraft by American-Standard
2.02 MA'I'ERIALS
A. Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 366, commercial quality, leveled, cold-rolled steel free of scale and other
surface defects,
CJ
L�"J
u
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
faces or vertical edges.
Face sheets of 18 gage steel reinforced, stiffened and sound-deadened by laminating to small cell
impregnated kraft honeycomb core completely filling the door or by formed steel vertical
stiffeners spaced 6" o.c. and attached to face sheets by spot welds and with the spaces between
stiffeners filled with inorganic blanket insulation material.
Continuous vertical interlocking joints on lock and hinge edges with seams continuously welded,
filled and dressed smooth. Bevel vertical edges.
Top and bottom edges closed with continuous recessed steel channels spot welded to both faces.
Top edge of exterior doors sealed flush with closing channel to exclude water.
Fixed glass moldings welded to sec�rity side of door. I.00se moldings of 20 gage steel fastened
with countersunk flat head screws. Fabricate steps to receive vinyl gaskets.
Overlapping steel astragals for pairs of labeled doors as required by manufacti.u�er to meet codes.
Louvers: Provide factory installed, inverted "V" or "Y" sight proof type fixed louvers. Louver
blades shall be 18 gage and frame shall be 18 gage welded construction.
� B. Steel Frames: Combination buck, frame and trim type of 16 gage steel for interior frames and 14
Qgage steel for exterior frames. Provide frames with face width, throat opening, backhend and jamb
depth as per dimensions shown.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1. Brake-form to profile free of warp, buckles and fractures with corners square and sharp. Form
stop integral with frame except where detailed otherwise. Dress sheared edges straight and
smooth.
2. Close corner joints tight with trim faces mitered and continuously welded. Dress exposed welds
flush and smooth.
3. Fabricate frames for large openin�s in lrnocked-down sections for field assembly with butt joints
and internal reinforcing sleeves. Knocked-down frame assemblies shall be trial assembled in the
shop.
Loose glazing stops shall be 16 gage steel, mitered corners, fastened with countersunk flathead
screws. Fabricate stops to receive vinyl gaskets.
Weld 14 gage steel floor anchors inside each jamb with two holes each anchor for floor anchor
bolts.
Furnish frames with steel spreader temporarily fastened to the feet of both jambs for rigidity
during shipping and handling.
For each jamb in masonry construcrion provide 3 or more 16 gage adjustable jamb anchors of the
T-strap type spaced not more than 30" apart. Furnish yake type Underwriters anchors for labeled
door openings only.
For each jamb in steel stud construction provide 4 or more 18 gage drywall type jamb anchors.
Weld anchors inside each jamb and wire or bolt to the studs.
O C. Shop Finish: After fabrication, doors and frames shall be degreased, phosphatized and factory painted
inside and out with a rt�st inhibitive synihetic primer. Apply mineral filler to eliminate weld scars and
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
2.03 FABRICATION
SECTION 08110
5tee1 Doors A.nd Frames
Page 3 of 5
A. Flush Steel Doors: Full flush rype of welded seamless construcrion with no visible seams or joints on
other blemishes.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 08110
Stee! Doors And Frames
Page 4 of 5
D. Fabricate frames and doors with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. Frovide mortar
guard boxes.
E. Reinforce frames wider than 48" with roll formed steel channels fitted tighfly into frame head, flush
with top.
F. Prepare frame for silencers. Provide three single rubber silencers for single doors and mullions of
double doors on s�ike side, and two single silencers on frame head at double doors without mullions.
G. Attach fire rated label to each frame and door unit.
H. Close top edge of exterior door flush with inverted steel channel closure. Seal joints waterright.
I. Fabricate fraznes for masonry wall coursing with 2" head member.
2.04 HARDWARE PREPARATION
A. Prepare doors and door frames for hardware. Mortising, reinforcing, drilling, and tapping shall be
done at the factory for mortised hardware. Reinforcement shall he provided for surface-applied
hardware, and the drilling and tapping for this hardware shall be done in the field. Pravide plaster
guards for hinge and strike reinforcements and cutouts on frames.
B. Reinforcement plates in doors and frames for hardware shall be 7 gage for hinges and 12 gage for all
other hardware.
C. Punch for and install rubber silencers on all interior hollow metal door frames. Furnish 3 silencers
for each single door and 2 silencers for each pair of doors. Set out and adjust strikes to provide
clearance for the silencers. Omit silencers on exterior door frames.
2.05 CLEARANCES
A. Doors shall have pre-fit clearances of:
1. At Head and Lock Stile: 1/8".
2. At Hinge Stile: 1/16".
3. At Door Sill:
a. Without Threshold: 1/8" from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering.
b. With Threshold: 1/8" from bottom of door to top of threshold.
4. Between meeting edges of pair of doors: 1/8".
B. Fitting Clearances for Fire-Rated Door; Comply with NFPA 80. Bevel fire-rated doors 1/8" in 2"
in lock edge. �
2.06 ACCESSORIES
A. Rubber Silencers: Resilient rubber.
�
�
�J
B. Anchors: three per jamb, typically, of type to suit supportive construction.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tarik
KHA No. 06101809
� July 1999
PART 3 - EXECUTION
�
�
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable.
SECTION 08110
Steel Doors And Frames
Page 5 of 5
B. Verify surfaces and conditions are ready to receive work of this section. Notify Engineer of any
eJcisting conditions which will adversely affect execution. Beginning of execution will constitute
acceptance of e�sting conditions.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install frames in accordance with SCI-105.
B. Install doors in accordance with DHI.
C. Install fire-rated frames and place fi�e-rated doors in accordance with NFPA 80.
D. Coordinate with masonry and wallboard construction for anchor placement.
E. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing.
F. Install doors accurately in frames, maintaining specified clearances.
G
E�
Setting Frames:
1. Check frames for rack, twist and out-of-square, and correct.
2. Set frames accurately to maintain scheduled dimensions, hold head level and maintain jambs
plumb and square. •
3. Anchor frames securely to adjacent construction. Anchor to floor at each jamb with two bolts to
prevent twist.
4. Leave spreader bars in place until frames have been permanently built into the walls.
5. Install fire-rated frames in accordance with NFPA 80.
Hanging Doors:
1. Fit and hang the doors to maintain specified door clearances. Metal lainge shims are acceptable
to maintain clearances.
2. Doors shall operate smoothly and quietly after adjustnnent.
3. Place fire-rated doors with clearances as specified in NFPA 80.
3.03 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/8" measured with straight edge, corner to corner.
END OF SECTION
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank.
�KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
SECTION 08710
Finish Hardware
Page 1 of 4
A. Provisions established within the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, Division 1
- General Requirements, and the Drawings are collectively applicable to this Section.
1.02 SUIVIl�IARY
A. Section Includes: Hardware to fully equip doors throughout the project.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. NFPA 80-1983 Standard for Fi�e Doors and Windows.
�
�
B. Texas Civil Statutes:
1. Article 9102, Texas Revised Civil Statutes, The Eliminafion of Architectural Barriers, Effective
June 21, 1989.
C. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (LTL):
1. Building Materials List January 1992.
1.04 SUBMI'TTALS
A. Hardware Schedule: Submit in accordance with SECTION 01340 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT
DATA AND SAMPLFS. Hardware schedule shall be in the vertical format as ouflined by the Door
and Hardware Institute. Schedule items required for the entire project. Include a picture or catalog
cut of each item and list the finish. Provide manufacturer's installafion instructions for closers.
B. Templates: Upon receipt of reviewed hardware schedule, provide one copy of reviewed schedule with
templates to each fabricator of doors and frames and other work effected by the hardware.
C. Accessibility Standards: Submit a letter verifying that the hardware submitted is in conformance with
Article 9102, Texas Civil Statutes, Elimination of Architectural Barriers Act of Texas.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Departures from Scheduled Designations: Only those products listed will be accepted. NO
SUBSTITTJTIONS WILL BE ACCEPTED. Manufacturers listed as being acceptable must still meet
the conditions of this specification.
B. Underwriter's Laboratories Requirements: Hardware for opening classes as requiring a UL label in
the door schedule, or by code, shall be furnished and installed to meet the applicable requirements of
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank. SECTION 08710
KHA No. 06101809 Finish Hardware �
July 1999 Page 2 of 4
NFPA 80. Hardware for fire doors shall be UL listed for usage with ty,pes and sizes of fire doors
specified and scheduled.
C. Provide the services of a qualified representative from the exit device manufacturer to be present at
the project site to oversee the installation of exit devices on a pair of entrance doors. Upon
acceptance, this installation shall set the standard for all exit device installations.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Material shall be delivered to project site in a timely manner as not to impede job progress. Factory
drop shipments will not be accepted. Material must be marked with manufacturer's name, number,
finish, door number and hardware set number.
1.07 WA,FtRANTY
A. Door closers shall carry a published ten-year limited factory warranty against defects in worlananship
and operation.
B. Door Push and Pull Bars shall carry a published two-year factory warranty against defects in material
and workmanship.
C. Exit devices shall cany a published three-year limited factory warranty against defects in worlananship
and operation.
PA.RT 2 — PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Butts and Hinges:
1
2
Furnish butts and hin�es with flat button 6ps.
Provide hinges from one manufacturer.
3. The following are acceptable manufacturers:
Hager Hinge Co.
Lawrence Brothers
McKinney Mfg.
H. Soss & Co.
Stanley Hardware, Division of The Stanley Works
�
4. Furnish hinges in size, weight and finishes listed in hardware set. Where scheduled as BB,
provide ball bearing hinges. Oil-impre;nated porous metal bearing hinges are not acceQtable. O
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank.
KHA No. 06101809 .
July 1999
B. Door Stops:
SECTION 08710
Finish Hardware
Page 3 of 4
1. Floor Stops:
a. Floor stops shall be solid cast brass or bronze.
b. Furnish and install floor stops with machine screws and expansion shield.
c. As conditions require, provide necessary carpet risers.
2. Acceptable Manufacturers:
Accent Div. Hager Hinge Co.
Baldwin Hardware Corp.
Brookline by Yale Security, Inc.
H.B. Ives
Qualiry Hardware Mfg. Co., Inc.
- Trimco Builders Hardware
C. Fasteners:
1.
O 2•
3.
4.
�
Furnish necessary screws, bolts, and other fasteners of suitable size and type to anchor the
hardware in position for long life under hard use.
Where necessary, furnish fasteners with toggle bolts, expansion shields, sex bolts, and other
anchors, appropriate for the material to which the hardware is to be applied and according
to the recommendations of the hardware manufacturer.
Fasteners shall be packaged with hardware.
Provide fasteners of the same material and finish as the hardware.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Fit and install hardware on doors in conformance with the following hardware schedule. Hardware
shall be installed by tradesmen sldlled in the application of commercial grade hardware.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Provide properly sized and accurately located mortises and drilled holes for hardware on
wood doors, using appropriate jigs, templates and power equipment.
Metal frames shall be drilled and tapped accurately.
Fit hardware accurately, remove until painter's finish is applied and then replace and adjust.
Ensure that operating parts move freely and smoothly without binding, sticking or excessive
clearance.-
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank. SECTION Q8710
KHA No. 06101809 Finish Hardware �
July 1999 Page 4 of 4
5
�
Position and install the various hardware items on doors to agree, with the locations specified
in SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND PRAMES, or as may be specifically detailed.
Keep lrnobs and pulls covered with heavy cloth or plastic wraps until final acceptance of the
project. Upon completion, leave hardware clean, undamaged and in proper worldng order.
3.02 HARDWARE LOCATIONS
A. Locate hardware for doors as fallows, unless specifically detailed otherwise:
Locks and Latches
Hinges
3.03 ADNST AND CLEAN
40" (+/-1") floor to centerline of strike.
Manufacturer's standard locations.
A. Adjust and clean tha operating hardware at each door. Lubricate parts with lubricant recommended
by manufacturer (graphite type, if no other recommended). Replace units which cannot be adjusted
to operate freely and smoothly.
3.04 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
A. This schedule is intended to include hardware required. Verify doors shown and scheduled on the
drawings with doors listed in this schedule. In the event of omissions in the schedule, furnish
hardware of the kind, quantity, and quality scheduled for similar locations. Hardware for a complete
installation is required, whether specifically mentioned herein or not.
�
C
Lock cores shall be keyed to match Owner's existing keys.
Designations in hardware schedule are taken from the following manufacturers:
Hager
Corbin Russwin (CR)
D. Hardware Set No. l:
Exterior poor
1 Lockset
1 Closer
1 Floor Stop
�)
ML2251 CSA
8501 BF
259F
(CR)
(N)
(H)
❑�-
END OF SECTION �
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
� July 1999
PART1-GENERAL
C
�
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
SECTION 09900
Painting
Page 1 of 8
A. Provisions established within the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, Division
1- General Requirements, and the Drawings are collectively applicable to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: On-the-job painting and finishing.
1. Included: Paint and finish the following materials, fittings and equipment items which are
exposed to view inside and outside.
a. Iron and steel
b. Concrete masonry units
c. Interior concrete ceiling and beam surfaces
d. Interior concrete floors
e. Gypsum board
f. Interior caulked joints
g. Bare and insulation covered piping and ductwork, conduit, hangers, grilles and registers,
and primed metal surfaces and factory-finished surfaces of inechanical and electrical
equipment.
2. Not Included: No painting is required on the following:
a. Factory-finished metal lockers and iinished light fixtures
b. Architectural aluminum and stainless steel
c. Galvanized metal
d. Acoustic panel ceilings
e. Pre-fnished cabinets
3. Contractor shall examine the drawings for mechanical and electrical work, and all materials
installed throughout the building which require paintirl'� shall be painted under this section of
the specifications.
B. Related Sections:
1.03 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM D 16 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer and Related Products.
2. ASTM D 2016 - Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood.
3. ASTM D 4258 - Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating.
4. ASTM D 4262 - Test method for pH of Chemically Cleaned or Etched Concrete Surfaces.
5. ASTM D 4263 - Test method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by The Plastic Sheet Method.
B. NACE (National Association of Corrosion Engineers) - Industrial maintenance Painting.
C. NPCA (National Paint and Coatings Association) Guide to U.S. Government Paint Specifications.
L
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTI�N 09900
Painting
Page 2 of 8
D. PDCA (Painting and Decorating Contractors of America) - Painting - Architectural Specifications
Manual. -
E. SSPC (Steel Structures Painting Council) - Steel Structures Painting Manual.
1.04 SYSTEM DE5CRIPTION
A. For purposes of this painting speciiication, the following areas and spaces are not considered
finished, occupied areas and there will be no painting therein except for doors and frames and as
may be specifically scheduled in article paint schedule.
1. Mechanical chases
2. Spaces above suspended ceilings �
3. Under-floor crawl spaces
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples: Submit in accordance with Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
Submit two 8 1/2" x 11" samples of each paint color. Samples shall be on heavy cardboard and
shall be made with the actual mixed paints to be used on the project.
o B. Paint Schedule: If painting materials other than those specified are proposed for use, submit a
complete schedule of the materials to be substituted. This schedule, in triplicate, shall be in the
same form as the paint schedule included in this section, and shall list materials by manufacturer,
brand name and type for each surface to be finished.
C. Close-out Schedule: Upon completion of work, furnish a full schedule of paint types and colors
actually used and formulas for each to the Owner.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Product Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing quality paint and finish products
with 3 years experience.
B. Applicator: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with 2 years experience.
C. Product Labels: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, stock number, color and label
analysis on label of containers.
D. Single Source Responsibility: Provide primers and other undercoat paint produced by same
manufacturer as final coats. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer, and use only
within recommended limits.
E. Do not pain[ over code-required labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutual,
Oor equipment identiitcation, performance rating, name or nomenclature plates.
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE , AND HANDLING
SECTION 09900
Painting
Page 3 of 8
A. Delivery: Deliver materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact.
B. Storage: Contractor shall designate a specific space at the project site for storing and mixing
materials. Protect this space and repair all damage resulting from use. Do not store kerosene nor
gasoline in this space. Remove oily rags at the end of each day's work.
1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Maintain the temperature inside the building at not less than 60°
F during painting and finishing.
B. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain surface and ambient temperatures
above 65° F for 24 hours before, during, and 48 hours after application of finishes, unless required
otherwise by manufacturer's instructions.
\�J
C. Minimum application temperatures for latex paints: 45° F for interiors; 50° F for exterior; unless
required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions.
D. Minimum application temperature for varnish and finishes: 65° F for interior or exterior, unless
required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions.
E. Provide lighting level of 8Q ft.-candles measured mid-height at substrate surface.
F. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 %; or to
damp or wet surfaces; unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions.
Painting may be continued during inclement weather only if the areas and surfaces to be painted
are enclosed and heated within the temperature limits specified during application and drying
periods of 24 hours between coats and 72 hours after imal coat.
G. Protection: provide sufficient drop cloths to fully protect adjacent finished work.
1.09 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials: Upon completion of the work, deliver to project site 2 gallons of each type and
color of paint applied to interior and exterior surfaces. Provide formula for custom match colors.
�
I�J
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTASLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide paint as manufactured by one of the following:
The Sherwin-Williams Co.
Tnemec Co.
SECTION 09900
Painting
Page 4 of 8
B. Materials described are based on the specifcations of the above listed manufacturers, and are given
to designate the quality of materials required. Materials of best quality grade are representative
of the standard of quality required. Materials not displaying manufacturer's identification as a first
line, best-grade product will not be acceptable.
C. Colors: The Owner will select colors. Regardless of which brand of paint is selected for use, the
Contractor shall intermix and blend as required to obtain an exact match to each color on the color
schedule. �
❑�
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that surfaces and substrate conditions are ready to receive work as instructed by the product
manufacturer.
B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report to Engineer
any condition that may potentially affect proper application.
C. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes
unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums:
1. Gypsum wallboard: 12 percent
2. Interior located wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D 2016.
D. Test shop-applied primers for compatibility with subsequent cover materials.
E. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces and substrate.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with coating manufacturer's
instructions for each substrate condition.
B. Wash galvanized metal surfaces with mineral spirits to remove residual grease and oil.
O C. Fill open joints, cracks and crevices on steel buck frames with metal putty and sand smooth before
painting.
�❑
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
D. Sand woodwork surfaces smooth before priming.
F. Putty nail holes after the prime coat.
SECTION 09900
Painting
Page 5 of 8
G. Remove hardware and accessories, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items which are not to be
finish-painted or provide adequate surface-applied protection for these items in place.
H. Un-coated steel and iron surfaces: Remove grease, scale, dirt and rust. Where heavy coatings of
scale are evident, remove by wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply
a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts and nuts are similarly cleaned.
Spot prime paint after repairs.
Shop primed steel surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to
make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces.
C�
J. Surface preparation of Existing Concrete Flooring (Acid Etching):
1. Remove all surface contamination (ASTM D4258).
2. Wet surface with clean water.
3. Apply a 10-15 % Muriatic Acid or 50 % Phosphoric Acid solution at the rate of one gallon per
75 square feet.
4. Scrub with a stiff brush.
5. Allow sufficient time for scrubbing until bubbling stops.
6. If no bubbling occurs, the surface is contaminated with grease, oil or a concrete treatment
which is interfering with proper etching. Remove the contamination with a suitable cleaner
(ASTM D4258) and then etch the surface.
7. Rinse the surface three times. Remove the acid/water mixture after each rinse.
8. Surface should have a texture similar to medium grit sandpaper.
9. It may be necessary to repeat this step several times if a suitable texture is not achieved with
one etching. Bring the pH (ASTM D 4262) of the surface to neutral with a 3% solution of
trisodium phosphate or similar alkali cleaner and flush with clean water to achieve a sound,
clean surface.
10. Allow surface to dry and check for moisture (ASTM D 4263)
3.03 APPLICATION
A. Workmanship shall be of the highest quality. Mix and apply paint materials in accordance with
the manufacturer's directions. Spread materials evenly, flow smoothly, and brush out without
sags or runs.
B. Provide iinish coats which are compatible with primer paints used. Provide barrier coats over
incompatible primers where required.
C. When undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final paint coat, apply additional coats
ountil paint film is of uniform color and sheen.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTION 09900
KHA No. 06101809 Painting
f"1 July 1999 Page 6 of 8
�r.J
D. Finish the insides of wood cabinets, including backs of cabinet doors, as scheduled for the fronts
and ends. - '
E. Between coats, sand enamel and lacquer �nish on wood and metal surfaces to produce a smooth,
even finish. Use #220 grit sandpaper or iiner.
F. Tint priming coats and undercoats to approximate shade of final coat to assure uniformity of color
in the iinish. Touch up suction spots and "hot spots" before applying the last coat to produce an
even result in the �nish coat.
G. Exposed ductwork, piping and conduit in finished, occupied areas shall be painted the same color
as the wall or ceiling against which it is installed, unless otherwise noted.
H. Apply the finish coat on gypsum board, plaster and concrete surfaces with rollers.
On concrete masonry unit wall surfaces without a block filler, apply the first coat of paint with a
spray gun.
J. Do not paint moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts, such as valve and
� damper operators, linkages, sensing devices, motor and fan shafts.
oK. Do not paint over code-required labels such as Underwriter's Laboratories and Factory Mutual,
or equipment identification, performance rating, name or nomenclature plates.
3.04 TOUCH UP AND CLEAN
A. Touching Up: On completion, carefully touch up all holidays, marred and damaged spots, and
work over all surfaces that have been repaired by other trades.
B. Cleaning: Remove spilled, splashed and splattered paint from all surfaces. Do not mar surface
finish of item being cleaned.
C. Reinstall the items removed under the provisions of paragraph above.
3.05 V.O.C. (VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND) COMPLIANCE
A. Products listed in following schedule and/or substitutes proposed for use by Contractor must be
formulated to meet all applicable ordinances and regulations regarding maximum V.O. C. content.
Utilize products which have been specially formulated to meet such requirements.
3.06 RE-PAINTING
A. Locations and Extent: The re-painting of existing surfaces shall be as follows:
O1. Painted wall, door and frame surfaces which have been reworked, cut into or patched, whether
speciiically designated on the drawings or not. Re-paintin� shall include all openings in
existing walls.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTION 09900
KHA No. 06101809 Painting
O July 1999 � Page 7 of 8
2. Entire rooms/areas, as designated on the drawings.
B. Colors: Match existing colors of corresponding surfaces except where new colors are scheduled.
C. Preparation:
1. Clean surfaces to remove dust and dirt. Remove oil, grease, was and other contaminants which
would inhibit paint bond. At ceiling grid to be re-painted, remove grease or oil with paint
thinner.
2. Remove rust and loose and flaking paint by scraping and sanding.
3. Sand hard, glossy painted surfaces and ceiling grid to be painted, until dull or treat with surface
conditioner to promote adhesion of new coat of paint.
4. Prime bare areas with suitable primer in conformance with the above paint schedule for new
work.
D. Painting: Generally, apply one coat of finish paint over old and new surfaces, using the same
materials scheduled in the above paint schedule for like new surfaces.
E. Veriiication: Verify the extent of re-painting work at the building and make due allowance for
cutting and patching required for installation of inechanical and electrical work.
� 3.47 PAINT SCHEDULE
A. The products listed below represent top of the line products of each manufacturer. These products
are not presented as being equivalent, as there are too many variables to match each product across
the board. Manufacturer's designations are:
SW The Sherwin-Williams Co.
TN Tnemec Co. �
B. Interior Metal
1. Steel door frames, borrowed light frames, louvers and vision panel frames in doors, hollow
metal doors, sound retardant doors and ladders.
1 primer coat
SW Kromik Metal Primer E41N1
TN Series 20 - 1255 Beige Pota-Pox
2 finish coats
SW Industrial Enamel, Series B54
TN Series 20 - Pota-Pox or FC20 Pota-Pox
2. �ther exposed iron and steel
1 primer coat
SW Kem Kromik Metal Primer B50 W 1
TN Series 20 - 1255 Beige Pota-Pox
1 finish coat
O TN Series 20 - Pota-Pox or FC20 Pota-Pox
SW ProMar 200 Alkyd Eg-Shel Enamel, Series B33
u
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 09900
Painting
Page 8 of 8
3. Items of inechanical and electrical machinery and equipment
1 finish coat
SW Industrial Enamel, Series B54
TN Series 20 - Pota-Pox or FC20 Pota-Pox
4. Fire extinguisher cabinets, including door and frame inside and outside.
1 �nish coat
SW Tile Clad II Epoxy, Series B62
TN Series 20 - Pota-Pox or FC20 Pota-Pox
C
C. Exterior Metal
1. Non-galvanized steel door frames, hollow metal doors, pipe handrails, railings, lintels, gates,
and ladders.
1 primer coat
SW Kromik Metal Primer E41N1
TN Series 20 - 1255 Beige Pota-Pox
2 iinish coats `
SW Industrial Enamel, Series B54
TN Series 20 - Pota-Pox or FC20 Pota-Pox
2. Steel pipe, conduit, hangers, supports and brackets.
1 primer coat
GL Glid-Guard Tank & Structural Primer No. 5205 Series
SW Galvite Paint, B50 W3
TN Series 20 - 1255 Beige Pota-Pox
1 finish coats
SW Industrial Enamel, Series B54
TN Series 20 - Pota-Pox or FC20 Pota-Pox
END OF SECTION
l�J
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
Q July 1999
u
L`�J
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
SECTION 09910
Steel Water Storage Tank Painting
Page 1 of 10
A. General provisions of contract, including General and Special Conditions, apply to work of this
section.
1.02 DESCRIP'rION OF WORK
A. This item will consist of repair and preparation of surfaces to be painted, application of interior and
exterior paint systems, paint system materials and disinfection of surfaces which contact potable water.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. STEEL STRUCTURES PAINTIlVG COUNCIL'S Steel Struch�res Painting Manual and specifications
contained within shall be referred to as SSPC.
B. AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION Standards shall be referred to as AWWA.
C. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR THE TESTING OF MATERIALS standards and specifications shall
be referred to as ASTM.
D. U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY shall be referred to as EPA.
E. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE shall be referred to as ANSI.
F. NATIONAL SANITARY FOUNDATION shall be referred to as NSF
1.04 DEFINI'rIONS
A. Interior surfaces include the underside of the roof, girders, rafters, columns, pipes, floor,
appurtenances within the tank barrel, wall, inner surface of the shell, and the inside of the tank
overflow and influent structures
1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Surface Preparation: Contractor shall prepare all surfaces for painting in accordance with the SSPC
Steel Structures Painting Manual except as amended herein. The finished quality of the interior
surface preparation within the tank bowl shall conform to SSPC - SP10, "Near White Blast Cleaning."
The finished quality of the exterior surface preparation shall conform to SSPC - SP6, "Commercial
Blast Cleaning." All surfaces other than those inside the tank bowl shall be considered exterior
surfaces.
B. Paintin�: Interior surfaces shall be painted with a 2-coat epoxy system and the exterior surface shall
be painted with a 3-coat epoxy/polyurethane system.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTION 09910
KHA No. 06101809 Steel Water Storage Tank Painting �
July 1999 Page 2 of 10
Al] Paint shall conform to current state and federal regularions applicable to Volatile Organic
Compounds (VOC's).
1. Interior Painting System: Shall conform to AWWA Standard D102 for Inside Paint System No.
1, AWWA C210-84 and be acceptable for Potable Water Service by the EPA. Minimum dry film
thiclrnesses and total dry film thickness shall be per the manufacturers recommendation.
2. Exterior Paintin� System: Shall be an epoxy primer/polyurethane finish system with a total dry
film thickness per the manufacturers recommendation. First and 2nd Coats shall be High Solids,
high-build epoxy-polyamide coating. Third Coat shall be an Alipharic Acrylic Polyurethane
gloss/high-build coafing. Colors shall be selected by Owner. Top coat shall be fade-resistant;
apply encapsulating sealant as required if this option is selected by the Owner.
3. Concrete Base Sealing and Coating: Shall be high-performance, exterior, VOC compliant, two-
component, 100% solids high-build epoxy paste for sealing the tank base with a minimum dry film
thiclrness of 40 mils. Coating shall meet ANSI/NSF Standard 61 approval for potable water
storage.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. ShroudinQ: Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a written plan describing the type and
performance of the proposed shrouding method. Performance data shall include fime required to raise
and lower shroud and containment efficiency. This submithal shall be for informational purposes only.
Review of this submittal shall not constitute approval of the proposed method nor place any
responsibility for the same upon the Engineer.
B. Blast Cleanin�: Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a written plan describing the materials and
methods proposed for use in blast cleaning. A separate submittal shall be made for each method
proposed.
C. Paint: The Contractor shall submit with his bid the proposed paint system. Contractor shall submit
to the Engineer manufacturer's technical information including paint label analysis and application
instructions for each material to be used. In addirion, Contractor shall submit color samples for
review of color and texture.
D. Paint Substitutions: As part of the proof of equality, the Engineer may require at the cost of the
Contractor certified reports from a nationally lrnown reputable and independent testing laboratory
conducting comparative tests as directed by the Engineer between the product specified and the
requested substitution. Two comparative tests shall have been made within two years prior to award
of contract. .
�
E. General: The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, prior to substantial completion of the project, �
certification from the manufacturer indicatin� that the quantity of each coating purchased was
sufficient to properly coat all surfaces. Such certification shall make reference to the square footage
figures provided to the manufacturer and the Engineer by the Contractor.
C
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 0610i80�
July 1999
1.07 DELiVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
SECTION 09910
Steel Water Storage Tank Painting
Page 3 of 10
A. All materials shall be brought to the job site in the original sealed and labeled containers of the paint
manufacturer, and shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer on the job.
B. The Contractor shall use one convenient location for keeping all materials and doing all mixing, etc.
Oily rags and waste shall be frequendy removed, and under no circumstances shall they be allowed
to accumulate.
C. All empty paint containers shall remain on the job site unril such time as painting is complete and shall
be subject to inspection by the Engineer on the job. Storage and disposal of empty paint containers
must comply with TNRCC regulations.
��J
1.08 JOB CONDITIONS
No paint shall be applied when the surrounding air temperature, as measured in the shade, is below
40 degrees Fahrenheit. No paint shall be applied when it can be anticipated that the temperature will
drop below 40 degrees Fahrenheit within 18 hours after the application of the paint. No paint shall
be applied when the temperature of the surface is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit or within 5 degrees
Fahrenheit of the dew point, whichever is greater. Paint sha11 not be applied to wet or damp surfaces,
and shall not be applied in rain, snow, fog or mist, or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent.
Dew or moisture condensation should be anticipated, and, if such conditions are prevalent, painting
shall be delayed until surfaces ara dry. Paint shall not be applied to surfaces which are hot enough
to cause blistering or pinholing of the film.
If the paint manufacturer's requirements are more stringent, the Contractor sha11 follow them instead.
During periods of inclement weather, painting may be continued by enclosing the surface with
temporary shelters and applying artificial heat provided allowable environmental conditions as
described above can be maintained.
1.09 WA.��RANTY
A paint manufacturer's representative shall be made available for an inspection annually for two years
from the date of final acceptance of the project by the Owner at no cost to the Owner. The
maintenance and/or warranry period stipulated within the contract documents shall remain in force.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTiJRERS
O The following products are appraved for use on this project and reflect the desired standards of
quality. Products of other nationally lrnown and reputable manufacturers will be considered as
proposed substitutions subject to the provisions of the General Conditions and paragraph 1.06.D
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTION 09910
KHA No. 06101809 5tee1 Water Storage Tank Painting �
July 1999 Page 4 of 10
above. Primers and finish coats shall be manufactured by the same manufacturer and coatings shall
be from the same batch. Coating manufacturers may provide their latest formulation of the specified
coatings in lieu of those listed. Manufacturer's substitutions must provide at least the same
performance characteristics as the specified coatings under the specified application conditions. All
substitutions must be approved by the Engineer.
A. Epoxy Seam Sealants: Tnemec 63-1500.
B. Paint and Thinners: All Paint and Thinners will be from the same manufacturer.
1. Interior Coatings:
Interior Coatings must be ANSI/NSF Std. 61 approved for potable water storage.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10.Near White Metal Blast Cleaning.
lst Coat: a. Tnemec Series 20-1255 (or Series FC20) Beige Pota-Pox primer. Tnemec
No. 4 thinner.
b. Sherwin-Williams Epoxide 33/34 (or Epoxide In Ceramic Buff. Sherwin-
Williams Reducer #155.
NOTE: The first coat of primer may be shop applied.
Stripe Coat: After applying the first coat and prior to applying the second coat, all weld
seams must be brushed with a coat of primer. The primer shall be of the
same series and manufacturer used for the first coat however, the color shall
be in contrast with the first coat. Thin the primer and apply according to the
manufacturers recommendation.
2nd Coat:
2. Exterior Coatings:
a. Tnemec Series 20 (or Series FC20) Tank White Pota-Pox Finish.
Tnemec No. 2 Thinner.
b. Sherwin-Williams Epoxide 33/34 (or Epoxide II) Ceramic White.
Sherwin-Williams Reducer #155.
Surface Prepararion: SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning. All rough edges, weld seams and
sharp corners shall be ground to a curve.
Colors to be selected by the owner.
��
�
lst and
2nd Coats: a. Tnemec Series 20 (or Series FC20) Pota-Pox. Tnemec No. 4'Thinner.
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 09910
Steel Water Storage Tank Painting
Page 5 of 10
b. Sherwin-Williams Recoatable Epoxy Primer. Sherwin-Williams Reducer
#54.
NOTE: The first coat of primer may be shop applied.
3rd Coat;
Tank Logo
a. Tnemec Series 74 Endura-Shield. Tnemec No. 39 Thinner.
b. Sherwin-Williams Poly-Lon 1900. Sherwin-Williams Reducer # 132.
This tank will have no logo.
2.02 EQLTIPMENT
A. Agitator: The Contractor shall provide a suitable mechanical agitator and shall agitate all paint until
proper dispersion of materials is secured. All paint ingredients shall be in a sarisfactory dispersed
condition at the time of application.
�
2.03 MA'i'ERIALS
A. Blast Cleaning Abrasives: Blasting shall be done with an abrasive material of non-silica composition.
This abrasive material shall be clean, dry, and free of clay particles and other extraneous matter. The
abrasive material must be approved by the Owner's representative hefore blasting begins.
B. Compressed Air used for blasting shall be free of detrimental amounts,of water and oil. Adequate
traps and separators shall be provided at the compressor.
C. A Rust Inhibitor compatible with the coating systems shall be included in water for wet blasring.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
The Contractor and all workmen employed by him shall conduct all operations in a clean and sanitary
manner and in conformance with all aspects of the General Conditions. Contractor shall at all times
provide dust and overspray controls for blasting and paindng operations.
3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. All surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with the paint manufacturer's recommendations and as
a minimum shall be cleaned free of all old paint, rust, corrosion, mill scale, oil and grease. During
the cleaning or other operations inside the structure, all interior controls, floats, cathodic wiring, etc.,
to remain must be protected from damage, and a cover shall be provided over the entrance of all pipes
� to prevent foreign matter from entering the pipes.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTION 09910
KHA No. 06101809 Steel Water Storage Tank Painting �
July 1999 Page 6 of 10
B. After the surface has been cleaned, it shall be inspected for any required structural repairs, and these
areas shall be so marked as to enable repairs to be made. Such repairs will include, but are not
limited to, leaks at riveted or welded seams, the interior ladder and controls. Epoxy seam sealer shall
be used to seal all cracks and crevices which are not 100% sealed against moisture intrusion. Such
places shall include, but not limited to, the structural roof supports, and bolt connecrions.
C. Spot Cleanin�: All rust, peeled or cracked paint, overspray, runs, sags and non-adherent paint shall
be removed. All exposed edges of the remaining paint shall be feathered, and spot cleaning sha11 be
conducted in a manner to minimize damage to sound material. All foreign matter shall be removed
from seams, pickets, joints and the bottom of the columns and plates.
D. In the case of new construction, the Contractor has the following option: The surface preparation may
be done by acid treatment, and primer immediat�ly following, or the surface preparation may be done
by blast cleaning and primer immediately following. The cleaning and priming sliall be done in the
shop. �
E. All surfaces to be painted shall receive a�inal brush blast immediately before applying the initial
coating. The time limit between final blasting and initial coating shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations, and in no case shall this time period exceed two hours.
3.02 REPAIRS
A. Pit and Seam Weldin�: Pit welding shall include all pits with a depth equal to or greater than 1/2 the
thickness of the plate. All other corrosion sha11 be repaired and seams rewelded as necessary to
prevent future leaks and to protect the integrity of the coating system.
B. Surface Grindin�: The Contractor shall grind and round all sharp edges.
C. Weld Grinding: All welds shall be condnuous, ground to a curve and free of porosity, pockets, high
spots, rough projections and ripples to provide a coatable surface. All welds shall be blended
smoothly into plate surface. All weld slag, splatter and flux shall be removed prior to blasting.
3.03 APPLICATION
A. Ventilation: The Contractor must provide adequate reverse chimney effect forced air ventilation while
painting or coafing the interior surfaces of a tank. The ventiladon shall be adequate to remove fumes,
prevent the possibility of an accumulation of volatile gases, protect worlanen and prevent damage to
the tank. The Contractor shall be held financially responsible for all damage to the tank caused by
inadequate ventilation.
�
B. 1VI'ixin�: Splitting paint ldts and mixing of partial kits is not allowed. Mix otily whole ldts and discard
any leftover paint. �
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 09910
Steel Water Storage Tank Painting
Page 7 of 10
C. General Application: All paint and finishing materials shall be applied by skilled worlanen and shall
be brushed or sprayed in even, thorough coats without runs, crazing, sags or other hlemishes. All
coats, regardless of material, shall be thoroughly dry before applying succeeding coats. Full drying
time as recommended by the manufacturer of the particular paint involved shall be allowed between
coats. All products shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Painting systems shall be applied by one or more of the following described methods. However, spray
application will not be permitted for exterior surfaces unless the Contractor contains overspray by a
method acceptable to the Engineer.
D. Brush Application: Only top quality hog hair or synthetic brisfle brushes shall be used. All paint shall
be applied so as to form a uniform film of a thickness which is consistent with the specified coverage
for the paint being used. Sufficient cross brushing shall be used to insure filling af all surface
irregularities and complete coverage. Particular care shall be used in painting corners and other
restricted places to obtain uniform application. All final brushing strokes shall be made in the same
direction and toward the previously applied paint.
E. Roller Apnlication: Rollers used for applying coatings shall be of the highest quality and must be kept
as clean as possible at all times. Any coating rolled on must form a uniform film and must give the
� same end results as a brushed on coat. Rolling shall be supplemented by brushing in areas where
rolling could not give complete coverage, such as corners, edges, welds, crevices, bolts, rivets or
other irregular surfaces.
F. Spray Application: When paint is applied by spraying, the air gun used shall be adjustable for
regulation of the air and paint mixture. The equipment shall have a suitable water trap to remove
moisture present in the compressed air. Paint pots shall be equipped with a hand agitator to keep the
paint well mixed. All equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned at the end of each day's work. The
width of the spray shall be not less than twelve (12) inches nor more than eighteen (18) inches. The
pressure shall be suitable for type of paint used. Frequent checks shall be made to insure maintenance
of correct spreading rate; care shall be taken to see that edges, corners, and bolt heads are completely
covered, and that there has been no bridging over the film. Airless spray application is acceptable
with prior approval of the Engineer.
G. Cleanup: At the completion of the work, the Contractor shall clean off all paint spots, oil and stains
from surfaces and leave the entire project in a satisfactory condition. Special attention shall be given
to the tank foundation in that it shall be protected at all times from paint sp]atter. Any overlapping
of the paint onto the concrete shall be cleaned by grinding or other methods as approved by the
Engineer.
�
3.04 DISINFECTION
Prior to placing the tank in service, the structure shall he thoroughly disinfected by spray application
of a chlorine and water solution as described in AWWA Specification C652-92, Section 4.2 -
Chlorinatian Method 2.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTION 09910
KHA No. 06101809 Steel Water Storage Tank Painting �
July 1999 Page 8 of 10
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL�
A. General: All work and materials supplied under this specification shall be subject to inspection by the
Owner or its representative. All parts of the work shall be accessible to the inspector. The Contractor
shall correct such work or replace such material if found defective. Such inspection will not relieve
the Contractor of the responsibility of fiirnishing qualified labor and materials in strict accordance with
the specifications.
B. Threshold Inspections: At certain stages in the project the Contractor will not be allowed to proceed
until a thorough inspection has been performed by the Owner's representative and the Owner's
representative has approved the work up to that point. The following threshold inspections will be
required:
- Surface Preparation and Repair Completion: After all repairs have been made and surfaces
prepared in accordance with these specifications and the coating manufach�rer's instructions. The
project site or area to be painted (interior or exterior of tank) shall be cleaned and ready for
coa6ng operaflons to begin.
Completion of Each Coat: After each prime coat application and touch up; when the tank is ready
to receive the following coat.
- Substantial Completion: When all work and clean up is completed and prior to contractor moving
equipment and manpower off the job.
The Contractor will notify the Owner 48 hours in advance of needing threshold inspection. Prior to
scheduling the inspection, the Contractor shall have sufficiently reviewed his work and believe it to
be ready for threshold inspection. The cost of additional threshold inspections required because work
was not approved at the original threshold inspectian will be borne by the Contractor. The threshold
inspections will not relieve the Contractor of his respvnsibility to furnish qualified labor and materials
in accordance with the specifications.
C. Quality Control Lo�: The Contractor shall maintain a quality control program to include a daily log
and at a minimum the following quality control checks:
1. Daily compressed air blotter test.
2. Surface preparation visual checks using SSPC VIS 1-89.
3. Surface profile checks periodically using Testex Replica Tape.
4. Wet film thickness, periodically as coating is applied using an approved gauge.
5. Dry film thicl�ess, daily and periodically as coating dries, using an Elcometer Thicl�ess gauge
or equal.
�
�
C
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 09910
Steel Water Storage Tank Painting
Page 9 of 10
6. Holidays, daily and periodically as needed using an approved low voltage holiday detector.
7. Environmental condition, minimum of twice daily, once prior to beginning work and once in the
afternoon to include:
a. Ambient temperature.
b. Dew point and relative humidity using a sling Psychrometer and U.S. Weather Bureau
Psychometric Charts.
c. Steel surface temperatures on at least two opposite sides of tank using surface sensing
thermometers.
d. Wind speed and direction.
The Contractor's daily log shall be kept on site at all times and be made available for review by the
Owner or Owner's representa6ve on demand. The daily log shall include as a minimum the following
information;
O1. Date.
2. Name of Contractor.
3. Project Name.
4. Person's Name who Makes Log Entry.
5. Specific Progress
Areas of tank blasted
Repairs made including location
Coatings applied and location
Touch Up work and location
6. Environmental conditions as listed in Paragraph 3.OS.C.7., and the time readings were taken.
7. Locations and results of all quality control checks.
8. Product manufacturer and batch numbers of coatings used that day.
9. Problems encountered and action taken as a result.
O D. Testin� Equipment: 'The Contractor shall furnish an approved type dry mil gauge apparatus to
measure the dry film thiclrness. The Elcometer Thiclrness Gauge or equal shall be furnished to the
Owner for his use. The Contractor shall also furnish to the Owner, for his use, holiday detector
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 09910
Steel Water Storage Tank Painting
Page 10 of 10
devices. Holiday detector devices shall be approved low-voltage type. All of the above inspection
gauges shall be furnished and on the job before the Owner will permit painting operations to proceed
and shall remain on the job until its compledon and acceptance. The Contractor or his representative
shall instruct the Owner on the proper use, care and calibration of all such gauges. The above-
required testing gauges and calibration materials shall be furrushed to Owner and are returnable to the
Contractor upon completion of ti�e job. The cost of furnishing all of the above required gauges to the
Owner for his use shall be borne by the Contractor.
E. Bacteriological Testing: Following disinfection, the tank shall be filled and sampled by the Contractor
for bacteriological testing, prior to being put into service. The testing shall be as described in AWWA
Specification C652-92, Section 4.4 - Bacteriological Sampling and Testing. Results of the test shall
be reviewed by the Engineer. Final decision upon the suitability of the disinfection procedure shall
rest with the Engineer. Should repeat of the disinfection procedure be required, additional cost of
disinfection, testing and water to fill the tank shall be borne by the contractor at no additional cost to
the Owner. �
END OF SECTION
�❑
�
L�"'J
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tanlc
KHA No. 06101809
Q July 1999
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Work Included
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 1 of 28
This section includes the design, construction, testing, and commissioning of a Composite elevated
tank and related work including founda.tions, painting, electrical, mechanical and appurtenances.
B. Related Documents
Drawings and the general provisions of this document, including General Conditions,
Supplementary Conditions, Special Conditions and other Division 1 Sections apply to work in tlus
section.
C. Related Sections
�
Section 09910 Steel Water Storage Tank Painting
Section 16642 Cathodic Protection System
C�
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
117- 90
304-89
305-91
306-88
318-95
347-94
Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials
Guide for Measuring, Mi�ng, Transporting and Placing Concrete
Hot Weather Concreting
Cold Wea.ther Concreting
Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete
Guide to Formwork for Concrete
B. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
S335 Specification for 5tructural Steel Buildings
C. American National Standards Institute (ANSn
B 16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
D. American Petroleum Institute (APn
650 Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Ta.nk SECTION 13201
KHA No. 06101809 Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank �
July 1999 Page 2 of 28
E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
A 123 Zinc Coatings on Tron and Steel Products
A 240 Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels
A 285 Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel
A 7�4 Welded Stainless Steel Fittings
A 778 Welded Sta,inless Steel Tubular Products
F. American Water Works Association (AWWA)
D 100-96 Welded Steel Tanks for Water Storage
D 102-97 Coating Steel Water Storage Ta.nks
C652-92 Disinfection of Water Storage Facilities
G. Federal Aviation Administration (F�A)
70/7460-1H Obstruction Marking and Lighting
H. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE)
RP0178
I. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
NEC National Electric Code
780 Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems
J. National Sanitary Foundation (NSF)
61 Standard for Drinking Water System Components
K. Occupational Safety and Hea.lth Administration (OSHA)
29 CFR Part 1926 Safety and Health Regulations for Construction
L. Texas Natural Resources Conservation Commission (TNRCC)
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Elevated Tank
�
The Composite elevated tank shall consist of the following: foundation, reinforced concrete support o
structure and a welded steel water tank. The support structure shall extend vertically from the
foundation as a circular concrete wall. A domed concrete slab shall be provided as structural
support for the steel tank within the perimeter of the wall. A reinforced concrete ring beam shall be
provided to connect the steel tank, concrete dome and concrete support wall. The elevated tank
u
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 3 of 28
shall be in accordance with the shape, dimensions and details required by these specifications and
drawings.
B. Operating Parameters
Minunum capacity within operating range
Maximum operating range
Elevation - overflow/top capacity level
- bottom capacity level
- grade slab
- final ground
Inlet / Outlet Pipe Diameter
Overflow Pipe Diameter
Maximum fill rate
gallon
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
in.
in.
gpm
2,000,000
35
950
915
820.5
820.5
24"
16"
15,000
C. General Design
�
1. Design Standards - The structural design of the elevated storage tank shall conform to the
following design standards eYcept as modified or clarified by this section.
Foundations and Support Structure
Steel Tanlc
ACI 318
AWWA D100
2. Design Parameters -'The applicable design parameters are:
Earthquake Zone
Design Wind Speed
Design Snow Load
D: Wind and Seismic Loads
Zone 0
100 mph
20 psf
1. Wind - Wind effects shall be determimed in accordance with AWWA D100.
2. Seismic - The service load design effects of earthquake shall be determined through the
application of Equation 13-3 of AWWA D 100 .
E. Foundation Sizing
��J
The founda.tions shall be designed by the Contractor to safely support the structure based on the
recommendations of the geotechnical report referenced in 1.07B.. Founda.tions shall be sized in
accordance with AWWA D-100 subject to the following modifications:
Allowable permanent soil pressure shall not be eaceeded under D+F.
Allowable short-term soil pressure shall not be exceeded under D+F+E or D+F+W.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTION 13201
KHA No. 06101809 � Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank Q
Jul 1999 Page 4 of 28
Y
• No uplift under D+W or D+F+.75E unless anchorage is provided.
• No overturning under D+1.SW or D+F+1.SE.
D= Effect of dead load including net weight of the foundation.
F= Effect of water load.
E= Effect of seismic load. �
W= Effect of wind load.
F. The Contractor will provide a geotechnical investigation performed by an independent third party
firm. The investigation described in Paragraph 1.07B herein is to esta.blish bidding parameters
only. The Contractor's foundation design should be based on the results of his independent
geotechnical recommendation.
The independent finm's investigation shall include the £ollowing: "
- A minimum of 3-test holes
- Maximum allowable bearing pressure
- Settlement
- Uplift potential
- Foundation recommendation
The geotechnical report shall be sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas.
If the Contractor's geotechnical report yields results which vary from the original geotechnical
report, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing within 3 working days. In no case shall
the design include allowable bearing pressure that is grea.ter than the original report. In the case of
substantial variation in the reports, the Engineer will direct the Contractor in procedures to
coordinate results. �
1.04 SUBMITTALS
Unless otherwise specified, submit six copies of all required submittals, each stamped and
approved by the Contractor. Submitta.ls not stamped and approved by the Contractor will be
returned and not reviewed.
A. Proposal
Submit one copy o£the following with the proposal:
�
1. Experience List - A list of ten Composite elevated tank structures of equal or greater capacity
that have been designed, constructed and commissioned by the Bidder within the past five �
years. These taillcs shall be of the same design described in paragraph 1.03A. Provide the
location, capacity, and year completed. Failure to provide this information shall be cause for
rejection of the bid.
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tarilc
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 5 of 28
2. Tank Drawing - A preliminary section view drawing of the tank proposed for this project. The
drawing shall include sufficient detail to illustrate ta.nlc geometry, materials of construction,
primary dimensions, the elevation of low and high water levels and other information required
to show compliance with the specification. If the proposed design does not comply with the
specifications, the bid shall be rejected.
B, Construction Drawings
Provide elevation, plan and sectional view drawings of the foundation, support structure, tank and
all appurtenant equipment and accessories. Show the location, dimensions, tolerances, material
specifications and fuush requirements. The submission shall be sealed by a professional engineer
licensed in the Sta.te of Texas.
Foundation deta.ils shall include excavation, soil protection and backfill requirements.
��I
Reinforced concrete details shall include construction joints, openings and inserts. Reinforcement
shall be clearly indicated on the structural drawings and identified by mark numbers that are used
on the fabrication schedule. Location, spacing and splice dimensions shall be shown. Placement
and fabrication details shall conform to ACI 318.
Steel tanlc details shall include components, fabrications, weld joints and a layout showing all
primary and secondary shop and field welds.
C. Design Data,
Provide a table showing capacity of the tank in gallons at all levels in one-foot increments.
Provide a summary of the design for the foundation, support structure, tank and other components.
Include the design basis, loads and load combinations and results that show conformance with
specifications and referenced codes and standards. The submission shall be sealed by a
professional engineer licensed in the Sta.te of Texas.
D. Construction Procedures
Provide design, detail drawings and procedures for the support structure forming system. Details
shall include location of form and construction joints, rustications and ties. Procedures shall
include form removal criteria and minimum elapsed time for adjacent concrete placement.
Provide shop and field weld procedures for all structural joints on the steel tank.
E. Product Data
� Provide a separate concrete miY design for each specified concrete compressive strength indicated
on the drawings. Include acceptable ranges for concrete slump testing, calculations and test
reports for trial batches.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTION 13201
KHA No. 06101809 Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank �
July 1999 Page 6 of 28
Provide technical data, and color samples of all coating products.
Provide fabrication details and manufacturers descriptive information for appurtenant equipment
and accessories. These include, but are not limited to:
Piping, Valves and Fittings
Ladders, Walkways and Railings
Cathodic Pratection
Electrical
Telemetry
Site Improvements
Tank Nameplate
F. Reports/Certification
Provide documentation of all tests, inspections and certifications required by this section. These
include, but are not limited to:
Geotechnical Report performed by Contractor
Concrete Test Reports
Weld Test Reports and Radiographs
Steel Mill Certificates
Painting Inspection Reports
Hydrosta,tic Test Reports
Manufacturers Certificates and Field Reports
Welder Qualifications
Density Reports for Backfill
G. OperationlMaintenance
Provide six (6) manuals that include operating instructions and maintenance procedures for the
elevated tank and all applicable appurtenant equipment, mechanical components and accessories.
Include tank information; dimensioned drawings, piping diagrams and design data,.
I.OS QUALITY ASSUR.A,NCE
A. Qualification of Manufacturer
�
The work described in this section shall be performed by an eYperienced Contractor that has
designed, constructed and comznissioned a minunum of ten Composite elevated tanks of equal or
greater capacity within the past five years. These tanks shall be of the same design described in
paragraph 1.03A. �
Acceptable manufacturers are: CBI Na-Con Inc.; Landmark Structures, Inc.; or Pitt-Des Moines
Inc. Other manufacturers may be considered only if they can demonstrate conformance to the
u
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Stora.ge Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 7 of 28
above criteria. Request for qualification with supporting documentation must be received in
writing fourteen (14) da.ys prior to bid date.
Elevated tank design, concrete support structure construction and steel tank construction shall not
be subcontracted. These items shall be self-performed by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall directly employ a full time professional engineer with a minimum five years
cumulative experience in the design and construction of Composite elevated ta.nks as described in
paragraph 1.03A. The engineer shall be licensed in accordance with 1.04B and shall be in
responsible engineering charge of the work.
A qualified supervisor directly employed by the Contractor shall be on site at all times during
construction of the £oundation, support structure and steel tank.
B. Regulatory Requirements
The standards, specifications, procedures, codes and regulations of the entities referenced in
Paragraph 1.02 shall be observed and followed as applicable and as specified.
\�J
The elevated tank sha11 be designed and constructed in compliance with the governing building
code and with other applicable federal, state and local regulations.
Personnel safety equipment shall be provided in accordance with OSHA requirements and
manufacturers documentation.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING
A. Handling and Shipping
The Contractor shall handle materials and fabricated components in a manner that will protect
them from damage. Allow painted materials adequate cure time prior to stacking or shipping.
B. Storage and Protection
Protect delivered materials and equipment from damage. Store in well-drained areas and provide
blocking to minimize contact with the ground. Repair any surfaces that show evidence of
deterioration or containination.
All pipe 16-inch or larger shall be stiffened on each end.
All appurtenances shall be stored in accardance with the manufacturers' recommendation_
q
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTION 13201
KHA No. 06101809 Composite Elevlted Water Storage Tank �
July 1999 Page 8 of 28
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Permits and Easements
Permits, licenses, and easements required for permanent structures, changes in existing facilities or
advancement of the construction as specified, shall be secured and paid for by the Owner prior to
the start of construction. These� include building permits, airspace authority approval, site access
easements, highway crossing pernuts, etc.
Licenses or pernuts of a temporary nature required by specific trades sha.11 be the responsibility of
the Contractor.
B. Existing Conditions
A geotechnical investigation has been carxied out at the site. The foundation recommendations are
included in the report prepared by the Geotechnical Engineer. The Contractor is responsible for
obta.ining a copy of this report from the Geotechnical Engineer. The Contractor shall be
responsible for perforniing an additional geotechnical investigation as described in Paragraph �
1.03F herein.
C. Access
The Contractor shall provide an all-weather access from public roads to the tank site.
D. Working Conditions
1. Safety and Health - The Contractor shall comply with safe working practices and all health
and safety regulations of OSHA, state and loca.l health regulatory agencies and Material Safety
Data Sheets (MSDS). Provide protective and lifesaving equipment for persons working at the
site.
2. Times for Work - Times for work shall comply with loca.l, state and federal regulations and
laws.
1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A Schedule
The Contractor shall provide a schedule in accordance with Section 01310. The Contractor shall
provide a bar chart showing the anticipated schedule for design, submittals, site work and the
major components of construction including foundation, support structure and steel tank. In �
addition, show tank painting, electrical installation and other significant activities. Update the
schedule as required.
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
B. Notification
SECTIOIV 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 9 of 28
The Contractor shall provide notification of the intent to start work at least seven days prior to
commencing each major phase of work.
The Contractor shall provide a schedule or natification of the time and day for each concrete pour.
The Contractor sha.11 notify the Engineer of any change in schedule or cancellation.
C. Certifications
Provide certification from the engineer of record that the elevated tanlc has been designed in
accordance with the requirements of the specification.
Provide certification that the project has been constructed in accordance with the contract
documents, specifications and approved submitta.ls.
Provide certification that testing and inspection requirements of 3.07 have been performed a.nd the
results comply with the requirements of the specification.
�
1.09 GUARANTEES
The Contractor shall guarantee the structure, appurtenant equipment and accessories provided
under this section against defective design, worlananship or materials for a period of two years
from the date of final completion. If notified within this period, the Contractor shall repair any
defects at no cost to the Owner. Defects caused by damaging service conditions are not covered.
All guarantees for materials, equipment and accessories provided under this section shall be
obtained by the Contractor and submitted.
1.10 INSURANCE
In addition to any requirements specified in the General and/or Supplemental Conditions, the
following requirements shall apply.
A. General Liability
The Contractor shall maintain General Liability and Umbrella insurance with a minimum
combined limit of $5,000,000 each occurrence and aggregate.
B. Professional Liability
Q The Contractor shall maintain Professional Liability insurance with minimum limit of $2,000,000
each occurrence and aggregate.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank SECTION 13201
KHA No. 06101809 Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank �
July 1999 Page 10 of 28
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Reinforced Concrete
Concrete materials and reinforcement shall comply with ACI 318, except as modified in this
section. '
B, Steel Tank
Steel tanlc components, including steel plates, sheets, structural shapes and filler metals shall be in
accordance with AWWA D100, Section 2, "Materials."
C. Piping and Fittings
All materials to come in conta.ct with potable water shall be tested in accordance with NSF 61.
Piping and fittings shall conform to:
Steel Pipe AWWA C200
Ductile iron Pipe AWWA C150 & Cl�l
Fittings AWWA C110
Pretensioned Concrete Cylinder Pipe AWWA C303
PVC Pipe AWWA C900/C905
2.02 CONCRETE FOUNDATION
�
The concrete foundation shall be designed in accordance with ACI 318. Minimum specified
compressive strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. The service load reinforcement tension stress
shall not exceed 30,000 psi under dead plus water load unless flexural cracking is otherwise
controlled in accordance with ACI 318.
2.03 CONCRETE SUPPORT STRUCTURE
The cast-in-place concrete support structure shall be designed in accordance with ACI 318. The
specified compressive strength of concrete shall be as required by design, but not less than 4000
psi at 28 days. The maximum specified compressive strength of concrete for the wall and dome
shall be 5000 and 4000 psi respectively. Minimum concrete cover to reinforcement shall be per
ACI 318, Section 7.7.1.
A. Support Wall
�
�
Support wall shall be reinforced concrete with a muumum thiclrness of 8 inches exclusive of any
architectural relief.� Wall thiclrness shall be provided such that the average compressive stress due
to the weight of the structure and stored water is limited to 2�% of specified compressive strength,
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 11 of 28
but not grea.ter than 900 psi. A minimum total wall reinforcement of 0.20% vertically and 0.20%
horizonta.11y shall be distributed approximately equally to each face. A n�►inimum of 0.75% vertical
reinforcement shall be provided in the top 6 ft. of the wall extending into the concrete ring beam.
B. Tank Floor
Tank floor shall be a reinforced concrete dome not less than 8 inches thick. The average
compressive stress due to the weight of the structure and stored water shall not exceed 15% of the
specified compressive strength, nor greater than 550 psi. Minimum tota.l reinforcement in
orthogonal directions shall be 0.40% distributed approximately equally to ea,ch face. Additional
reinforcement shall be provided as required for stress caused by edge restraint effects.
C. Openings
The effects of openings in the wall,shall be considered in the design. Not less than 60% of the
interrupted reinforcement in each direction shall be placed each side of the opening. Reinforcement
shall extend past the opening not less than half the transverse opening dimension.
O Openings wider than 3 ft. 6 in. shall be subjected to a rigorous analysis taking into account the
stress concentrations and diminished lateral support that exist in the vicinity of such openings.
Each side of the opening shall be designed as a column in accordance with ACI 318.
Openings 8 ft. 0 in, or wider used for vehicle access shall be strengthened against vehicle impact
and local buckling by means of an internal buttress located on each side of the opening. The
buttress shall consist of a thickened, reinforced concrete wall section that is integrally formed and
placed with the support wall. The buttress section shall be not less than 3 ft. 0 in. wide and 6 in.
thicker than the nominal wall dimension.
2.04 CONCRETE SUPPORT STRUCTURE / STEEL TANK INTERFACE
A. Interface Region
The interface region includes those portions of the concrete support structure and steel tasilc
affected by the transfer of forces from the tank cone and the tank floor to the concrete support wall.
This includes a ring beam and connection deta.ils. The Contractor shall provide evidence that a
thorough review of the interface region has been performed. Finite element and finite difference
analyses are the required methods for e,camining such local stresses in deta.il.
The geometry of the interface shall provide for positive drainage and not allow either condensate
or precipita.tion to accumulate at the top of the concrete wall or ring beam.
QB. Ring Beam
The ring beam shall be reinforced concrete with a nominal width and height of at least two times
the support wall thickness. Minimum radial and circumferential reinforcement shall be 0.25%. For
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 12 of 28
direct tension, reinforcement shall be provided such that the average service load stress in tension
reinforcement due to the weight of the structure and stored water does not exceed 12,750 psi.
Ring beam design shall consider unbalanced forces from the steel tank cone and concrete dome,
load conditions varying with water level, eccentricity of loads resulting from design geometry, and
allowance for variations due to construction imperfection and tolerance.
2.05 STEEL TANK
A. General
The steel tank shall be all welded construction and shall be designed in accordance with applicable
sections oi AWWA D 100. The required capacity and dimensions of the tank: are noted on the
drawings and in this section of the specifications. All exposed lap joints shall be:fully seal welded
on both sides. �
B. Plate `Thiclrness
A11 members shall be designed to safely withstand the maximum stress to which they may be
subjected during erection and operation. The minimum tluckness of any steel plate in contact with
water shall be 1/4 in. A corrosion allowance of 1/16 in. shall be added to the calculated thiclrness
of all plates.
C. Roof Deta.ils
The roof of the steel tank shall be sloped a minunum of 1 in. per foot.
All structural members supporting the roof of the steel tanlc shall be flat bar or sealed square
tubular sections. Support beams shall be seal welded to the underside of the roof plate along the
entire length of the beam.
2.06 APPURTENANCES AND ACCE5SORIES
A. General
Accessories shall comply with the minimum requirements of the Specifications, Codes and
Standards listed in 1.02, current applicable safety regulations, and the operating requirements of
the structure.
B. Ladder Access
-�❑
�
A ladder mounted on the access tube e�cterior shall be provided for access to the tank interior, �
e;ctending from the roof manhole to the tanlc floor.
u
u
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
C
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 13 of 28
Ladders that terminate at platforms or landings shall extend a minimum of 48 in. beyond the
platform elevations.
Ladders located in the concrete support structure and access tube interior shall be galvanized steel.
Tank interior ladders shall be coated in accordance with the tank interior coating system.
Ladder side rails shall be a minimum 3!8-in. by 2 in. with a 16 in. clear spacing. Rungs shall be
minimum 3(4-in. diameter, spaced at 12 in. centers and plug welded into holes drilled in the side
rails. Tank interior ladders shall be provided with 1-in. diameter rungs and 1/2 in. x 2-in. side rails
and shall be fully seal welded. Rungs shall be skid resistant. All ladder widths shall be a minimum
of 2 feet.
Ladder shall be secured to the adjacent structure by brackets located at intervals not exceeding 10
ft. Brackets shall be of sufficient length to provide a minimum distance of 7 in. from the center of
rung to the nearest permanent object behind the ladder. Ladder brackets located on the access tube
exterior sha.11 be reinforced at the access tube shell so that potential ice damage is confined to the
ladder and bracket and not the access tube shell.
Safe Climbing Device
High strength aluminum, rigid rail safe climbing devices shall be provided on all ladders. Pole or
cable devices will not be accepted. Rails shall be center mounted and extend from 3 ft. above the
ladder bottom to the top of the ladder section. Mounting brackets, fasteners and splice bars shall
be provided as required for a rigid installation.
Three trolleys with snap hooks shall be provided that are designed to be operated with the
aluminum rail. A safety body harness with front and side rings shall be supplied for each trolley.
Safe climbing system shall be Miller Suretrack or equal
D. Intermediate Platforms and Ladder Cages
aluminutn, or stainless steel.
Provide intermediate offset platforms on the support �vall ladder at maximum 20 ft. intervals.
Platforms shall be a min;mum 3 ft. x 3 ft. and provided with handrails, midrails and toe plates.
Grating shall be used for the walking surfaces. All components shall be galvanized steel,
Provide galvanized cages on support wall ladders between landings.
u
Harmon Road Z.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
E. Upper Platform
5ECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 14 of 28
A 4 ft. wide upper walkway platform shall be located at the top of the support wall to provide
access from the support wall ladder to the roof access ladder located on the interior of the access
tube and to the inlet, autlet, and overflow piping as shown in the plans. Platforms shall be
provided with handrails, midrails and toe plates. Grating shall be used for the walking surface.
All components shall be galvanized steel.
A fiYed lanyard shall be provided at platforms to provide fall prevention.
F. Support Wall Doors
1. Personnel door and associated finish hardware shall he in accordance with Sections 08110 and
08710.
Door locks shall incorporate a security system to assure that keys used during construction will
not open doors after occupancy. All locks shall be keyed in accordance with the Owner's
requirements.
Quantity and location of personnel door(s) shall be as shown on the drawings.
2. Overhead Vehicle Door - Door installation shall be on the interior face of the support wall.
The door frame shall be a steel plate fabrication suita.bly detailed, fastened and reinforced to
accept the door. Operation shall be manual with a chain hoist. The curtain shall be formed of
22-gauge steel interlocking slats with end locks and wind locks designed for a wind loading of
20 ps£ Torsion springs shall be mounted on a solid torsion rod, which is attached to an
exterior mounted spring tension adjustment wheel. A 24-gauge steel hood shall be provided
with a weather seal to protect the assembly. Steel brackets shall be installed to the interior face
of the wall with expansion anchors, which enclose and support the counterbalance assembly
with sealed bearings. Steel curtain guides are mounted to the brackets. The curtain, bottom
bar, brackets, guides, hood, pipe and chain shall be galvanized. Provide with locking device.
Insta.11 exterior safety posts to protect the door opening.
Size, quantity and location o£ vehicle door(s) shall be as shown on the drawings.
G. Tank Openings
1. Floor - Provide a 36-in. diameter manhole through the tank floor. The manhole shall open into
the tank and be operable from a ladder located on the upper platform and shall be designed to
withstand the pressure of the tank contents without leakage. The manhole assembly shall
include a stainless steel handwheel operator and threaded components.
�
��J
�
2. Roof - Provide two 36-in. diameter or 36-in. wide for square access hatches on the roof of the
tank. One hatch shall allow egress from the access tube to the roo£ The second hatch, located
adjacent to the first, shall allow access to the interior of the tank via the ladder mounted on the
�
�J
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tanic
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 1� of 28
exterior of the access tube. The opening shall have a minimum 4-in. curb. Provide aluminum
covers with a 2 in. down tumed edge and a locking mechanism.
H. Access Tube
Provide a minimum 42-in. diameter centrally located access tube through the steel tank to provide
access to the tank roof from the upper walkway platform. 'The area under the access tube shall be
provided with a galvanized drip pan to prevent condensation from dripping onto the concrete floor
slab below. The drip pan shall extend 3 in. beyond the drip line of the access tube. A 3/4 in. PVC
drainpipe shall be provided. The drain shall exit the support wall 6-in. above grade.
I. Roof Ra.iling / Antenna Support
A 42-in. high roof guardrail shall be provided to enclose all centrally located roof accessories.
The guardrail shall be designed for additional loads associated with the atta.chment of eight
antennas. Provide a 4-in. kickplate and coat guardrail per the tank exterior system.
�
J. Rigging Access
Provide a 24-in. x 36-in. opening at the top of the support wall. This opening shall be accessible
from a platform and shall provide access to the exterior rigging rail located at the tank/support wall
intersection. The access opening shall be provided with a hinged stainless steel cover or a
removable vent in accordance with 2.OS.M.2.
A minimum 24-in. diameter opening shall be provided on the tank roof to provide access to the
tank interior rigging rails. This access opening may be combined with a pressure/vacuum relief
mechanism.
K. Painters Rails
Provide permanently installed painter rails suitable for rolling trolleys at the interior of the tank at
the walUroof and access tube/roof connections. Provide an exterior painters rail at the base of the
tank adjacent to the support structure.
�
L. Piping
InledOutlet Pipe — Provide both inlet and outlet pipes that extend from the base of the support
structure to the tank floor elevation. Provide a minunum of 6-in. high removable silt stop
where the inlet and outlet pipes enter the tank. The bottom capacity level of the tank's
operating range shall be at or above the elevation of the top of the silt stop. Pipe material
within the support structure shall be Type 304L stainless steel.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 16 of 28
The inlet and outlet pipes shall be designed to support all related static and dynamic loads.
Suitable galvanized steel brackets, guides and hangers shall be provided on the support wall
and tank floor at a minimum of 20-ft. intervals.
The inlet and outlet pipes shall be designed and constructed to accommodate any differential
movement caused by settlement and by thermal expansion and contraction over the range of
extreme temperature differences expected for the support wall and pipes. The required
flexibility shall be provided by an expansion joint located near grade in the vertical section of
pipes.
2. OverIlow Pipe - The top of the overflow shall be located within the tank at the overflow
elevation. It shall run vertically beside the central access tube and extend through the tank
floor, at which point it shall turn 90° and run under the tank floor to the support wall. This
horizonta,l run shall be sloped to drain. The pipe shall then turn 90° and run vertically beside
the support wall to grade. A base elbow shall direct the overflow through� the support wall,
where the pipe shall be terminated with a flap valve and a concrete splash pad. The flap valve
shall open under an unseating head of 0.5-ft min. to 5 ft maximum. Pipe material within the
support structure shall be Type 304L stainless steel. If the top of overflow is located above
top capacity level, the tank shall be designed for the additional capacity provided by the
difFerence.
The entrance to the overflow pipe shall be designed for the maximum inlet flow rate specified
in 1.03B. The design shail be based on the water level cresting within 6 in. above the overflow
elevation. A conical weir shall be provided if the entrance capacity of the overflow pipe
diameter is not adequate. A vortex prevention device shall be used. -
The overflow shall be designed to support all related static and dynamic loads. Suitable
galvanized steel brackets, guides and hangers shall be provided on the support wall and tank
floor at intervals not exceeding 20 ft. The overflow and weir section within the tank shall be
supported by the central access tube.
The overflow pipe shall be designed and constructed to accommodate any differential
movement caused by settlement and by thermal expansion and contraction over the range of
extreme temperature differences expected for the support wall and pipe. A layout with
sufficient upper offset to accommodate differential movement is acceptable. If this method is
not applicable, the required flexibility shall be provided by an expansion joint located near
grade in the vertical section of pipe.
3. Inlet / Outlet and Overflow Piping Connection
Provide a 6 in. lateral pipe with gate valve that connects the inlet and overflow near grade to
provide a means of drainin� the tank.
��J
C�
�
4. Stainless Steel Requirements - Pipe and fittings shall be Type 304L stainless steel fabricated
from material meeting tl�e requirements of ASTM A-240. Fabrication, inspection, testing,
\�J
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 17 of 28
marking and certification of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM A-778 and A-
774 respectively. Backing flanges shall be in accordance with ASTM A28�-C drilled to ANSI
B 16.5 Class 150. Pipe, fittings and welds shall be cleaned and passivated.
Pipe, fittings and flange thiclrness shall be in accordance with the manufacturers certified
pressure rating for the applicable service pressures. The design pressure rating shall be 150
psi minimum.
Dielectric flanged fittings (isolation kits) shall be provided between any connections of
stainless steel and steel or ductile iron.
�❑
M. Ventilation
Tank Ventilation - A tank vent shall be provided, located centrally on the tank roof above the
maximum weir crest elevation.. It shall consist of stainless steel or aluminum components,
including a support frame, screened area. and ca.p. The support sha.11 be fastened to a flanged
opening in the tank roof. The vent cap shall be provided with sufficient overhang to prevent
the entrance of wind driven debris and precipita.tion. A nunimum of 4 in. shall be provided
between the roof surface and the vent cap.
The tank vent shall have an intake and relief capacity sized to prevent excessive pressure
differential during the maximum flow rate of water, either entering or lea,ving the tank. The
overflow pipe will not be considered as a vent. The maximum flow rate of wa.ter entering the
tank is specified in 1.03B. The maximum flow rate of water exiting the tank shall be
calculated assuming a break in the inlet/outlet at grade when the tank is full. The vent shall be
provided with an insect screen. Vent capacity shall be deternuned based on open area provided
by the screen.
In addition to the tank vent, a pressure/vacuum relief inechanism shall be provided that will
operate in the event of vent failure. The mechanism shall be designed to return automatically
to its original position a.fter operation. The pressure/vacuum relief inechanism shall be located
on the tank roof above the maximum weir crest elevation, and it may be incorporated in the
vent assembly.
2. Support Structure Ventilation - Ventilation within the support structure shall comply with the
goveming building code requirements, based on occupancy classification. As a minimum, one
louvered vent shall be provided at the top of the support wall. This vent shall be accessible
from the upper platform and may also be designed to provide access to the e�cterior rig�ing
rails located at the tank/support wall intersection. Vents shall be accessible from the interior
ladders, platforms or floors provided. Vents shall be stainless steel or aluminum and provided
with a removable insect screen.
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Stora.ge Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
N. Interior Floors
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 18 0£ 28
Slab on Grade - Provide a nununum 6 in. thick, 3500 psi concrete floor slab in the base of the
support structure. The slab shall be supported on select fill or constructed as a structural slab
and shall have nunimum #4 reinforcing steel at 12 in. centers each way. If supported on
granular fill, a muiimum 6-inch thick layer of granular material shall be provided on top of the
proposed subgrade prior to tank floor construction, to a tolerance of -�-0, -1/2 inch of the
bottom of the floor and footing elevation. The granular material shall extend 1-foot beyond the
footing. The granular material shall be a well graded crushed rock with 100% passing 1" and
not more than 8% passing No. 200 U.S. sieve. Provide 1/2 in. expansion joint between floor
slab and support wall and at pipes and supports that extend through the floor. Place cap strip
and sealant over the expansion joint. Provide 1'/4 in. deep sawed contraction joints at 12'
ma�mum centers. The slab shall be sloped at O.S%toward the overhead door for drainage.
2. Structural Second Floor - Ptovide design shop drawings for a composite construction
structural floor located 20 ft. above the slab on grade. The second floor will not be
constructed at this time. It is the intent of the Owner that the second floor be designed and that
only the elements involving the pedestal be constructed now so that the second floor may be
installed in the future. The design shall comply with the applicable requirements of AISC
S335. It shall be designed for a minimum uniform live load of 125 psf. the floor shall consist
of a concrete slab supported by a galvanized formed steel deck and galvanized steel girders.
The structural floor shall be a clear span design supported entirely by the concrete support
wall. All loads transferred from the structural floor to the support wall shall be considered in
the design. The wall shall be strengthened as required in the vicinity of connections causing
point load or eccentric conditions. Loads transferred from the structural floors to the
foundation shall be considered in the design of the foundation.
Unless structural floor and supports are isolated from the wall, loads on the wall caused by
thermal stresses in these members shall be considered. An analysis of the lateral loading
condition shall be performed and the wall strengthened accordingly.
The design shall include a galvanized steel access stairway mounted to the support wall. The
sta.irway shall be nununum 3 ft. wide with bar grating treads. Access openings through the
structural floor shall be protected with 42 in. high galvanized steel guardrails.
The design shall include a 4' x 4' square opening in the second floor adjacent to the pedestal
wall and center with the vehicle entrance door. The opening shall be protected with a
removable 42-inch high galvanized steel guardrail. A double-leaf, Bilco model JD2AL
aluminum floor door shall be provided.
�
�
�
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
O. Level Monitoring
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 19 of 28
General - Provide three 3/4 in. couplings welded to the inlet pipe 5 ft. above grade. Each
coupling shall be provided with a stainless steel nipple and an isolation gate valve.
2. Pressure Gauge - Provide a pressure gauge in accordance with ASME B40.1 Grade 2A. The
dial shall be 4 1/2 in. diameter with black markings on white background. Pressure range is 0-
100 psi and 0-230 feet af water, ca.librated at intervals of two feet. Install gauge on the inlet
riser, four feet above the finished floor.
P. Lightning Protection
Provide a lightning protection system for the elevated tanlc structure and any roof mounted
equipment that may be damaged by lightning. Install the system in accordance with NFPA 780
with matecials that meet UL96 and iJL96a.
Min.imum requirements include two 28 strand by 14 gauge copper conductors bonded to the steel
tank 180 degrees apart. The conductors shall be fastened to the interior support wall at 3 foot
O � minimum spacing, and shall terminate with buried 3/4 inch diameter by 10 foot long copper clad
ground rods.
Lightning protection for obstruction lights shall consist of an air ternunal mounted on the support
and formed to fit around the fixture. The 1/2 inch diameter copper air terminal shall extend a
minimum of 10 inches above the light fixture and shall connect to a copper conductor that
ternunates in a bonding plate secured to the tank roof.
Q. Nameplate
Provide a bronze tank nameplate with raised lettering on the exterior of the pedestal near the
personnel door. The lettering width shall be a mixiinlum of %d in. The Contractor shall submit a
layout of the nameplate for approval. The following information shall be displayed on the
nameplate:
City of Fort Worth
Harmon Road 2.0 Million Gallon Elevated Tank
Year
Tank Dimensions Including:
Tank Diameter & Head Range �
Height to Overflow/Elevation Pedestal Diameter M.S.L.
Contractor's Name
Consultant's Naine
�
Harmon Road 2,0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
R. Antenna Provisions
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 20 of 28
Provide antenna cable hangers at 10 ft. intervals adjacent to the access ladder. Cable hanger
consists of a'1< in. x 4 in. x 12-in. plate secured horizontally with a 1-in. spacer.
Provide 4 pc. 4 in. diaxneter couplings with brass plug through the tank roof plate covering the
access tube. Couplings shall be seal welded and located such that threaded conduit or
weatherheads for antenna cable may be atta.ched.
S. Obstruction Lighting
Obstruction lighting sha11 be provided in accordance with FAA. standards. The obstruction light
shall be centrally located on the roof of the tank above all permanent installations. It shall be a
stea.dy buming, dual fixture type with a lamp-out relay switch. The fixture shall be weather sealed,
corrosion resistant, with aluminum base and housing. Red globes with 116-watt clear traffic signal
lamps rated at 8000 hour life shall be provided. A pilot light located near the electrical panel shall
be provided to indicate when the primary bulb has failed. The Contractor shall keep warning lights
illuminated on equipment and the pedestal during construction when required by the FAA.
2.07 ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING
Electrical and Lighting shall be provided in accordance with Division 16 and the drawings.
A11 work shall be performed and all materials shall be provided in accordance with national
Electric Code and governing electrical, safety and inspection codes, regulations and ordinances.
2.08 STEEL TANK PAINTING
The paint system schedules of Section 09910 Steel Water Storage Tank Painting shall apply to all
exposed interior and exterior surfaces of the steel tank including steel accessories and
appurtenances. Galvanized surfaces are not included. Colors and locativn of the logo shall be
selected by the Owner.
2.09 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests
Review mill test certifications of all steel plate, structural components and reinforcement to ensure
compliance with specification requirements.
B. Inspections
�
C�
-❑�-
Provide inspection of shop fabricated components in accordance with AWWA D 100.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
Q July 1999
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Foundation Excavation
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 21 of 28
The foundation bearing surface and excavation shall be inspected by a representaxive of the
geotechnical engineer prior to foundation construction. Verification of the applicable design and
construction recommendations are required. The geotechnical engineer shall be reta.ined by the
Contractor.
B. Environmental Conditions
Prior to performing any work, verify the expected temperature, humidity and weather conditions
are within the specified limitations for executing the work.
C. Elevated Tank Components
p After completion of each major component and prior to proceeding with the next stage of
construction, verify that tolerance inspections and material quality control tests conform to the
requirements of 3.07.
3.02 REINFORCED CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
A. Reinforcement
Fabrication, placement, development and splicing of reinforcement shall be in accordance with ACI
318 and ACI 117.
B. Formwork
Formwork design, insta.11ation and removal shall comply with the minimum requirements of ACI
318 and ACI 117 and with the applicable requirements of ACI 347.
Forming systems shall be designed with the provision of ties and bracing such that concrete
components conform to the correct dimensions, sha.pe, aligmment and elevation without leakage of
morta,r. Formwork systems shall be designetl to safely support all loading conditions. Embedded
items shall be properly positioned and secured. Form surfaces shall be cleaned of foreign materials
and coated with a release agent prior to placing reinforcement.
C. Concrete
oConcrete proportioning, production, placement, quality control and curing procedures shall comply
with ACI 318 and ACI 117. Concrete shall satisfy the specific structural, durability and
architeciural requirements of the completed components.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 22 of 28
Proportioning - The proportions of materials for concrete shall be established to provide
adequate workability and proper consistency to pernut concrete to be worked readily into the
forms and around reinforcement without excessive segregation or bleeding. Unless otherwise
specified, concrete without high range water reducer shall be proportioned to produce concrete
slumps at the point of placement between 2 and 4 in. If high range water reducer is used,
concrete slump prior to addition shall be 3 to 4 in. The slump, after addition of lugh range
water reducer, shall be a maa�imum of 9 in. Air shall be entrained to provide concrete witla
4.5% to 7.5% air content.
Cement and aggregate shall be from a consistent source throughout the construction• of the
support wall. '
2. Production - Concrete that arrives at the project with slump below that suitable for placing,
may have water added within �the lunits of the m�imum permissible water-cement ratio.
Maximum slump shall not be exceeded. The water shall be incorporated by additional mixing
equal to at least half of the tota.l mixing time required. For concrete with site-administered
high range water reducer, the preplasticized minimum slump requirement shall be attained as
permissible by addition of water and mixing prior to the addition of the water reducer.
3. Placement - Prior to concrete placement, all snow, ice, water or other foreign material shall be
removed from the spaces that the concrete will occupy. Concrete shall be deposited in its final
position in accordance with ACI 318. Drop chutes or tremies shall be used in walls and
columns to prevent free-fall of the concrete over 5 ft. and to allow the concrete to be placed
through the cage of reinforcing steel. These shall be moved at short intervals to prevent
stacking of concrete.
All concrete shall be consolidated by vibration so that the concrete is thoroughly worked into
the corners of forms and around the reinforcement and embedded items to eliminate all air or
stone pockets which may cause honeycombing, pitting, or planes of wealrness. Internal
vibra.tors shall be the largest practical size that can be used in the work and they sha.11 be
operated by competent worlanen.
D. Weather
Concrete shall not be placed during precipita.tion or extreme temperatures unless protection is
provided.
During cold weather the recommendations of ACI 306 shall be followed.
�❑
�
During hot weather the recommendations of ACI 305 shall be followed. �
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
O July 1999
3.03 FOUNDATION
A. Excavation
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 23 of 28
After verification of the foundation bearing surface, provide a concrete working slab of at least the
muiimum thiclrness recommended by the Geotechnical Engineer within the lower excavation limits.
Grade the site to prevent runoff from entering the excavation.
B. Concrete Construction
For shallow foundations, reinforcement placed adjacent to a concrete working slab shall have a 2
in. minunum cover, and shall be supported by precast concrete block, metal or plastic bar supports.
The sides of foundations shall be formed using any suitable system conforming to ACI 318. Earth
cuts shall not be used as forms for vertical surfaces. Forms shall be provided on top sloping
surfaces steeper than 2.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. Straight form panels may be used to form
circular foundation shapes. The minimum design radius shall be maintained at all sections.
CJ
C. Finish
Formed surfaces shall have a smooth form finish when exposed and a rough form finish when not
exposed.
Unformed surfaces shall have a troweled finish when exposed and floated fuush when not exposed.�
D. Backfill
Backfill foundation in lifts not to exceed 6 in. in depth to the grade established on the plans.
Compact each lift to 95% standard proctor density per ASTM D698. Place compacted backfill
evenly all around the tank. Compaction by ponding or jetting is not acceptable.
Excavated material meeting site gra.ding specifications may be used to complete site grading.
Remove and dispose of all undesirable or excess materials.
3.04 CONCRETE SUPPORT STRUCTURE
A. Concrete Construction
The concrete and formwork requirements of this section shall be strictly enforced to ensure
concrete of the highest practicable structural and architectural standards.
Q Support wall reinforcement shall be installed with plastic supports. Maximum spacing of supports
for welded wire fabric shall be 5 ft. centers, horizontal and vertically.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 24 of 28
The support wall shall be constructed with a jump form process using form segments prefabricated
to match the wall curvature. Concrete pour height shall be a minimum of 6 ft. and a maximum of
12 ft. Formwork shall be secured using bolts through the wall prior to concrete placement. Panels
shall be designed for lateral pressures associated with full height plastic concrete head, and support
and bracing shall be provided for construction related impact loads and wind loads. Working
platforms that allow safe access for inspection and concrete placement shall be provided. Form
facing material shall be metal, or plywood faced with plastic or fiberglass.
The form system shall incorporate a uniform pattern of vertical and horizontal rustications to
provide architectural relief to the exterior wall surface. All construction joints and panel joints
shall be located in rustica.tions. Vertical panel joints shall be sealed using closures, which combine
with the form pattern to prevent grout leakage and panel joint lines. The vertical and horizontal
rustications shall be proportioned and combined to impart a symmetrical architectural pattern to
the completed structure. Porm ties shall be located in a uniform pattern. No•architectural form
treatment is required on the interior surface. �
Wall forms shall not be disturbed or removed until the concrete has attained sufficient strength to
prevent fornung operations or environmental loads from causing surface damage or excessive
stress. The minimum concrete strength shall be established by the Contractor, based on an analysis
of stress at critical stages throughout the forming and concrete operations. Support wall concreting
operations shall occur a maximwn of once per day. Multiple form movements and concrete
placements within a day are not pernutted.
The formwork system for the domed structural floor shall be designed to support all construction
loads. Adequate shoring and bracing shall be provided to transfer loads without appreciable
movements. Form surfaces shall be steel, plastic or fiberglass coated material. Shoring and forms
for the structural dome slab shall remain in place until the concrete has gained sufficient strength to
carry the floor weight without damaging deflections.
Concrete surfaces shall be protected in accordance with the recommendations of ACI 306 until the
component attains 35% of the specified compressive strength. At this time, protection may be
removed subject to the allowable temperaiure differential. A reasonable temperature differential
shall he defined, based on component thiclrness and restraint conditions.
B. Finish
Provide a smooth form finish without rub for the interior and e�erior support wall. Tie holes shall
be plugged using grout on the interior and manufactured plugs on the exterior which match the
color of the cured concrete as closely as possible. Provide a light sandblast to the exposed exterior
concrete support wall surface.
�
❑�-
Provide a smooth form fuush without rub for the interior dome slab. The unformed surface shall Q
have a floated finish.
L'�J
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 25 of 28
No tie holes, defects voids larger than 3/8-in. diameter or fins shall be visible on the interior or
etrterior of the concrete support structure, as viewed from grade. All concrete surfaces shall be
cleaned as required to remove surface contamination.
C. Dimensional Tolerances
Support structure concrete construction shall conform to the following:
Variation in thiclrness:
wall .......................................... -3.0% to +5.0%
dome ......................................... -6.0% to +10%
Support wall variation from plumb:
w in any 5 feet of height ................ 3/8 inch
in any 50 feet of height .............. 1-1/2 inch
maximum in total height....,....... 3 inches
Support wall diameter variation ............. 0.4%
not to exceed ............................. 3 inches
Dome floor radius variation ................... 1.0%
� Level alignment variation:
� from specified elevation ............. 1 inch
from horizonta.l plane ................ 1/2 inch
3.05 STEEL TANK
A. Welding
Welding procedures and general welding requirements shall be in accordance with AWWA D100,
Section 8, "Welding".
No structural welding is permitted to any steel embedded in hardened concrete, unless the weld is at
least 2 ft. from the embedment interface.
Grinding of weld contour shall approximate Condition "D" of NACE Standard RP0178.
B. Fabrication
Layout, cutting, fomung, edge preparation and worlananship for steel tank components and
fabrications shall be in accordance with AWWA D100, Section 9, "Shop Fabrication".
C. Ta.nk Erection
O Steel tank erection procedures and general requirements shall be in accordance with AWWA D 100,
Section 10, "Erection".
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
ICHA No. 06101809
July 1999
D. Tolerances
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 26 of 28
Steel tank tolerances shall be in accordance with the requirements of AWWA D100 and API 650,
Section 5.5.
Steel cone shall be constructed to the following tolerance. 'I't�e deviation from the theoretical
conical surface shall not exceed 0.032�RT, when measured in the radial direction over length
4�RT, where R is the radius normal to the plate surface at the point of consideration, and T is the
plate thiclrness.
E. Grouting
The interface between the steel tank floor plate and the supporting structural concrete slab shall be
constructed with a minimum 1 in. void. Subsequent to testing, the void shall be filled wiCli a
flowable grout mix. �
3.0G STEEL TANK PAINTING
A. Surface Preparation
The surface preparation and paint application requirements of Section 09910 shall apply to all
exposed interior and exterior surfaces of the steel tank including steel accessories and
appurtenances. Galvanized surfaces are not included.
Shop cleaning and priming of steel is accepta.ble per the conditions of Section 09910.
3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Concrete Testing and Inspection
The evaluation and acceptance of concrete shall be in accordance with Section 5.6 of ACI 318 and
ACI 117, except as modified in this section.
Tests for slump and air content shall be made for each truck to check for conformance with
paragraph 3.02C. Measurements shall be taken prior to the addition of site adrninistered high
range water reducer and prior to depositing the concrete.
No concrete shall he placed if slump and air content have not been measured or do not meet the
requirements.
�
C�
Sarnples for strength tests shall be taken for each individual concrete placement. Provide at least Q
one sample for each 100 cubic yards of concrete. Three cylinders shall be made from each sample
required. A 7-day compressive strength test shall be used to supplement the 28 day tests.
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 27 of 28
Slump, air and compressive cylinder testing shall be performed by an independent laboratory
approved by the Owner and retained by the Contractor.
The support wall radius, plumb a.nd thiclrness shall be verified for each concrete lift at 45 degree
intervals. An inspection report certified by the tank designer shall be provided at project
completion.
B. Steel Tank Testing & Inspection
Inspection procedures for the steel tank shall be as required by AWWA D100, Section 11,
"Inspection". Radiographic inspection of full penetration butt-welded joints shall be made by an
independent inspection company approved by the Owner and retained by the Contractor.
Erection tolera.nce of the steel cone in the radial direction shall be measured. Provide field
measurements at 30 degree intervals.
Weld joints of plate over the structural concrete floor shall be tested for leaks by vacuum box /
soap solution testing, or equivalent method prior to grouting.
�
C. Tank Painting Inspection and Testing
Adequate illuxnination shall be provided while work is in progress, including explosion proof lights
and electrical equipment. Temporary ladders and scaffolding shall conform to applicable safety
requirements. They shall be erected to fa.cilita.te inspection and moved by the Contractor as
required.
Inspection and testing shall generally be in accordance with AWWA D102. The Contractor shall
provide inspection devices in good working condition for measurement of dry film thiclrness of
coatings. Contractor shall also furnish U.S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of
Standards certified thiclmess ca.libra.tion plates to test the accuracy of dry film thiclrness
measurement device.
A nondestnzctive holida.y detector shall be used for inspecting the interior coating below the
overflow level. All holidays shall be marked, repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's
printed recommendations and retested. No holidays or other irregularities shall be permitted in the
final coating.
3.08 CLEANING
A. Site
Q The project site shall be kept in a clean and safe condition at all times. The Contractor shall
reznove all construction equipment and debris at project completion.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
B. Tank Disinfection
SECTION 13201
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Page 2$ of 28
The proposed chorination method shall be communicated to the owner's representative prior to
disinfection. Water and sufficient pressure for flushing, cleaning, initial testing and disinfection
sha.11 be supplied by the Owner at no cost to the Contractor.
Disinfection shall be performed after interior coatings have been applied and allowed to thoraughly
cure. All solvent vapors shall be completely removed by suction-type exhaust fans and blowers.
The complete interior shall be washed down and flushed out.
Following disinfectioq the tank shall be filled and sampled by the Contractor for bacteriological
testing, prior to being put into service. The testing shall be as described in AWWA Specification
C652, latest edition, Section 4.4 -- Bacteriological Sampling and Testing. Results of the test shall
be reviewed by the Engineer. Final decision of the suitability of the disinfection procedure shall
rest with the Engineer. Should repeat of the disinfection procedure be required, additional cost of
disinfection, testing and water to fill the tanlc shall be borne by the Contra.ctor at no additional cost
to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
�❑-
�
�❑
u
ELECTRICAL
�
�
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
� July 1999
PART1-GENERAL
l�J
1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS
Section 16010
Electrical General Provisions
� Page 1 of 7
A. The General Conditions and Requirements, Special Provisions, are hereby made a part of this
Section.
B. The Electrical Drawings and Specifications under this Section shall be made a part of the
Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications of other sections of this contract, as
well as supplements issued thereto, information to bidders and pertinent documents issued by
the Owner's Representative are a part of these Drawings and Specifications and shall be
complied with in every respect. All the above documents will' be on file at the office of the
Owner's representative and shall be examined by all the bidders. Failure to examine all
documents shall not relieve the responsibility or be used as a basis for additional compensation.
C. Furnish all work, labor, tools, superintendence, material, equipment and operations necessary
to provide for a complete and workable electrical system as defined by the Contract
Documents.
D. Be responsible for visiting the site and checking the existing conditions. Ascertain the
conditions to be met for installing the work and adjust bid accordingly.
E. Tt is the intent of the Contract Documents that upon completion of the electrical work, the
entire system shall be in. a fmished, workable condition.
F. All work that may be called for in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings, or, all
work that may be shown on the Drawings but not called for in the Specifications, shall be
performed by the Contractor as if described in both. Should work be required which is not set
forth in either document, but which work is nevertheless required for fulfilling of the intent
thereof, then the Contractor shall perform all work as fully as if it were specifically set forth in
the Contract Documents.
G. The definition of terms used throughout the Contract Documents shall be as speciiied by the
following agencies:
1. Underwriters Laboratories
2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association
3. American National Standards Institute
4. Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association
5. National Electrical Code
6. National Fire Protection Association
H. The use of the terms "as (or where) indicated", "as (or where) shown", "as (or where)
specified", or "as (or where) scheduled" shall be taken to mean that the reference is made to
the Contract Documents, either on the Drawings or in the Specifications, or both documents.
�� „ ,� �� „• ��
Q I. The use of the words furnish , provide , or uistall shall be taken to mean at the item or
facility is to be both furnished and installed under Division 16, unless stated to the contrary that
the item or facility is to be either fumYshed under another Division or under another Contract,
furnished under this Division and installed under another Division or under another. Contract,
or furnished and installed under another Division or under another Contract.
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
July 1999
1.02 PERMITS" AND CODES
Section 16010
Electrical General Provisions Q
Page 2 of 7
A. Secure all permits, licenses, and inspection as required by all authorities having jurisdiction.
Give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and contract
requirements bearing on the work.
B. The minimum requirements of the electrical system installation shall conform to the latest
edition of the National Electrical Code, as well as state and local codes.
C. Codes and ordinances having jurisdiction and speciiied codes shall serve as minimum
requirements, but, if the Contract Documents indicate requirements which are in excess of
those minimum requirements, then the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be
followed. Should there be any conflicts between the Contract Documents and codes, or any
ordinances, report these witYi bid. '
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 STANDARDS
A. All materials and equipment shall conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. �
They shall be new, free from defects, and they shall conform to the following standards where
these organizations have set standards:
1. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
2. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA)
3. American National Standards Association (ANSI)
4. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)
B. All material and equipment of the same class shall be supplied by the same manufacturer,
unless specified to the contrary.
C. All products shall bear UL labels where standards have been set for listing.
D. When the Contractor provides a product for this project he shall be bound by the terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents and he shall agree to warrant and to be liable for the
merchantability and fitness of his product to the applications to which his product is applied
under the Contract Documents.
2.02 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS
A. � Shop drawings and submittals shall comply with Section 01340 and as speciiied herein.
B. Shop drawings shall be taken to mean detailed drawings with dimensions, schedules, weights,
capacities, installation details and pertinent information that will be needed to describe the
material or equipment in detail. Q
C. Submittals shall be taken to mean catalog cuts, general descriptive information, catalog
numbers and manufacturer's name.
Harmon Road Elevated Tank Section 16010
QKHA No. 061018.09 Electrical General Provisions
July 1999 Page 3 of 7
D. Submit for review all shop drawings and submittals as hereinbefore called for.
E. Review of submittals or shop drawings shall not remove the responsibility for furnishing
materials or equipment or proper dimensions, quantity and quality, nor will such review
remove the responsibility for error in the shop drawings or submittals.
F. Failure to process submittals or shop drawings on any item and/or items specified shall make
the Contractor responsible for the suitability for the item and/or items, even though the item
and/or items installed appear to comply with the Contract Documents.
G. Assume all costs and liabilities which may result from the ordering of any material or
equipment prior to the review of the shop drawings or submittals, and no work shall be done
until the shop drawings or submittals have been reviewed. In case of correction or rejection,
resubmit until such time as they are accepted by the Owner's Representative, and such
procedures will not be cause for delay.
H. Submittals and shop drawings shall be compiled from the manufacturer's latest product data.
Should there be any conflicts between this data and the Contract Documents, report this
information for each submittal and/or shop drawing.
I. Shop drawings and submittals will be returned and unchecked if the specific items proposed are
not clearly marked, or if the General Contractor's approval stamp is omitted.
� J. When requested, furnish samples of materials for acceptance review. If a sample has been
reviewed and accepted, then that item of material or equipment installed on the job shall be
equal to the saznple; if it is found that the installed item is not equal, then replace all such items
with the accepted sample equivalent.
2.03 ACCEPTANCE AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. All manufacturers named are a basis as a standard of quality and substitutions of any equal
product will be considered for acceptance. The judgement of equaliry of product substitution
shall be made by the Engineer.
B. Substitutions after award of Contract shall be made only within sixty (60) days after the notice
to proceed. Furnish all required supporting data. The submittal of substitutions for review shall
not be cause for time extensions.
C. Where substitutions are offered, the substituted product shall meet the product performance as
set forth in the speciiied manufacturer's current catalog literature, as well as meeting the details
of the Contract Documents.
D. The details on the drawings and� the requirements of the Specifications are based on the first
listed material or equipment. If any other than the first listed material or equipment is
furnished, then assume responsibility for the correct function, operation, and accommodation of
the substituted item. In the event of misfits or changes in work required, either in this section
or other sections of the Contract, or in both, bear all costs in connection with all changes
arising out of the use of other than the first listed item specified.
oE. Substitutions of products under other sections may occur. Make necessary adjustments and
additions to work under Division 16 to accommodate those substitutions. Such adjustments and
additions shall be performed in compliance with Division 16 Specifications at no additional
charge.
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
July 1999
Section 16010
Electrical General Provisions
Page 4 of 7
F. Energy efficiency of each item of power consuming equipment shall be considered one of the
standards for evaluation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and patching required under this section shall be done in a neat worlananlike manner.
Cutting lines shall be uniform and smooth.
B. Use concrete saws for large cuts in concrete and use core drills for small round cuts in
concrete. _
C. Where openings are cut through masonry walls, provide lintel or other structural support to
protect the remaining masonry. Adequate support shall be provided during the cutting
operation to prevent damage to masonry.
D. Where large openings are cut through metal surfaces, attach metal angle around the opening.
E. Patch concrete openings that are to be filled with nonshrinking cementing compound. Finish
concrete patching shall be troweled smooth and shall be uniform with surrounding surfaces.
3.02 WATERPROOFING
Provide waterproof flashing for each penetration of exterior walls and roofs.
3.03 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Except where specifically noted or shown,� the locations and elevations of equipment are
approximate and are subject to small revisions as may prove necessary or desirable at the time
the work is irastalled. Locations changed substantially from that shown on the drawings shall be
confirmed with the Engineer in advance of construction.
B. Where equipment is being furnished under another Division, request from Engineer an
accepted drawing that will show exact dimensions of required locations or connections. Install
the required facilities to the exact requirements of the accepted drawings.
C. All work shall be done in the best and most workmanlike manner by qualified, careful
electricians who are skilled in their trade. The standards of work required throughout shall be
of the first class only.
D. Unless shown in detail, the Drawings are diagrammatic and do not necessarily give exact
details as to elevations and routing of raceways, nor do they show all offsets and iittings;
nevertheless, install the raceway system to conform to the structural and mechanical conditions
of the construction.
l'!"'J
�
�❑
E. Holes for raceway penetration into sheet metal cabinets and boxes shall be accurately made
with an approved tool. Cutting openings with a torch or other device that produces a jagged,
rough cut will not be acceptable.
�
�
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
July 1999
Section 16010
Electrical General Provisions
Page 5 of 7
F. Cabling inside equipment shall be carefully routed, trained and laced. Cables so placed that
they obstruct equipment devices will not be acceptable.
G. Equipment shall be set level and plumb. Supporting devices installed shall be set and so braced
that equipment is held in a rigid, tight-fitting manner.
3.04 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION
A. Provide suitable protection for all equipment, work and property against damage during
construction.
B. Assume full responsibility for material and equipment stored at the site.
C. • Conduit openings shall be closed with caps or plugs during installation and made watertight.
All outlet boxes and cabinets shall be kept free of concrete, plaster, dirt and debris.
t
D. Equipment �shall be covered and tiglitly sealed against entrance of dust, dirt and moisture.
E. All dry-type transformers prior to energization shall be protected against moisture and dirt
absorption by a suitable covering. Also, maintain heat inside the covering by means of 100
watt minimum lamps.
F. Interiors of and motor control centers shall be kept clean and dry prior to energization.
Maintain heat inside each unit with one (1) 100 watt lamp located at bottom of each vertical
section or energize section space heaters.
3.05 COOPERATION WITH WORK UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS
A. Cooperate with all other trades so as to facilitate the general progress of their work. Allow all
other trades every reasonable opportunity for the installation of their work and the storage of
their materials.
B. The work under this section shall follow the general building construction closely. Set all pipe
sleeves, inserts, etc., and see that openings for chases, pipes, etc.., are provided before
concrete is placed or masonry installed.
C. Work with other trades in determining exact locations of outlets, conduits, fixtures, and pieces
of equipment to avoid interference with lines as required to maintain proper installation of other
work.
D. Make such progress in work that will not delay the work of other trades. Schedule the work so
that completion dates as established by the Engineer are met. Furnish sufficient labor or work
overtime to accomplish these requirements if directed to do so.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF WORK UNDER ANOTHER DIVISION
OA. Verify the electrical capacities of all motors and electrical equipment furnished under other
sections, or furnished by the Owner, and request wiring information from the Engineer if
wiring requirements are different from that specified under this Section. Do not make rough-
ins until equipment verification has been received.
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
July 1999
Section 16010
Electrical General Provisions
Page 6 of 7
B. Install all motors, controllers, terminal boxes, pilot devices, and � miscellaneous items of
electrical equipment that are not integrally mounted with the equipment furnished under other
divisions. All such equipment shall be securely mounted and adequately supported in a neat
and workmanlike manner.
3.07 CHANGE ORDERS
A. In the event change orders are prepared, they shall each be itemized as to quantities in addition
to labor, materials, and overhead.
B. Pricing of change orders shall be done in compliance with the latest edition of "Means
Electrical Cost Data." and pricing shall not exceed values tabulated therein.
3.08 CLEAN-UP
A. Remove all temporary labels, dirt, paint, grease and stains from all exposed equipment. Upon
completion of work, clean equipment and the entire installation so as to present a iirst class job
suitable for occupancy. No loose parts or scraps of equipment shall be left on the premises.
B. Equipment paint scars shall be repaired with paint kits supplied by the equipment manufacturer
or with an approved paint.
C. Clean interiors of each item of electrical equipment. At completion of work all equipment
interiors shall be free from dust, dirt and debris.
3.09 TESTS
A. Test all systems furnished under Division 16 and repair or replace all defective work. Make all
necessary adjustments to the systems and instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation
of the system.
B. Make all circuit breaker and protective relay adjustments and settings.
C. Make the following minimum tests and checks prior to energizing the electrical equipment:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
�
7
Check all wire and cable terminations for tightness.
Test all wiring as specified in 1b120.
Test grounding system as speciiied in Section 16450.
Set all transformer taps as required to obtain the proper secondary voltage.
Carefully check all interlocking, control and instrument wiring for each system to ascertain
that the system will function properly as indicated by schematics, wiring diagrams, or as
specified herein.
Mechanical inspection of all low voltage circuit breakers, disconnect switches, motor
starters, control equipment, etc. for proper operation.
Provide all instruments and equipment required for the above tests.
3.14 RECORD DRAWINGS
�❑
��
�
A. At the start and during the progress of the job, keep one separate set of blue-line prints for
making construction notes and mark-ups.
�
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
July 1999
Section 16010
Electrical General Provisions
Page 7 of 7
B. Show conduit routing and wiring runs as constructed and identify each.
C. Record all deviations from the Contract Documents.
D. Submit set of marked-up drawings for review. The final payment will not be made until the
review is complete.
3.11 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Six (6) weeks prior to the completion of the project, compile an Operations and Maintenance
Manual on each item of equipment. These manuals shall include detailed instructions and
maintenance as well as spare parts lists.
B. Submit copies for review as-hereinbefore specified.
C. Preliminary Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be included with the initial shipments.
END OF SECTION
u
�
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
OKHA No. 061018.09
July i999
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
Section 16110
Raceways
Page 1 of 8
A. This section shall include raceways, enclosures, supporting devices ancillary fittings and
appurtenances. Furnish and install the complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings
and as specified herein.
B. Raceway is a broad-scope term that shall be defined by the National Electrical Code under
Article 100.
1.02 APPLICATIONS
A. Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings, or otherwise specified, all underground and in-
slab conduit raceways shall be of the following type:
1. Except as otherwise specified, all power and control underground conduit runs shall be
made with schedule 40 PVC. Bends to grade shall be made with plastic coated rigid
galvanized steel conduit.
�
2. All instrumentation underground conduit runs shall be made with plastic coated rigid
galvanized steel conduit.
B. Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings, or otherwise specified, all above grade conduit
raceways shall be of the following type:
1. Indoor exposed power and control conduit shall be rigid aluminum conduit.
Instrumentation, signal, and communication conduit shall be rigid steel conduit.
2. Outdoor exposed power, control, and instnunentation, signal, and communication conduit
shall be rigid steel conduit, except where areas are denoted as corrosive or NEMA 4X. In
those area furnish plastic coated rigid steel conduit, fittings, and boxes.
3. Conduit concealed in masonry shall be with plastic coated rigid steel.
C�
1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Process catalog submittals for the following:
1. Rigid Metallic Aluminum Conduit
2. Plastic Jacketed Rigid Steel Conduit
3. Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit
4. Liquid-tight Flexible Conduit
5. Liquid-tight Fittings .
6. Conduit Bushings
7. Conduit Bodies
8. Conduit Sealing Fittings
9. Expansion-Deflection Fittings
10. Expansion Fittings
11. Cast Metal Boxes
12. Tape Products
Harxnon Road Elevated Tank Section 1611Q
KHA No. 061018.09 Raceways �
July 1999 Page 2 of S
13. Wiring Devices
14. Suppo"rting Devices
15. Labels
16. Grounding Devices
17. Foam Sealant
1.04 SAMPLES
A. Process samples for the following:
1. Plastic coated rigid metallic steel conduit (12" long with coupling for 3/4"C)
2. Liquid tight flex (12" long with box connector for 3/4" C.)
B. Submit samples along with submittals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 RACEWAYS
A. Rigid metallic aluminum conduit shall be manufactured of 6063 alloy, T-1 temper, with no
more than 0.02 % copper content. All conduit couplings shall be threaded aluminum. All such
conduit shall be listed with UL and comply with UL-6 and ANSI C80.5. Aluminum conduit
shall be New Jersey Aluminum, or equal.
B. Rigid metallic steel conduit shall be hot-dip galvanized inside and outside and over threads. All
such conduit shall comply with U.L. Standard UI.r6, Federal Speciiication WWC-581-D, ANSI
C90.1, and NEMA RN1-1980. Furnish Triangle, Republic or equal. :���
C. Plastic coated rigid steel conduit shall � consist of rigid steel body that complies with above
specifications for rigid metallic steel conduit; . plus conduit shall have 40 miL thick heat-fused
PVC over outside and 2 mil coat of fully catalyzed phenolic inside. The insicte coat shall have
the chemical resistance of the outer coating and shall not dissolve in lacquer thinner. All
couplings sliall be equipped with PVC sleeves that extend one pipe diameter or 2", whichever
is less, beyond the end of the coupling. All plastic coated conduit shall conform to NEMA
Standard #RNI-1974 (Type A) and such conduit shall be Robroy "Plastibond Red", or equal.
D. Non-metallic rigid conduit shall be Schedule 40 PVC. Such conduit shall be UL listed for 90
degrees C and shall conform to NEMA TC-2 and UL-651 standards. Furnish Carlon, Sedco, or
equal. Furnish manufacturer's approved solvent for joining couplings.
E. Liquid-tight flexible conduit shall consist of hot-dipped galvanized, flexible interlocking steel
core with thermoplastic cover, integral copper ground wire (through 1-1/4" trade size) and
shall be OZ/Gedney "Flexi-Guard", or equal.
2.02 CONDUIT FITTINGS
A. NEMA 4 locknuts for rigid metallic conduit shall consist of galvanized steel body with
neoprene sealing ring. Furnish Crouse-Hinds, T&B, or equal.
�
�❑
Harmon Road Elevated Tank Section 16110
OKHA No. 061018.09 Raceways
July 1999 Page 3 of 8
B. NEMA 1 locknuts for rigid metallic conduits shall be galvanized steel for use with galvanized
steel conduit and hardened aluminum for use with aluminum conduit.
,��
L
C. Conduit field-applied hubs for sheet metal enclosures shall be aluminum body with recessed
neoprene sealing ring, threaded NPT insert, and shall be, T&B 370 AL series, or equal
products by OZ/Gedney.
D. Conduit hubs for non-metallic enclosures
galvanized steel core, complete with locknut
Crouse-Hinds Type NHU, or equal.
shall be fiberglass polyester reinforced with
and grounding bushing. All such hubs shall be
E. Rigid metallic conduit chase nipples, split couplings, slip fittings, unions, reducers, and
enlargers, shall be hot-dip or mechanically galvanized malleable iron.
F. Rigid metallic conduit short els and long els shall be hot-dip galvanized malleable iron with
NPT threaded hubs and male ends. Throats shall be smooth and free from burrs. All such
iittings shall be OZ/Gedney Type "9" Series, Appleton, or equal.
G. Rigid metallic conduit split couplings shall have threaded body with split tightening shelves
with neoprene sandwich. Furnish malleable iron mechanically galvanized body. Such fittings
shall be OZ type "SSP", or equal.
H. Rigid metallic conduit grounding bushings shall be aluminum body with threaded hub, bakelite
insulated throat, and tin-plated copper ground lug. Furnish OZ/Gedney type ABLG, or equal.
I. Liquid-tight flexible conduit fittings shall be hot-dip galvanized steel body with internal locking
ring and ground cone plus external ground wire fitting. Furnish straight or angle connectors as
required. All such connectors shall be OZ/Gedney 4Q series, or equal.
J. Rigid metallic conduit expansion/deflection fittings shall consist of galvanized malleable iron
hubs with heat-fused epoxy coating, flexible neoprene joining sleeve banded to hubs with
stainless steel bands, and with internal bonding jumper and guide cones. Furnish Crouse-Hinds
rype "XDHF" or equal.
K. Rigid metallic conduit expansion fittings shall consist of inetallic barrel joined to hubs at each
end. One hub shall be threaded to barrel and other hub shall have slip iit to allow up to four
(4") inches of conduit lateral movement. Provide external bonding jumper for each expansion
joint. Furnish Crouse-Hinds rype "XJ", OZ Type "AX", or equal.
L. Conduit waterstops for sealing inside of conduit runs shall consist of aluminum pressure discs
with sandwiched neoprene seal and with 316 stainless steel hardware. Furnish OZ/Gedney type
"CS" series products, as indicated.
2.03 CONDUIT BODIES AND BOXES
A. Conduit bodies such as "C", "LB", "T" and the like pulling iittings shall be zinc coated with
O malleable iron or aluminum (material shall match conduit). Covers for damp and/or wet
location use shall be gasketed cast metal with "wedge-nut" clamps. Covers for dry locations
shall be cast aluminum and hardware shall be 316 stainless steel. All covers shall be equipped
with clamp type clevises. Furnish Crouse-Hinds Form 7, or Appleton Form "FM7" products.
Harmon Road Elevated Tank Section 16110
KHA No. 061018.09 Raceways p
July 1999 Page 4 of 8
B. Conduit bodies for use in corrosive areas shall be as specified above but shall have 40 mil
plastic coated PVC jacket and 2 mil interior coating as specified for plastic coated rigid steel
conduit. Furnish Robroy Plasti-bond Red fittings or equal.
C. Conduit bodies such as "GUA", "GUAT", "GUAL", and the like pulling/splicing fittings shall
be cast aluminum with threaded cast aluminum covers. All such conduit bodies shall be Killark
"GE" series, or equal products by Crouse-Hinds or Appleton.
D. Cast metal outlet boxes, pullboxes, and junction boxes whose volume is smaller than 100 cubic
inches, and cast metal device boxes, shall be sand-cast, copper-free aluminum or zinc caated
sand-cast malleable iron. All boxes shall have threaded hubs. Furnish Crouse-Hinds "FD"
style condulets, Appleton "FD" style Unilets, or equal.
E. Covers for cast metal boxes shall be gasketed cast metal covers with 316 stainless steel screws
and shall be suitable for use in wet or damp locations. - ....
2.04 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Pullboxes and junction boxes whose volume is less than 100 cubic inches shall be furnished as
� specified hereinbefore except where sheet metal types are shown, in which case, furnish such
sheet metal enclosures in NEMA 4X 304 stainless steel construction with gasketed covers of
same material.
B. Pullboxes and junction boxes whose volume is 100 cubic inches and greater shall be NEMA 4X
304 grade stainless steel type with gasketed stainless steel covers. Provide print pocket and
interior back panel for mounting of terminal strips where terminal strips are called for on the
drawings. Sheet metal boxes shall be as manufactured by Hoffinan or equal.
C. Covers for sheetmetal pullboxes and junction boxes over 100 cubic inches (and for smaller
sized where shown) shall have hinged doors. All hardware shall be stainless steel.
D. Cast metal junction boxes shall be cast aluminum type with gasketed, cast metal covers and
with stainless steel cover screws.
2.05 LABELS
A. Buried conduit marking tape for marking path of secondary buried conduits shall be four (4")
inch nominal width strip of polyethylene with highly visible, repetitive marking "BURIED
CONDUIT" or similar language, repeated along its length.
B. Voltage warning labels for cabinets shall be waterproof vinyl strips with adhesive back and
shall have "DANGER (VOLTAGE) - DISCONNECT ALL SOURCES OF POWER BEFORE
ENTERING". Letters shall be highly visible red color on white background.
2.06 SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. Mounting hardware, nuts, bolts, lockwashers, and washers, shall be Grade 304 stainless steel
�]
L
�*'..J
B. Unless otherwise indicated, channel framing and supporting devices shall be manufactured of
ASTM 6063, T06 grade aluminum; 1-5/8" wide x 3-1/4" deep (double opening type). Clamp
nuts for use with channels shall be grade 304 stainless steel.
u
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KIiA. No. 061018.09
July i999
Section 16110
Raceways
Page 5 of 8
C. Where indicated, furnish grade 304 stainless steel slotted channel members 1-5/8" wide x 1-
5/8" deep or 1 5/8" x 3 1/4" deep, double-faced type. All hardware and conduit clamps shall
be grade 316 stainless steel.
D. Conduit clamp supports for terminating conduits onto cable trays shall be mechanically
galvanized malleable iron with adjustable angle clamp. Fittings shall be provided with 316
stainless steel hardware. Furnish OZ/Gedney type CTC products.
E. All such channel members and fittments shall be B-Line, Unistrut or equal.
F. Conduit straps, and associated nuts, lockwashers and bolts for use with channels shall be 304
stainless steel with 316 stainless steel hardware. Furnish B-Line products or equal.
G. After-set concrete inserts (drilled expansion shields "D.E.S.") shall consist of two types. For
anchors to accommodate 5116" diameter bolts and smaller, provide HILTI "HDI" series 304
stainless steel anchors. For anchors to accommodate 3/8" diameter and larger bolts, provide
HILTI "HVA" series with 316 stainless steel threaded inserts.
H. Hanger rod shall be 3/8" minimum diameter Type 304 stainless steel all-thread.
►w�"J
I. Nest-back or clamp-back conduit supports shall be two- piece hot-dip galvanized malleable iron
devices. Furnish Crouse-Hinds "MW+CB", OZ/Gedney 140NG Series, or equal.
One-hole conduit clamps shall be hot-dip galvanized malleable iron type, Crouse-Hinds Type
"MW", T&B 1270/1280 Series, OZ/Gedney "14G" Series, or equal cast aluminum products.
K. Conduit beam clamps shall be hot-dip galvanized malleable iron and shall be as follows:
TYPE MANUFACTURER
Right Angle OZ/Gedney Type "UBCG", or equal.
Parallel OZ/Gedney Type "UPCG", or equal.
Edge OZ/Gedney Type "UECG", or equal.
L. Hanger rod beam clamps shall be clamp type with hardened steel, bolt, Steel City "500" Series,
Crouse-Hinds type "MW", or equal. Furnish swivel stud for each rod make- up.
M. Conduit "J" hangers shall consist of steel straddle with detachable bolt. Finish shall be electro-
galvanized. Furnish Kindorf type "C-149", Unistrut "J-1200" Series, or equal.
N. Conduit "U" bolts shall be hot-dip galvanized steel with 304 stainless steel hex-head bolts.
�
O. Equipment stands for supporting devices such as control stations, device boxes and the like,
shall consist of a welded structural steel c-channel and plate steel floor plate as detailed on the
drawings. Equipment stands shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication.
2.07 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 0610�8.09
July 1999
Section 16110
Raceways
Page 6 of 8
A. Double bushings for insulating wiring through sheet metal panels shall consist of mating male
and female threaded phenolic bushings. Phenolic insulation shall be high-impact thermosetting
plastic rated 150 degrees C. Furnish OZ Type "ABB", or equal.
B. Conduit pull-cords for use in empty raceways shall be glass-iiber reinforced tape with foot-
marked identification along its length. Furnish Thomas, Greenlee, or equal products.
C. Conduit thread coating compound shall be conductive, non-galling, and corrosion-inhibiting.
Furnish Crouse- Hinds Type "STL", Appleton Type "ST", or equal.
D. Plastic compound for iield-coating of ferrous material products shall be PVC in liquid fortn that
sets-up semi- hard upon curing. Furnish Rob Roy "Rob Kote", Sedco "Patch Coat", or equal.
E. Zinc spray for coating galvanized steel threads shall be Research Laboratory type "LPS",
Mobil "Zinc-Spray" or equal conductive zinc-rich spray enamel product. -•
F. Foam sealant for waterproofing uses shall be Chase Technologies "Chase Foam", or equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 RACEWAYS
A. Install the conduit system to provide the facility with the utmost degree of reliability and
maintenance free operation. The conduit system shall have the appearance of having been
installed by competent workmen. Kinked conduit, conduit inadequately supported or carelessly
installed, do not give such reliability and maintenance free operation and will not be accepted.
B. Raceways shall be installed for all wiring runs, except as otherwise indicated. =�
C. Conduit sizes, where not indicated, shall be N.E.C. code-sized to accommodate the number
and diameter of wires to be pulled into the conduit. Unless otherwise indicated, 3/4" trade-size
shall be minimum size conduit.
D. Unless otherwise noted, conduit runs shall be installed exposed. Such runs shall be made
parallel to the lines of the structure. Conduit shall be installed such that it does not create a
tripping hazard or an obstruction for headroom.
E. All runs of rigid conduit shall be threaded, and all male threads shall be coated with non-galling
thread compound prior to assembly.
F. Plastic coated metallic conduit lengths shall be joined with threaded metallic coupling that shall
be each equipped with a 40 mil thickness sleeve that shall extend over the threads of the joined
conduit. Each joint shall be watertight.
G. Field-cut threads in runs of plastic coated metallic conduit shall be cut with a special die that
has rear reamed out oversize so as to slip over plastic coating. Do not attempt to cut threads on
plastic coated conduit with regular dies, whereby plastic coating is skinned back to allow the
incorrect die to be used. Coat all field-cut threads with cold-galvanizing spray, use two coats
to provide 1-mil minunum coating thickness.
�❑
�
U
l�`J
❑�
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
July 1999
Section 16110
Raceways
Page 7 of 8
H. Conduit runs made in concrete pours or surface-mounted runs that ar� attached to the structure,
shall be equipped with an expansion/deflection fitting where they cross an expansion joint, or at
every 100 feet.
I. Unless otherwise shown, conduit penetrations through floors located below enclosures, shall be
made each with couplings set flush with the outside faces of the concrete pour. Each pair of
couplings shall be joined with a threaded spool piece. Use coated aluminum or galvanized steel
couplings.
J. Rigid metallic conduit runs shall have their couplings and connections made with screwed
fittings and shall be made up wrench-tight. Check all threaded conduit joints prior to wire pull.
Coat all male threads with Crouse-Hinds "STL" or equal, conductive lubricant prior to joining.
K. All conduit runs shall be watertight over their lengths of run, except where drain fittings are
indicated. In which cases, install specified drain fittings. ��� ��
L. Plastic jacketed flexible steel conduit shall be used to connect wiring to motors, lnnit switches,
bearing thermostats, and other devices that may have to be removed %r servicing. Unless
otherwise indicated, maximum lengths of flex shall be three (3') feet.
M. Where plastic jacketed flex is installed, make up terminal ends with liquid-tight flex connectors.
O In wet locations, install sealing gaskets on each threaded male connector. Each flex connector
shall be made-up tightly so that the minimum pull-out resistance is at least 150 lbs. Install
external spirally-wrapped ground wire around each run of liquid-tight flex and bond each end
to specified grounding-type iittings.
N. Empty conduits shall have pull-tapes installed. Tdentify each terminus as to location of other
end and trade size of conduit. Use blank plastic waterproof write-on label and write
information on each label with waterproof ink. Cap exposed ends of empty conduit with plastic
caps.
O. Conduit runs into boxes, cabinets and enclosures shall be set in a neat manner. Vertical runs
shall be set plumb. Conduits set cocked or out of plumb will not be acceptable.
P. Conduit entrances into equipment shall be carefully planned. Cutting away of enclosure
structure, torchi.ng out sill or braces, and removal of enclosure structural members, will not be
acceptable.
Q. Use approved hole cutting tools for entrances into sheet meta.l enclosure. Use of cutting torch
or incorrect tools will not be acceptable. Holes shall be cleanly cut and they shall be free from
burrs, jagged edges, and torn metal.
R. All raceways shall be swabbed clean after installation. There shall be no debris left inside. All
interior surfaces shall be smooth and free from burrs and defects that would injure wire
insulation.
�
3.02 CONDUIT BODIES AND BOXES
A. Conduit bodies such as "LB", "T", "GUAT", etc., shall be installed in exposed runs of conduit
wherever indicated and where required to overcome obstructions and to provide pulling access
to wiring. Covers for such fittings shatl be accessible and unobstructed by the adjacent
Harrnon Road Elevated Tank
KHt� No. 061018.09
July 1999
Section 16110
Raceways
Page 8 of 8
construction. GUA series pulling bodies rather than LB fittings and the like, shall be used for
splicing purposes as well as pulling access.
B. Covers for all conduit bodies shall be installed with gasketed cast metal type where located in
damp or wet locations.
C. All conduit boxes installed whose inside volume is less than 100 cubic inches shall be cast
metal type with gaslceted cast metal cover, unless otherwise indicated.
D. All conduit boxes whose inside volume exceeds 100 cubic inches shall be sheet metal type
except where gasketed cast metal type, stainless steel or fiberglass reinforced polyester are
indicated.
3.03 RACEWAY 5UPPORT
A. All raceway systems shall be adequately and safely supported. Loose, sloppy and inadequately
supported raceways will not be acceptable. Supports shall be installed at intervals not greater
than those set forth by the NEC, unless shorter intervals are otherwise indicated, or unless
conditions require shorter intervals of supports.
B. Multiple runs of surface mounted conduit on concrete or masonry surfaces shall be supported
off the surface by means of aluniinum channels. Attach each slotted channel support to concrete
surface by means of two (2) 1/4" diameter stainless steel bolts into drilled expansion shields.
C. Single runs of surface mounted conduit on concrete or masonry surfaces shall be supported
with hot-dipped malleable iron conduit clamps and nest-back spacers. Furnish plastic coated
malleable iron conduit clamps and nest backs where corrosive areas are called out.
D. Conduit runs that are installed along metallic structures shall be supported b.y means of hot-
dipped galvanized beam clamps as specified herein.
3.04 LABELING
A. In addition to labeling requirements as speciiied throughout this and other Sections, install
wiring and raceway labeling as follows:
1. Apply write-on identification to empty conduits to identify each conduit as to terminus of
other end and also to identify trade size of conduit.
2. Where active conduits ternunate into bottoms of motor control centers, install label on each
conduit terminus and show number and size of wiring and function of circuitry and trade
size of conduit.
END OF SECTION
�
�
C�
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
OKHA No. 061018.09
July 1999
PART 1 - GENERA,L
1.01 SCOPE
Section 16120
Wire and Cable
Page 1 of 5
This section shall include wire and cable, terminating devices, splice kits, labeling, and
appurtenances.
1.02 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS
Process catalog submittals for the following:
1. Power and control cable
2. Instrument cable
3. Conductor Connectors
4. Tape Products
5. Labels
�
�J
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 WIRE AND CABLE
A. All conductors shall be soft-drawn annealed copper, Class B stranding that meets ASTM B-8.
Copper conductors shall be uncoated, except as otherwise specified.
B. Single conductor cable for power, control, and branch circuits shall have cross-linked
polyethylene insulation, rated for 600 volts. Cable shall be NEC type XHHW. All such cable
shall be rated for wet or dry use. Cable insulation shall be color coded with factory pigmented
colors below size #6 awg. Color coding shall be as specified under Part 3 of this section. Cable
shall be as manufacturered by Southwire or equal.
C. Instrument cable for analog circuits, shall be # 16 awg, twisted shielded pairs or triads with
PVC insulation and overall jacket. Cable assembly shall be rated for 600 volts, wet or dry
locations. Furnish Okonite "Okoseal-N Type P-OS" or approved equal.
D. Single conductor cable for 24 volt dc control shall be minunum size #16. Furnish MTW type
insulation for panel wiring and THWN insulation for field wiring in conduits.
E. Ground mat and associated upcomers and grounding conductors shall be tin-plated stranded
copper.
2.02 CONNECTORS
A. Mechanical connectors for 600V class wiring shall be tin-plated copper alloy bolted pressure
type with bronze tin-plated hardware. Furnish conriectors as follows:
TYPE
MANUFACTURER & TYPE
Single conductor Blackburn LH
to flat-plate connector •
Harmon Road Elevated Tank Section 16120
KHA No. 061018.09 Wire and Cable Q
July 1999 Page 2 of 5
Multiple conductor Blackburn L2H, L3H, L�H
to flat-plate
connector
Split-bolt connector Blackburn HPS
Two-bolt parallel Blackburn 2BPW
connector with spacer
Cross Connector Blackburn XT
Splice Connector Blackburn S
Flush ground connector OZ Type "VG"
B. Insulated spring wire connectors, "wire-nuts", for small building wire taps and splices shall be
plated spring steel with thermoplastic jacket and pre-filled sealant. Connectoz shall be rated for
600 volts, 75 degrees C continuous: Furnish King Technology, or equal.
C. Connectors for control conductor connections to screw terminals shall be crimp-type with vinyl
insulated barrel and tin-plated copper ring-tongue style connector. Furnish T&B "Sta-Kon", 3M
"Scotchlok", or equal.
D. Terminal strips for miscellaneous field terminations of control and instrumentation circuits shall
consist of 12 point box lug terminals with marking surface. Terminal assembly shall accept
#18 to #12 awg and shall be rated 600 volts. Furnish Allen-Bradley #1492-HJ812 terminal
blocks.
2.03 INSULATING PRODUCTS
A. Tape products shall be furnished as hereinafter specified and shall be Plymouth, Okonite, 3M,
or equal. .
B. General purpose electrical tape shall be 7 mil thick stretchable vinyl plastic, pressure adhesive
type, "Sliplrnot Grey", 3M Scotch 33+, or equal.
C. Insulating void-filling tape and high voltage bedding tape shall be stretchable ethylene
propylene rubber with high-tack and fast fusing surfaces. Tape shall be rated for 90 degrees C
continuous, 130 degrees C overload, and shall be moisture-proof. Void iilling tape shall be
"Plysafe", 3M Scotch 23, or equal.
D. High temperature protective tape shall be rated 180°C continuous indooz/outdoor, stretchable,
self-bonding silicone rubber. High temperature tape shall be Plysil #3455, 3M Scotch 70, or
equal.
E. Insulation putty filler-tape shall be Plymouth #32074, 3M Scotchfill, or equal.
F. Arc and iireproofmg tape shall be Plymouth #3318, 3M Scotch #70 or equal.
�
C�J
2.04 LABELS
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
. KHA No. 061018.09
O July 1999
�
Section 16120
Wire and Cable
Page 3 of 5
A. Colored banding tape shall be 5 mil stretchable vinyl with permanent solid color. Colors shall
be as hereinafter speci�ed. Tape shall be Plymouth "Slipknot 45", 3M Scotch #35, or equal.
B. Numbered wire marking labels shall be PVC sleeve-type markers, T&B, Brady or equal.
C. Cable identification ties shall be weather resistant polyester with blank write-on space, T&B,
Brady or equal.
2.05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL
A. Cable grips shall be grip-type wire mesh with machined metal support. Furnish Kellems,
Appleton, or equal products.
B. Wire pulling compound shall be non-injurious to insulation and to conduit and shall be
lubricating, non- crumbling, and � non-combustible. Furnish Gedney "Wire- Quick", Ideal
"Yellow" or equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 POWER AND CONTROL CABLE
A. Power and control conductors shall be sized as shown and where no size is indicated, the
conductor size shall be #12 awg for power circuits #14 awg for 120 vac control circuits, and
#16 awg for instrumentation circuits.
B. Equipment grounding conductors shall be installed with type XHHW or THHN insulated
stranded copper conductors and the insulation color shall be green in sizes up to and including
#10 awg.
C. Color coding shall be as follows. Non-factory color coded cables shall be marked
with specified color tape. Use the following colors:
CONDUCTOR 120/208V 480V
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS
Phase A or Ll
Phase B or L2
Phase C
Neutral
Ground
�
Black
Red
Blue
White
Green
Brown
Orange
Yellow
N/A
Green
D. Branch circuits may be spliced for receptacle, lighting and small appliance load inside
appropriate junction boxes. Feeders shall be installed without splice.
E. Except as otherwise specified, taps and splices with # 10 AWG and smaller, shall be made with •
insulated spring wire connectors. Such connectors in damp or wet locations shall be
Harmon Road Elevated Tank Section 16120
KHA No. 061018.09 Wire and Cable �
July 1999 Page 4 of 5
waterproofed by filling interstices around wires with silicone rubber and further insulating with
an envelope of stretched piece of EPR tape around each wire. Then, apply one-half lapped
layer of electrical tape over all.
F. Motor connections made with #10 AWG and smaller wire shall be made up with set-screwed
copper lugs with threaded-on insulating jacket. After make-up of each connector, install two
(2) layers half-lapped, of high temperature tape over connector barrel and down one (1") inch
over wires.
G. Taps, splices, and connections in #8 AWG and larger wires shall be made with copper alloy
bolted pressure connectors. Each such connector shall be insulated by means of applying
insulation putty over sharp edges so as to present a smooth bonding surface. Next, apply at
least four (4) layers, half-lapped each layer of EPR tape. Then, make final wrapping of at least
three (3) layers, half-lapped each layer of electrical tape.
H. Control wiring connections to stud type and screw type tenminals shall be made with ring-
tongue type crimp connectozs. Label each terminal jacket with wire marking label at each
connection.
I. Each wire connection shall be made up tightly so that resistance of connection is as low as
equivalent length of associated conductor resistance.
J. Numbezed marking labels shall be installed to identify circuit numbers from panelboards.
Install labels on each wire in each panelboard, junction, pullbox and device connection.
K. Label each wiring run with write-on waterproof labels inside motor control center. Install
write-on label ties around wire group at conduit entrance and write-on label the wire size,
conduit size and service.
L. Install PVC sleeve type numbered marking on each control wire termination at each terminal
strip and at each device. Do this in motor control center, terminal cabinets, safety switches,
remote controllers, pilot operators, and instrumentation equipment. Number selected shall
correspond to number on terminal strip.
M. All wiring inside equipment enclosures shall be neatly trained and laced with nylon tie-wraps.
3.02 INSTRUMENTATION WIRING
A. All 4-20mA analog pairs shall have shields grounded at the instrumentation panel and insulated
on the field end unless othezwise required by instrument supplier. Single point grounding shall
be maintained.
3.03 GROUND WIRING
A. Each item of equipment shall be adequately and thoroughly grounded. Comply with Article 250
of N.E.C., except where higher standards of grounding have been specified. In addition to
requirements as specified under Section 16450, install grounding for general wiring systems as
follows.
❑�-
�
�❑
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA, No. 061018.09
July 1999
Section 16120
Wire and Cable
Page 5 of 5
B. Equipment grounding conductors (EGC) shall be installed in each run of power and control
conduits. These wires shall be green colored in sizes #6 AWG and smaller and green banded in
larger sizes. Ground wires shall be type THHN or XHHW insulated copper wires.
C. EGC runs into equipment shall be grounded to equipment bus where available, or to equipment
ground lugs.
D. Where grounding rype bushings are installed, bond EGC thereto, and furthermore, ground each
bushing lug to equipment ground bus or ground lug, or ground rod.
E. In each motor terminal box, install equipment ground lug and connect EGC thereto.
3.04 LABELING
A. In addition to labeling requirements as specified throughout this Section, install wiring and
raceway labeling as follows:
1. Apply numbered wire marking 1"abels to control wiring terrninations for each termination in
each item of equipment. Use PVC sleeve type labels.
C
2. Apply numbered wire marking labels to power and control wiring terminations in motor
control centers, panelboards, and at outlets, to identify circuit numbers. Use PVC sleeve
type labels.
3. Apply numbered wire marking labels to each signal wire termination in each instrument
junction box, and in each item of equipment served by instrumentation circuits. Use PVC
sleeve rype labels.
4. Apply write-on identification labels to wiring sets in each motor control center, and in each
pullbox and junction box. Show wire size, conduit size, and line and load information.
Use waterproof plastic write-on labels with nylon tie-wraps.
3.05 TESTING
A. Each run of 600V class power and control wiring shall be tested prior to connection of line and
load. Make tests with 1000V dc hand-crank or motor driven olunmeter. Each run of wiring
shall be tested phase-to-phase and/or phase-taneutral, and phase-to-ground. Test results for
each test shall be equal to or greater than 25,000,000 ohms with 1000V dc applied. All tests
shall be made in the presence of the Owners representative or Engineer.
B. Test �all nins of signal wiring with 250V dc megger. Insulation values shall meet or exceed
1,000,000 ohms per 100 feet (cable to shield).
C. Should any cable or circuit fail to meet the above tests, replace wire and retest.
Q END OF SECTION
u
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
July 1999
PART 1- GENERA.L
1.01 SCOPE
Section 16191
Dry Type Transformers
Page 1 of 1
This section refers to dry-type transformers. Furnish and install transformers as shown on
the Drawings and as specified hereinafter.
1.02 STANDARDS
Dry-type transformers shall be listed by UL and shall comply with UL-506, NEMA. ST-
20.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
Process catalog submittals on dry type transformers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Dry type transformers shall be totally enclosed non- ventilated, 115°C rise. Core and coil
shall be totally encapsulated in sand and resin or equivalent.
�
B. Each transformer shall be equipped with two 2.5% full- capacity below normal and two
2.5% full capacity above normal taps.
C. Furnish transformers in KVA and voltage ratings as shown on the Drawings. Transformer
enclosure shall be suitable for outdoor use. Enclosure shall be rated 3R and shall be
constructed of 304 stainless steel.
D. Sound level of each transformer shall not exceed 60 db at three feet.
E. Transformer shall have electrostatic shield.
F. Furnish Cutler-Hammer, or equal products.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTA.LLATION
A. Install transformers where shown. Adequately support wall-mounted transformers. Top
bolt shall be 1/2" and shall extend though CMU wall and shall have bolt head and 2"
square by 1/8" thick hot-dipped galvan�.zed washer on the outside. Waterproof
penetration. Use stainless steel bolt and hardware.
B. Bond neutral of each transformer to its enclosure and to grounding electrode conductors
per NEC article 250. Install grounding electrode conductors from transformer secondary
neutral to ground mat.
� END OF SECTION
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
Q July 1999
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
Section 16199
Miscellaneous
Page 1 of 3
A. This section shall include wiring devices, disconnect switches, panelboards, and equipment
stands and telephone cabinets.
B. Furnish and install all such devices and completely connect and wire each device.
1.02 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Process catalog submittals, and equipment data for the following:
1.
2.
3.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Wiring Devices
Wiring Device Covers
Wiring Device Boxes
Panelboards
Disconnect switches
Terminal strips
Wireways
Telephone cabinets.
oB. Submit shop drawings for equipment stands. Furnish panel board schedules with submittals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 WIRING DEVICES
A. All wiring devices shall be specification grade and shall meet NEMA WD-1 requirements.
Color shall be brown, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Cover plates for wiring devices shall be Appleton FSK series unless otherwise noted on the
drawings. Boxes shall be Appleton type FD, cast metal, raised-lid type. Furnish integral
mounting feet where called for on the drawings. Furnish multi-gang units for two or more
switches.
C. Furnish the following miscellaneous wiring devices:
1. Single-pole, single-throw, 20A toggle switch shall be Arrow-Hart #1221, or equal.
2. Single-pole, double-throw (three-way) 20A toggle switch shall be Arrow-Hart #1223, or
equal.
D. Receptacles shall each consist of the following:
1. 2-gang FDB cast metal box with raised lids and integrally cast mounting feet.
O 2. Arrow-Hart 20A/120V corrosion resistant duplex receptacle #5362CR-GRY.
3. Arrow-Hart #GF2091M1 GFCI device with Killark FCL- GFI weatherproof flip lid cover.
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA 1V'o. 061018.09
July 1999
2.02 TERMINAL STRIPS
Section 16i99
Miscellaneous
Page 2 of 3
A. Terminal strips for installation in junction boxes and the like shall be 600 volt, rated for 25
amps with tin- plated copper box lugs.
B. Furnish Allen-Bradley type 1�92-HJ812 or equal in quantities as required.
2.03 EQUIPMENT STANDS
A. Equipment stands for mounting control stations shall be constructed of structural members
welded together as called for on the drawings.
B. Each equipment stand shall be installed with anchor bolts or 3/8" anchors. Furnish grout and
mastic bottom coating as indicated on the drawings.
2.04 PANELBOARDS
A. Panelboards shall have circuit breakers rated for 14,000 amps interrupting capaciry. Breakers
shall be as scheduled on the drawings.
B. Panelboard enclosures shall be rated NEMA 3R and shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel.
C. Panelboard bus bars shall be tin plated copper.
D. Panelboards shall be Cutler-Hammer or equal.
2.05 SAFETY SWITCHES
A. Safety switches shall be heavy duty, rated 600 volts ac and shall have class R fuses in sizes as
indicated on the drawings.
B. Safety switch enclosures shall be NEMA 4X stainless steel. Safety switches for use as service
entrance shall be UL listed for service entrance and shall have solid neutral.
C. Safety switches shall be as manufactured by Cuder-Hammer or equal.
2.06 WIREWAYS
A. Wireways shall be NEMA 4X and shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel. Covers shall be
hinged. Furnish 6" by 6" wireway in two 36" inch long sections. Furnish all gaskets, fitments,
and accessories.
B. Wireways shall be Hoffman or equal products.
2.07 TELEPHONE CABINET
A. Telephone cabinet shall be 14" wide by 24" tall by 8" deep and shall be NEMA 4X rated.
Furnish 1/2" plywood subpanel for telephone company use. Mount a recepatcle in a"handy
box" on plywood backboard. Recepatacle shall be on a dedicated circuit.
�❑
�
1._J
-�❑
B. Telephone cabinet shall be Hoffman or equal product.
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
o July 1999
PART 3 - EXECUTiON
��J
3.01 WIRING DEVICES
Section 16199
Miscellaneous
Page 3 of 3
A. Install wiring devices where shown and support each box to wall with stainless steel hardware
into typical drilled expansion shields.
B. Set each wiring device with axis plumb and install with yoke screws so as to adequately support
each device.
3.02 TERMINAL STRIPS
A. Install terminal strips as hereinbefore specified. Mount to enclosures or backpans with stainless
steel hardware.
B. Label each terminal directory with numbers corresponding to wire numbers landed.
3.03 TELEPHONE CABINET ,
A. Install telephone cabinet and receptacle inside. Install conduit to road and stub into telephone
pedestal provided by phone company. Contact telephone company and coordinate exact
location of pedestal with phone company.
B. Install 1/a" pull rope in conduit. Run #2 ground wire from telephone cabinet to ground mat.
END �OF SECTION
C�
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061013.09
o July 1999
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
Section 16210
Electrical Utility Service
Page 1 of 1
A. The elevated tank will be served by Tri-County Electric. The service voltage shall be 480Y/277
volts, 3 phase, solidly grounded. ,
B. The elevated tank requires a single primary service. The Contractor shall allow in bid for
furnishing and installing all work associated with the service and as required by Tri-County
Electric. This work shall be as specified hezein and per Tri-County specifications. Allow in bid
for Tri-County costs associated with bringing 3 phase power to the site. Contact Mr. Scott
BaumBach at the Keller office of Tri-Counry at 817-431-1541.
PART 2 - PRODUCT5
2.01 RACEWAYS
Raceways shall be as specified under Section 16110.
0 2.02 WIRE AND CABLE
�
Service wire and cable (480 volt) shall be as specified under SeCtion 16120.
2.03 UNDERGROUND
Underground shall be as specified under Section 16410 and as speciiied herein.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Underground conduit shall be installed per Section 16410.
B. Coordinate with electric utility inspector for inspection of work prior to backfilling and as
otherwise required by utility.
C. Pull a mandrel through each conduit to check and clear blockage. Install service conductors
with cable as specified under Section 16120. Install a 1/8" nylon pulling cord in each primary
conduit and plug each end. �
I
O END OF SECTION ,
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
OKHA No. 061018.09
July 1999
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
Section 16410
Underground
Page 1 of 3
Furnish and install a system of underground raceways and wiring as shown on the drawings.
1.02 APPLICATIONS
Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings, or otherwise specified, all underground and in-
slab conduit raceways shall be of the following type:
1. Except as otherwise specified, all power and control underground conduit runs shall be
made with schedule 40 PVC. Bends to grade shall be made with plastic coated rigid
galvanized steel conduit.
2. All instrumentation underground conduit runs shall be made with plastic coated rigid
galvanized steel conduit.
�
�
1.03 SUBMITTALS
Process submittals for the following:
1. Non Metallic conduit
2. Metallic conduit
3. Grounding Bushings
4. Buried conduit marker tape
5. Conduit supporting saddles
1.04 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS
A. Refer to Section 16110 for raceways.
B. Refer to Section 16120 for wiring.
C. Refer to Section 16450 for grounding.
D. Refer to Section 03300 for concrete.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 RACEWAYS
Raceways shall be as specified in Section 16110.
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
July 1999
2.02 MISCELLANEOUS
A. Gravel for underbedding of conduits shall be washed type pea gravel.
Section 16410
Underground
Page 2 of 3
B. Plastic saddles for spacing and supporting conduits shall be interlocking types as manufaclured
by Cantex.
C. Plastic marker label tape for buried conduits shall be yellow background with black letters with
repetitive marking "ELECTRIC LINE" on yellow background, continuous along its length.
Furnish T&B #NA-0608, or equal tape.
PART 3 - EXECUTiON
3.01 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING
A. Do all excavating and backf'illing necessary for the installation of the work. This shall include
shoring and pumping in ditches to keep them dry until the work has been installed.
B. All excavations shall be made to proper depth, with allowances made for floors, forms, beams,
piping, fmished grades, etc. Ground under conduits shall be undisturbed earth or if disturbed,
mechanically compacted to a density ratio of 95 % before conduits are installed.
C. All backiilling shall be made with selected soil, free of rocks and debris, and shall be
pneumatically tamped in six (6") inch layers to secure a field density ratio of 95%.
D. Field check and verify the locations of all underground utilities prior to any excavating. Avoid
disturbing these as far as possible. In the event existing utilities are broken into or damaged,
they shall be repaired so as to make their operation equal to that before the trenching was
started.
E. Furnish concrete encased ductbank foz conduits where indicated on the drawings.
3.02 RACEWAY5
A. All underground conduits shall be PVC schedule 40 unless otherwise noted. All bends to grade
shall be made with plastic coated rigid steel conduits and shall extend to 6" above grade.
Conduits shall be watertight over the entire length of the underground run.
B. Install all power, control, and signal wiring. Label each single conductor wire at each
connection with PVC sleeve type wire labels. Label each signal cable at each end with plastic
waterproof write-on type label to identify terminal connection and function and device served.
�
�
\'r"'J
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
� July 1999
Section 16410
Underground
Page 3 of 3
C. Where empty conduits terminate into equipment install blank "disc" under grounding bushing
and bring specified foot-marked pull tape through disc. Label each end of each pull tape with
waterproof plastic label to identify terminus of other end and also show conduit size.
3.03 WIRING
All underground wiring runs shall be installed from line to load without splice.
END OF SECTION
��J
�❑
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 06i018.09
o July 1999
PART1-GENERAL
�
1.01 SCOPE
Section 16450
Grounding Systems
Page 1 of 3
A. Furnish and install complete grounding systems in accordance with Article 250 of the National
Electrical Code as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Provide ground mat grounding electrode system as shown on the drawings and as speciiied
herein.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Submit manufacturers' catalog sheets with catalog numbers znarked for the items furnished,
which shall include:
Ground well casings
Ground rods
Terminal lugs and clamps
Exothermal welding materials
Ground cable
Ground connection hardware
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 GROUNDING ELECTRODES
A. All ground mat grounding electrodes and grounding electrode conductors shall consist of tin
plated stranded copper.
B. All ground rods �shall be copper clad steel products, 5/8" diameter x 8 foot long, unless
otherwise indicated. Ground rods shall be Blackburn #6258, or equal. Provide heavy dury
ground rod clamps equal to Blackburn #GG58 where vertical connections are installed and
#GUV where U-bolt connectors are installed to serve horizontal connections.
2.02 GROUNDING DEVICES
A. Connectors shall be furnished as specified under Section 16120.
B. Conduit grounding bushings shall be furnished as specified under Section 16110.
C. Equipment grounding conductors shall be furnished as specified under Section 16120.
�
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
July 1999
Section 16450
Grounding Systems
Page 2 of 3
D. Flush cast metal grounding plates shall consist of bronze body with flat plate on top and bolted
clamp connector on bottom.. Furnish OZ type "VG", or equal flush connectors. Each such
connector shall be furnished with silicon bronze connector bolts for installation of top-mounted
grounding connectors.
E. Exothermal welding kits shall be "Cadweld" products as manufactured by Erico. Molds,
cartridges, powder, and accessories shall be as recommended by the manufacturer.
2.03 GROUND TEST WELLS
A. Ground test wells shall be furnished each ground rod for the purpose of iield testing the ground
mat system.
B. Ground test wells shall each consist of ground rod with connector attached to a�4 upcomer
from the ground mat and contained within an access well with labeled top.
C. Ground test well enclosures shall be Brooks product #3RT series, or equal. Enclosures shall be
10 1/4" diameter and shall include cast iron cover with integrally cut "GROUND TEST
WELL" in top of covez.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GROUND MATS
A. Install ground mat around the peruneter and under the new foundations as shown. Use #4/0
AWG tin-plated copper stranded conductor for the ground mat. Install upcomer with indicated
wire sizes of tin plated copper conductors. Exothermally weld all connections.
B. Install #2 upcomers from ground mat to service switch, RTU, telephone cabinet, and other
equipment indicated on the drawings. Install "VG" flush floor connector to serve each
upcomers and run #2 stingers from top side of each "VG" to ground bus in equipment. Bond
VG to rebar in concrete.
3.02 TRANSFORMER
A. Bond transformer neutral to cabinet.
B. Install grounding electrode conductor from each transformer neutral to system ground and to
local electrodes as shown. Run #2 ground wire to ground maC.
�❑
1`-'*"'J
�
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 0610�8.�J9
,r., July 1999
�,`;
3.03 WIRING SYSTEMS GROUNDING
�
Section 16450
Grounding Systems
Page 3 of 3
A. All equipment enclosures, motor and transformer frames, metallic conduit systems and exposed
structural steel systems shall be grounded.
B. Equipment grounding conductors shall be run with all wiring. Sizes of equipment grounding
conductors shall be based on Article 250 of the N.E.C. except where lazger sizes may be
shown. Bond each equipment grounding conductor to the equipment grounds at each end of
each run.
C. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit in sizes 1" and larger shall be equipped with external
bonding jumpers. Use liquid tight connectors integrally equipped with suitable grounding lugs.
D. Where conduits enter into equipment free of the metal enclosure, install grounding bushing on
each conduit and bond bushing lug to equipment ground bus.
E. Where conduits enter equipment enclosures, equip each penetration inside with grounding
bushing. Install bonding jumper from each grounding bushing to ground bus.
F. Equipment enclosures that do not come furnished with a ground bus, install ground lug in each
enclosure that shall be bonded to the metal cabinet or backpan of the enclosure.
G. Separately derived systems shall be each grounded as shown and shall comply with Article 250
of the NEC except where higher standards are shown.
3.04 TESTING
A. All exothermic weld connections shall successfully resist moderate hammer blows. Any
connection which fails such test or if upon inspection, weld indicates a porous or deformed
connection, the weld shall be remade.
B. All exothermic welds shall encompass 100 percent of the ends of the materials being welded.
Welds which do not meet this requirement shall be remade.
C. Test the ground resistance of the system. All test equipment shall be furnished by Contractor
and be approved by Engineer. Test equipment shall be as manufactured by Biddle or approved
equal. Dry season resistance of the system shall not exceed five ohms. If such resistance
cannot be obtained with the system as shown, provide additional grounding as directed by
Engineer.
END OF SECTION
❑�
Harmon Road �levated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
O July 1999
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
Section 16455
Lightning Protection
Page 1 of 2
Furnish and install complete lighting protection system for the elevated tank.
1.02 STANDARDS
The following specifications and standards of the latest issue form a part of the specification:
1. Lightning Protection Institute (LPn Installation Code, LPI 175 and clamps
2. National Fire Protection Association Lighming Protection Code, NFPA 78
3. Underwriter Laboratories, Inc. Installation Code, UL96A
❑�
1.03 SYSTEM DESIGN
The work covered by this section of the speciiications consists of system design and furnishing
all labor, materials, and items of service required for the completion of a functional lightning
protection system as approved by the engineer, and in strict accordance with this section of the
specifications.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Complete design and drawings showing the type, size, and locations of all grounding, down
conductors, roof conductors, and air terminals shall be submitted to the engineer for approval.
B. Submit shop drawings for all roof penetration details.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Upon completion of the installation, the lightning protection installer shall submit the
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Master Label certification and the Lightning Protection
Institute Certified System certification. The system will not be accepted without the UL Master
Label plate and LPI bronze plaque. Submit record drawings with the LPI forms LPI-CI-01, -
02, and -03.
�
1.06 STANDARDS
The system to be furnished under this specification shall be the standard product of
manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of lightning protection equipment and shall
be the manufacturer's latest approved design. The equipment shall be UL listed and properly
UL labeled. All equipment shall be new, and of a design and construction to suit the application
where it is used in accordance with accepted industry standards and LPI, UL, NFPA, and NEC
code requirements.
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
K�3A No. 061018.09
July 1999
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
Section 16455
Lightning Protection
Page 2 of 2
A. All materials shall be copper and bronze and of the size, weight, and construction to suit the
application. Bolt type connectors and splicers shall be suitable for use on Class I structures.
Pressure squeeze clamps are not acceptable. All mounting hardware shall be stainless steel to
prevent corrosion.
B. The system shall consist of a complete system and shall include connectors, splicers, bonds,
copper down leads, and pzoper ground terminals. .
2.02 LIGHTNING PROTECTIOI� DEVICES
A. All equipment shall be Thompson Lighming Protection products or equal. Structural steel may
be utilized as permitted by UL, NFPA, and LPI.
l�-"J
B. Down conductors shall be Thompson Lightning Protection #32 STRANDED, ground rods
#TL3510. Ground rod connections shall be cadwelded. Provide cable holders #�186X and #166
as necessary to support all downlead, and bonding cables at 3 feet on center maximum. Verify �
compatibility of any proposed adhesive with roofing system in use. Furnish all izttments and
appurtenances as required for a complete installation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
�
A. All equipment shall be installed in a neat, worlananlike manner. Work witli other trades to
insure a correct, neat and unobtrusive installation.
B. Installation shall comply in all zespects to LPI Code 175. Installation shall be made by or under
supervision of an LPI Certiiied Master Installer. Completed installation to receive system
certification including submittal of Forms LIP-CI-01, LPI-C1-02, and LPI-C1-03.
C. Ground electrodes shall be installed and in no instance shall they be less than 1 foot below
grade and 2 feet from foundation wall. Driven rods shall penetrate earth at least 10 feet.
END OF SECTION
❑�-
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
O July 1999
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
Section 16500
Lighting
Page 1 of 2
A. Provide systems of exterior lighting that shall consist of lamps, luminaries, and mounting.
B. Lighting fixtures shall be furnished as scheduled on the Drawings and as additionally described
or detailed on the Drawings and as specified hereinafter.
1.02 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS
Process catalog submittals for each fixture rype and on photocell. Note iixture type on
submittal. Submit shop drawings on the light pole.
��J
�
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.41 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Fixture lamps shall be furnished as scheduled and as specified.
B. Each fixture shall be complete with its appropriate hardware, finish trim and appurtenances as
required for a finished installation. Provide full complement of lamps for each fixture.
C. All HID fixtures shall be equipped with constant wattage, high power factor ballasts. Ballast
noise under loaded conditions shall not exceed 55 dbA at three feet for each ballast.
D. All HID lamp sockets shall be mogul base, porcelain screw shell.
E. Fixtures shall be free from light leaks, exposed screws and pointed projections, sharp edges,
scarred, marred, and scratched finishes.
F. All fixtures specified for damp or wet locations or specified for out-of-doors shall be suitable
for the environment and each such fixture shall bear UL "DL" label. Such fixtures shall not
rust, discolor, or show signs of deterioration after one (1) year service. Each fixture shall be
gasketed to prevent moisture entrance and so sealed to prevent bugs from entering. Electrical
fittments shall be so protected that with continuous exposure of the fixture to sunlight and
moisture will not cause failure.
G. All incandescent lamps shall be long life rype, 20,000 hours or more. Furnish Supreme or
equal products as scheduled on the �drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Adequately support each fixture, minimum safety factor shall be 2.1. Use stainless steel
hardware unless other means of support is shown.
Harmon Road Elevated Tank Section 16500
KHA No. 061018.09 Lighting �
July 1999 Page 2 of 2
B. Install each fixture complete with lamps, lens, hardware, and appurtenances to make a finished,
complete installation. �
C. Install fuse at each ballasted HID fixture in each hot lead.
END OF SECTION
u
u
��J
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tanlc
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
PART 1- GENEI2AL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
SECTION 16G42
Cathodic Protection System
Page 1 of 7
A. General provisions of contract, including General and Special Conditions, apply to work of tius section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This item will consist of fiunishing all labor, equipment and materials necessary to design and install an
automatic impressed current cathodic protection system to control corrosion of the submerged steel
surfaces of a water storage tank.
B. This item includes furnishing and installing power unit, conduit, cables, junction boxes, anodes and all
other materials required for a complete cathodic protection system.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. AIvt�luc.� WATEx Woxxs AssocL�Tlot1 Standards shall be referred to as AWWA.
�
B. AMERICAN SOCIETYFOR THE TESTING OF MATERIALS standards and specifications shall be referred to
as ASTM.
C. U.S. ENVIIZONNIENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY shall be referred to as EPA.
1.04 5YSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. These specifications and attaclunenCs are intended to cover a complete cathodic protection system
properly designed and installed, suitable for safe and satisfactory operation in accordance with AWWA
D104. Unless expressly excluded by these specifications or by specific written exception taken in the
successful bidder's proposal, any and all equipment, materials, and/or labor not included but which may
be necessary to produce such a product in a proper, complete, substantial and workmanlike manner, are
to be furnished by the successful bidder without extra cost to the purchaser.
B. The system shall be designed by a corrosion engineer who is an individual accredited by the National
Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) as being a Senior Corrosion Technologist or a Corrosion
Specialist with experience in cathodic protection for water storage tanks. The Corrosion Engineer shall
design the system to provide effective corrosion control in accordance with criteria for protection. The
criteria for protection shall be based on a tank-to-water potential, IR drop free, within a range of -0.850
volts to -1.100 volts relative to a copper-copper sulfate reference electrode. This criteria shall be
maintained by an automatically controlled rectifier and a long-life anode system.
C�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tanlc
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. The following data shall be used as the basis for system design:
Tank
Capaciry:
Lengtl�/Height:
Diameter:
Interior Coating
Type:
Thiclrness:
SECTION 16642
Cathodic Protection System
Page 2 of 7
2,000,000 gallons
35 +/- feet
Per manufacturer (see Tank Details)
Epoxy Polyamide
10-12 mils
Design for 50% of the total submerged surface area of the tank to be bare metal:needing protection.
Water
Total Dissolved Solids: 200 mgil
Total Hazdness (CaCoS): 120 mg/1
Conductance: 325 micro-mhos
B. The cathodic protection Contractor shall submit drawings of the system components and system layout
to the Owner for approval.
1.06 QUALITY AS5URANCE
The successful cathodic prote�tion bidder shall utilize personnel on this project who have been engaged
in the design and installation of impressed current corrosion control systems for five (5) or more years�.
The work shall be performed under the direction of a licensed professional engineer or a person with
N.A.C.E. certif'ication who has experience in �vater tank cathodic protection design.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 STANDARD PRODUCTS
All materials shall be new and conform to the applicable portion of these specifications. The materials
to be fumished under these specifications shall be the standard product of manufacturers regularly
engaged in the production of such equipment and shall be the
manufacturer's latest standard design. Any enclosures required to be exposed to the weather shall be
NEMA 4X stainless steel enclasures.
�
C��
\*�'J
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
O July 1999
2.02 SPECIAL PRODUCT5
SECTION 1G642
Cathodic Protection System
Page 3 of 7
The supplier of the power units, anodes and other special cathodic protection materials and equipment
shall have a minimum of five (5) continuous years of successful experience in the manufacture,
installation and service of cathodic protection systems for similar structures.
2.03 COMPONENTS
A. Power Unit
�
This specification outlines the minunum qualiry required for long-term economy and reliability of the
cathodic protection power unit. The power unit shall be solid state, air-cooled and consist of the
necessary potential control circuitry, transformers, rectifiers, circuit breaker, meter, wiring, terminals and
appurtenances of adequate capacity to meet the requirements of the system. Where multiple D.C. output
circuits are required, each circuit shall consist of separate transformers, rectifier and control. The output
of each circuit shall be electronically controlled in all modes of operation, no variable resistors or other
mechanical devices shall be used. Transformer voltage tap adjusters shall not be used to control the
operation of the power unit. The entire power unit shall be field serviceable.
The power unit shall be designed to operate on 110 volts, 1 phase, 60 hertz, A.C.
The power unit shall have the following standard features:
(a) Automatic control of current output to maintain potential at pre-selected level
(b) Accept all standard reference electrodes without intemal wiruig modification or replacement of
components
(c) Measure and display potential in any operating mode continuously or on demand
(d) Linear current limiting
(e) Auto-restart after power outage
(fl Short circuit and surge protection
(g) Automatic circuit check
(h) Dead front panel
(i) Clock circuit
(j) Fingertip panel control
(k) Digital readout
(1) Automatic overprotection control in all modes of operation
(m) Automatic temperature compensating circuit
(n) Illuminated panel display
(o) Complied with FCC regulation for digitat devices
(p) RS-232 Compatibility
❑�
Hannon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
B. Transformer
SECTION 16642
Cathodic Protection System
Page 4 of 7
The transformer shall be of the separate primary and secondary type and shall withstand continuous
operation 10% above rated input voltage at the maximum rated D.C. output. The transformer shall be
designed for a maximum hot spot heat rise not to exceed SO�C.
C. Rectifiers
The rectifier elements shall be silicon with adequate cooling surfaces so that their normal temperature
rise at rated capaciry will not exceed that specified by NEMA. The rectifier elements shall be air-cooled
and shall be housed in the power unit cabinet.
D. Control Circuits
The control circuit of the power unit shall be designed to continuously monitor the..potential of the
structure and automatically regulate the protective current as required to maintain the potential at the pre-
selectetl level. A microprocessor shall be used for overall system conirol and phase controlled SCR's for
current regulation.
The current output of the unit shall be controlled in all modes of operation to prevent overp�-otection.
The control shall be preset and fixed and shall ove�ride all other operating parameters.
E. Circuit Breaker
The circuit breaker shall be of the single phase, 2 pole, series trip, manually reset, magnetic Lype not
affected by change in ambient temperature.
F. Power Unit Wiring
The wires to connect components of the power unit shall be stranded or solid copper meeting the
requirements of the N.E.C. for allowable current carrying capacities. The D.C. output terminals shall
be conveniently located and shall be of the solderless pressure type sized to accommodate wires as
required for safe operarion of cathodic protection system. Provision for connecting the A.C. power shall
be made available in the form of insulated pigtails or shielded terminals.
G Enclosure
The entire power unit shall be housed in a stainless steel NEMA 4X metal cabinet inside the tanlc interior
having a tamper proof single latch 3 point locking mechanism and tabs for a keyed lock.
H. Conduit
l�J
�
The wiring between the power unit and the under-roof anode feeders shall be nu� in rigid electrical grade o
conduit of a rype and size conforming to N.E.C. and all other applicable codes.
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
I. Wiring � , .
SECi'ION 16642
Cathodic Protection System
Page 5 of 7
Wires shall be insulated stranded copper, sized per the N.E.C. for allowable current carrying capacity
but not smaller than # 12 AWG
Conirol signal wires shall be insulated copper not smaller than #22 AWG suitable for the mechanical and
environmental exposure anticipated.
J. Platiniun/Niobium Anodes
The anodes shall be supported from the roof in a vertical position for optimum current distribution.
Installation shall not require de-watering, wall penetrations below the high water line or the use of
pressure fittings.
Metallurgically bonded platinum on niobium substrate 0.063" diameter with a rninunum design life of
10 years shall be used The anodes can be a continuous length or segmented, if fabricated on continuous
stranded copper wire.
C
K. Reference Electrodes
Copper-copper sulfate reference electrodes shall be used to measure the level of protection on the
submerged steel surfaces. (See AWWA D104, Section 3.2) .
2.04 OPERATTNG PARAMETERS
A. Mode of Operation
The power unit shall be capable of operating in the following three (3) modes with the selection of the
desired operating mode made on the front panel without additional equipment ar tools with access
limited to authorized personnel only.
B. Manual Mode
The power unit shall operate as a constant current rectifier continuously delivering pre-selected current
to the anodes. In this mode, the automatic control shall be locked out without affecting the
preprogrammed settings. The output of the power unit shall be regulated from 0-100% of rated capaciry
without the use o£ transformer taps.
C. Auto-1 Mode
In the Auto-1 mode, the controller shall automatically and continuously monitor the potential of the
structure and make necessary adjustments in the current output to maintain the structure potential at die
O pre-selected value. A single reference electrode placed within 1 to 2 cm. from the protected structure
shall be used to measure the potential and control the operation of the power unit.
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
D. Auto-2 Mode (IR Error Drop Free)
SECTION 1GG42
Cathodic Protection System
Page 6 of 7 0
The Auto-2 mode shall function the same as Auto-1 except the potential shall be monitored against a
reference electrode located some distance from the protected structure. The measured and displayed
potential shall be free of IR drop error.
E. Potential Criteria
The power unidcontroller shall be set to maintain an electro-negative tanlc-to-water potentials of at least
850 mv as measured against a copper-copper sulfate reference electrode. The potential shall be
measured with protective current being applied as recommended in NACE Standard RPO 388-881atest
revision.
F. Potential Profile
To verify that the cathodic protection system is operating within the specified potential range, an
independent series of potential measurements shall be made with a test reference electrode and a 10 meg-
ohm or greater input impedance meter. When making the measurements, the test cell shall be placed
midway between anodes within 2 cm. of the submerged steel tank surface. All measurements shall be Q
taken with protection current applied at intervals of approximately tlu-ee feet.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 STA.RT UP
A trained representative of the manufacturer shall energize the system and adjust the power
uniticoniroller to operate within the potential criteria, as specified in Part 2.04. �
3.02 WORK INCLUDED
All work shall be performed and completed in a thorough, workmanlike manner and shall follow the best
modern practice for the manufacture and installation of this type of equipment, notwithstanding any
omission from this specification. The successful bidder will be required to perform the following:
(a) Furnish and install power unit(s)
(b) Fw-nish and install anodes complete with lead wires
(c) Furnish and install all conduit, cables, junction boxes �and wires between the power units and
anodes
(d) Furnish and install any supplementary equipment and/or materials in addition to that specified
which is necessary to insure safe and satisfactory operation of the equipment within the limits
of the specifications.
(e) The A.C. service to flie cathodic protection power unit is covered in other sections of the contract
documents.
�
�
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank
KHA No. 06101809
July 1999
SECTION 1G642
Cathodic Protection System
Page 7 of 7
(f� If there is a conflict between requirements covered in separate parts of this specification, or the
body of this specification and any attached drawings, or in the requirements covered in this
specification and the indusiry standards, then that requirement which is most stringent shall take
precedence. �
3.03 MAYNTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Maintenance and operating instructions shall be provided with sufficient detail to pernut the Owner's
operator to properly maintain and adjust the system. They shall include a description of the main
components and their function, as well as a schematic drawing of the power/unit controller.
3.04 WA�RRANTY
A. The cathodic protection manufacturer shall warrant for two (2) years after the final start-up that the
equipment is free from defects in workmanship and materials. The cathodic protection manufacturer
shall further warrant that the equipment supplied by him will control corrosion and pitting on the water
contact area inside the steel tank described herein for a period of two (2) years after the fmal start-up,
provided the equipment is operated as specified by the manufacturer without interruption.
OB. During the warranty period the cathodic protection manufacturer shall make annual inspections of the
cathodic protection system as outlined in Appendix C of AWWA D104. An annual service agreement
shall be made available to the Owner to purchase at the end of the warranty period. The service
agreement shall include services outlined in Appendix C of AWWA D 104.
PART 4- MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
4.01 Automatic Cathodic Protection of Water Storage Tanks shall be included in the lump sum price for the
completed project, unless otherwise spec�ed in the contract documents of which this specification is a
part.
END OF SECTION
�
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
QKHA No. 061018.09
July 1999
PART1-GENERAL
��J
1.01 SCOPE
Section 16900
Instrumentation
Page 1 of 5
A. This section covers the instruments, and remote terminal unit (RTU) at the elevated tank and
the associated modifications to the main computer configuration at the main control center at
the South Holly Water Treatment Plant.
B. The South Holly Water Treatment Plant is located at 1511 11"' Ave., Fort Worth, Tx.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of products of this rype, and whose
products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Installer: Qualiiied with at least 5 years of successful installation experience on projects with
work similar to that required for this project.
C. NEC Compliance: Comply with the National Electrical Code, NFPA 70, as applicable to
wiring and other electrical construction of the unit.
D. UL Compliance: Provide components with UL listing and labeling for applicable UL
categories.
E. Provide complete unit and installation to conform with NFPA-90A.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit catalog literature, specification material and installation and operation manual for each
instrument and device specified herein.
B. Submit outline and dimensional drawings and wiring diagrams to Engineer for review.
C. Submit shop drawings for the new RTU including wiring and dimensional outlines. Shop
drawings shall include ISA loop drawings on all RTU I/O. Loop drawings shall include all
device terminal numbers and wire numbers.
1.04 SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY
The contractor shall assume complete "SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY" for the instrumentation
system and modifications. "System Responsibility" shall mean that the Contractor is responsible
for the overall operation, satisfactory performance, and integration of the individual
components into the whole system so that the entire system functions in whole and in its parts
as intended by the Contract Documents.
❑�
Hartnon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
July 1999
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 LEVEL TRANSMITTER
Section 16900
Instrumentation
Page 2 of 5
A. Provide a Rosemont 1511GP pressure transmitter with transient protector, range to measure
elevated tank pressures with offset zero. �
B. Outgut shall be a 4-20 mA signal proportional to level. Provide integral digital display scaled
in engineering units.
2.02 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
A. Provide a Rosemont 1511GP pressure.transmitter with transient protector;::zange to measure
line pressure at the base of the elevated tank. - .
B. Output shall be a 420 mA signal proportional to pressure. Provide integral digital display
scaled in engineering units. � '
2.03� CHLORINE ANALYZER
A. Provide a Capital Controls Co. residual chlorine-analyzer-indicator-controller-transmitter,
Series 1870E, with a 0-3 ppm {mg/1), 120 volt, 60 Hz, with 4-20mA output signal
B. Mount analyzer in a NEMA 4X non-metallic enclosure.
2.04 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER
A. Temperature transmitter shall be a Moore-Industries model TRZ/B-P3/LI6FT0/S304/NUE-
PT1-LH1NA.
B. Temperature transmitter shall have an indicator scaled in engineering units. Range shall be set
at 35°F to 135°F.
2.05 PH TRANSMITTER
A. PH transmitter shall be a Rosemount model 0054 with transient protector and with Rosemount
analytical sensor #396P-01-10-55.
B. The transmitter shall have an integral digital display scaled in engineering units.
2.06 REMOTE TERMINAL UNIT (RTin
A. RTU shall be manufactured by HSQ. Furnish mode125000/86 unit with 24VDC power supply
and nicad battery pack. The 24VDC power supply shall have a 12VDC output for the radio.
�
�
B. Input/output (I/O) shall be as indicated on the RTU Ii0 schedule plus 20% spare or at least �
one spare point per type of I/O required. Furnish one AI (analog input) board, one AO (analog
output) board, one DI (digital or status input} board, and one DO (digital output) board. The
DO board shall be for future use with recirculation or booster pumping units. Interface relays •
�
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
July 1999
Section 16900
Instrumentation
Page 3 of 5
for DO outputs shall be single pole, 24vdc coil, I/O type interface relay with matching DIN rail
mounted socket. Furnish Omron model G2R-1-S-DC24 with model P2RF-OS-E socket.
C. The RTU power supply shall consist of a main breaker, convenience outlet, DC power
supplies, and output connections. The DC power supply shall have a battery backup and a 24
vdc output for the RTU and I/O and a 12 vdc output for the radio. Furnish a dual mode battery
charger with power sense and switching circuits. Batteries shall be ni-cad type with capacity to
run RTU, radio, level transmitter, pressure transmitter, temperature transmitter and status
inputs for 4 hours.
D. The RTU, I/O boards, radio, batteries and accessories shall be furnished in a 304 stainless steel
NEMA 4X enclosure.
E. Allow in Bid for HSQ to add and make programming changes to the main computer at the
Holly Water Treatment Plant SCADA building. 'Fhe HMI configuration methodology shall
match existing system configuration. The software work shall include:
�❑
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Define and modify the data base' as required incorporate the I/O at the elevated tank
Build one or more graphic screens to show the elevated tanlc and its instrumentation
Provide storage and display of historical data to match similar displays for other elevated
tanks in the system.
Verify and test the proper operation of the SCADA HMI system.
Modify daily and monthly reports to include new data.
F. The radio shall be maunted in the RTU enclosure. The radio shall be on the RTU battery
backup at 12VDC. The radio shall be a MDS mode12310A.
G. Radio conf'iguration. Configure radio to match existing system conf'iguration and per the
manufacturer's instructions and record and submit for record all final programmed settings and
operating parameters.
H. Radio testing. Run poll test, link test and sync test with manufacturer's diagnostic software and
submit results to Engineer for review. Test and record radio rf power level. This test shall also
be used to align Yagi directional antennas for maximum signal strength. All tests shall be
witnessed by Engineer or Owners Representative. Provide 10 days notice of testing.
�
I. Furnish and install Decibel Products model DB498 9 dB gain Yagi antenna. Antenna cable
shall be 1/2" Andrew Heliax #LDF4-SOA coaxial cable. Yagi antenna shall be configured for
vertical polarization. Antenna cable shall be grounded at the floor level witli a Decibel Products
#DB11600 series grounding strap kit. The ground strap shall be connected to the ground mat
system. Antenna cable shall have a Polyphasor model IS-SONX-C2 grounded surge anestor at
the bottom of the RTU or radio enclosure. Connectors shall be N type, Andrew 7/16 DIN.
Furnish 1/2" foam superflex, Andrew #FSJ4-SOA for final connections to antenna and radio
and where indicated on the drawings. Superflex shall have factory installed connectors.
Weatherproof all outdoor connectors with shrink tubing, Decibel Products VB-8 Vapor-Bloc.
Carefully inspect installed cable for nicks and kinks. Check VSWR (voltage standing wave
ratio) at each site after installation and submit test results to engineer for review.
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
July 1999
Sectioz�16900
Instrumentation
Page 4 of 5
J. Furnish and install Decibel Products model DB589-Y-T6 9 dB gain omni-directional antenna
for the top of the tank for use by others. Antenna cable for the omni shall be 7/8" Andrew
Heliax #LDFS-SOA coaxial cable. Antenna cable shall be grounded at the floor level with a
Decibel Products #DB 11600 series grounding strap kit. The ground strap shall be connected to
the ground mat system. The Antenna cable shall be run into the RTU cabinet and marked as
spare. Antenna cable shall have a Polyphasor model IS-SONX-C2 grounded surge arrestor at
the bottom of the RTU or radio enclosure. Connectors shall be N type, Andrew 7/16 DIN.
Furnish 1/2" foam superflex, Andrew #FSJ4-SOA for final connections to antenna and on RTU
end. Superflex shall have factory installed connectors. Weatherproof all outdoor connectors
with shrink tubing, Decibel Products VB-8 Vapor-Bloc. Carefully inspect installed cable for
nicks and kinks. Check VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) at each site after installation and
submit test results to engineer for review.
K. Provide a grounded PolyPha"ser surge arrestor Model IS-PSP-120 on the incoming power leads
to the RTU power supply.
2.07 SURGE SUPPRESSION
A. Provide a Current Technology Load Guard model MSU-45-120 surge suppressor in a 304
stainless steel NEMA 4X enclosure mounted next to the RTU. The enclosure shall be 14" tall -
by 12" wide by 6" deep with a hinged door. Furnish Hoffman or equal products.
B. The surge suppressor shall be installed in the 120 volt power circuit ahead of the RTU and
radio power supplies and all 120 vac powered instruments. Provide fused terminal strips for
feed to RTU enclosure and each 120vac powered instrument.
2.08 HEAT TRACING
A. All small diameter water sensing lines for instruments shall be heat traced and insulated.
B. Electric heat tracing shall be self-limiting type, 120 vac, and shall be rated 5 watts per foot
unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Furnish Thermon PSX-5-1 with braid and overall
jacket. Secure heat tape to piping with Thermon aluminum tape.
C. Furnish thermostats, power connection boxes, and end-of-line indicator light assemblies as
shown on the drawings and per manufacturer's instructions. Thermostats shall be ambient
sensing, open at 40 degrees F, and shall be Thermon #N-7-E-40. Each thermostat shall be
installed in a Thermon PCA-1 power connection box unless otherwise noted on the drawings.
End-of-line indicator lights shall be Thermon #VIL-6C-1. -
D. Insulation shall be 1/2" fiberglass with weather proof jacket. Insulation shall be removable and
shall be secured onto itself with Velcro. Fumish O'Brien "F1exPac" strip insulation for sensing
piping and tubing.
�
�❑
-�❑
Harmon Road Elevated Tank
KHA No. 061018.09
� 3uly 1999
PART 3 - EXECUTION
B. Training shall consist of 4 hours minimum classroom time and shall be specific to the RTU
used and the changes made to the HMI.
� 3.03
3.01 INSTALLATION
Section 16900
Instrumentation
Page 5 of 5
A. Permanently mount the instruments, RTU, all equipment shown, and all required appurtenances
in accordance with manufacturer's requirements. All work shall be done in accordance with
industry standards, the NEC, ISA recommendations and in a workmanship like manner.
B. Calibrate, and test all instruments.
C. Certify that all instrument installations and calibrations are done in accordance with ISA and
the manufacturer's recommendations.
D. Provide completed ISA calibration sheets for all instruments provided.
3.02 TRAINING
A. Allow in bid for HSQ to conduct training session on RTU for City personnel. The training
session shall be at the City's SCADA building at the Holly WTP.
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Six (6) weeks prior to the completion of the project, compile an Operations and Maintenance
Manual on the instrumentation equipment. These manuals shall include detailed instructions,
periodic calibration requirements and maintenance, as well as recommended spare parts lists.
B. Submit for review per Section 01340.
END OF SECTION
C
�
PART F
C�
C�
�,._�. ��
CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH
WORKER'S CONIPENSATION LAW
Pursuant to article 8308-3.23 of Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes, Contractor certifies that it
provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City
of Fort Worth Project Number PW77-060770180180 .
:
Landmark Str es, hnc.
C act
Chris Lamon, Vice President
Title
September 1, 1999
Date
��
STATE OF TEXAS §
COUNTY OF TARRANT §
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared C h r i s
Lamon , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the
foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same as the act and in the
capacity therein stated.
,.-.,
GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this � day of Se pt . , 1999.
b,`p,�P�g�� DIANE GENTRY
a Notary Public
*
* Sl'AT� �F �`�XAS
sr9jf oF �-� N1y Comm. Exp. 0913010�
_ --,.,.,..<.:,�
�
Notary Public in and for the Stat Texas
Page 1 of 1
BOND NO. 6311459
STATE OF TEXAS
Q COUNTY OF TARRANT
§
§
§
PERFORMA.NCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (1) Landmark Structures, Inc
a (2) Corporati on o�
hereinafter called Principal, and (3)
Fort Worth, TX
Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland
a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State and futly authorized to transact business in
the State of Texas, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of:
Two Million Sixty Seven Thousand Dollars and NO Cents ($2,067,000.00),
in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Texas for the payment of which sum well and
truly be made, we hereby bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and
severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain
� contract with the City of Fort Worth, the Owner, dated the �day of �. ' A.D., 199�a
copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof, for the construction of:
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Stora�e Tank
Fort Worth Water De�artment Proiect No.: PW77-060770180180,
a copy of which contract is hereto attached, referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent
as if copied at length herein, such project and construction being hereinaftar referred to as the "Work".
NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well,' tiuly, and faithfully perform the work in accordance with
the plans, specificadons, and cbntract documents during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof
which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety, and if he shall satisfy all.claims and
demands incurred under such contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner may incur in
making good any default, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
THIS BOND IS 1VIADE AND ENTERED into solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor
and material in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, as claimants are defined in said
Article 5160, and all such claimants sha11 have a direct right of action under the bond as provided in Article
5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes.
O. Page 1 of 2
BOND NO. 6311459
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed upon this bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County,
State of Texas, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and a�ees that no change, extension
of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or the work to be performed thereunder or the
specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligarion on this bond, and it does hereby
waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the
work or to the specifications.
PROVIDED FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the
right of any beneficiary hereunder whose claim may be unsatisfied.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF this instrument is executed in six counterparts, each one of which shall be
deemed an original, this the dated �_day of f - A.D., 19 99 .
�
ATTEST:
(Principal) ecre
(SEA.L)
�
��t�.�, J' — � Q���i
(Wttness as to Principal)
1665 Harmon lzoad, Fort Worth. TX 76177
(Address)
ATTEST:
Landmark Structures, Inc.
PRINCIPAL (4)
B��:
Chris Lamon, Vice President
1665 Harmon Road
Fort Worth, TX 76177
(Address)
FIDELITY AND DE , C P�NY OF MARYLAND
Surety�� �
By: C'H�
(Attorney-in-fact) (5) �"f GROSS
�(l� flNTVF;RST`TY AVR_
, �
C���"'�—�, iti1_,�-_-r-.�G�..
��;,urc;ty) Serr:,tary
�i;�-.`.�1 S"[�RiJOVSKY ( AT'I'ORNEY-I FACT )
<<'i:AL)
� r
% ►�,Vu�i�P� O. V�.:�'
(W� ss as to �$urety �I�R JONES
, .�
200 UNTVERSITY AVE.� TORONT'O, ON
(Address)
M5H 4B8
TORON'I'O. ONTARIO M5H 4B8
(Address)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract.
(1) Correct name of Contractor
(2) A Corporation, a Partnership or and Individual, as
case may be
(3) Correct name of Surety
(4) If Contractor is Partnership, all Partners should execute
Bond
(5) A true coQy of Power of �Attorney shall be attached to
Bond by Attorney-in-Fact
Pa�e 2 of 2
PAY�NT BOl'�D ��. NO. 6311459
STATE OF'TEXAS § �
§
Q COUNTY OF TARRANT �
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (1) Landmark Structures, Inc. ,
i
a(2) Corooration of Fort Worth, TX i .
hereinafter called Principal, and (3) Fide1 ity and DeQosit Cotnpany of Maryland ,
a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State and fully authorized to transact business in
the State of Texas, as Surety, aze held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation
or?anized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, hereinafter called Owner, and unto all person,
firms, and corporations who may furnish materials, for or perform labor upon the building or improvements
hereinaftec referred to in the penal sum of:
Two Million Sixty Seven Thousand Dollars and NO Cents ($2,067,000.00),
in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Texas for the payment of which sum well and
truly be made, we hereby bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, joindy and
Qseverally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain
contract with the City of Fort Worth, the Owner, dated the �day of � A.D., 1999La
copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof, for the construction of:
Hannon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storaae Tank
Fort Worth Water Department Proiect No.: PW77-060770180180,
a copy of which contract is hereto attached, referred to and made a pazt hereof as fully and to the same extent
as if copied at length herein, such project and construction being hereinafter referred to as the "Work".
NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligarion is such that, if the Principal shall promptly make
payment to all claimants as defined in Article 5160, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, supplying labor and
materials in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, then this obligation shall be null and
void. Otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, and said City shall have and recover from the said
Contractor and its surety damages in the premises as prescribed by said Contract.
This obligation shall be continuing one and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive bieaches
until the full amount hereof is exhausted.
u
Page 1 of 2
BOND NO. 6311459
WHEREAS, all parties covenant and agree that if any le�al action be filed upon this bond, venue shall lie
in Tarrant County, Texas; and,
IN WITNESS WHEREOF this instrument is executed in six counterparts, each one of which shall be
deemed an orib nal, dated (qry ,
ATTEST:
�>
(Principal) Secr
(SEAL)
(Wimess as to Principal)
1665 Harmon Rd., Ft. Worth, TX 76177
(Address)
l
ATTEST:
` ^ �� -�`�t----�
� S�lrety) Secretary
:i " . 5[�;RNOVSKY ( A'I"I'ORNEY-IN ACT )
i`� i, E: 1.�1 �
jf� ,�: �� `; .'�j.. y'� -'-'
(�Nit�n�ss as to SuretyhJ ��IFER JONES
P
� � �• � : � � � ►s:�►�a •►
��� �::
Landmark Structur�,s-�.
PRINCIPAL `
B�r. - --�
Chris Lamon, Vice President
Tide
1665 Harmon Road
Fort Worth, TX 76177
(Address)
Surety �� f' �
f/ �
By: �%/����,
(Attorney-in-fact) (5) MICHAEL GROSS
200 UNIVERSITY AVENUE
i��:�►�u •►� e: • u . � :•
•.� -
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract.
(1) Correct name of Contractor
(2) A Corporation, a Parmership or and Individual, as case
may be
(3) Correct name of Surety
(4) If Contractor is Partnership, all Parmers should execute
Bond
(5) A true copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to
Bond by Attorney-in-Fact
Pa�e 2 of 2
BOND NO. 6311459 '
MAINTENA.i�TCE BOND
STATE OF TEXAS § �
§
� COUNTY OF TARRANT § �
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (1) Landmark Structures, Inc.
as Principal, acting herein by and through (2) Chris Lamon its duly authorized Vice President ,
and (3) Fi del i-ty and Deposit Company of Maryl and , a corporarion organized
under the law of the State of Marvl and , as surety, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be
held and bound to pay unto the City of Fort Worth, a Municipal Corporation, chartered by virtue of
Constitution and laws of the State of Texas, at Fort Worth, in Tarrant County, Texas, the sum of: �
Two Million 5ixt.y Seven Thousand Dollars and NO Cents ($2,067,000.00),
lawful money of the United States, for t�e paynnent of which sum well and truly be made untosaid City of Fort
Worth and its successors, said Contractor and surety do hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors,
administrators, assigns, and successors, jointly and severally.
This obligation is conditioned, however; that,
WHEREAS, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the City of Fort Worth, the Owner, dated
the �day of A.D., 1999�for the performance of the following described public work
and the construction f the following described public improvements:
Harmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Stora�e Tank
Fort Worth Water Deuartment Proiect No.: PW7'1-060770180180,
Oand said contract, including all of the specifications, conditions and written instruments referred to therein as
contract documents being hereby incorporated herein by reference for all purposes and made a part hereof,
the same as if set out verbatim herein; and,
WHEREAS, in said Contract, Contractor binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the work
ihat it will remain in good repair and condition for and during the period 2 years after the date of
the final acceptance of the work by the Ciry; and, �
WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to maintain said work in good repair and condition for said term
of 2 years ; and,
WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to repair or reconstruct the work in whole or in part at any time
within said period, if in the opinion of the Director of Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, it be
necessary; and, '
WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself, upon receiving notice of the need therefor to repair or
reconstruct said work as herein provided.
NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall keep and perform its said aD eement to maintain, repair or
reconstruct said work in accordance with all the terFns and conditions of said Contract, these presents shall be
null and void, and have na force or effect. Otherwise, this Bond shall be and remain in full force and effect,
O� Page 1 of 2
and said City shall have and recover from the said Contractor and its surery damages in the prer�i �e�s as�' 6311459
prescribed by said Contract.
THIS OBLIGATION shall be continuing one and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive
breaches until the full amount hereof is extaausted.
WHEREAS, all parties covenant and a�ree that if any legal action be filed upon this bond, venue shall lie
in Tarrant County, Texas; and. .
IN WITNESS WHEREOF this instrument is executed in six counterparts, each one of which shall be
deemed an original, this the dated �_day of ���,,,��-- A.D., 19 99 .
ATTEST:
(Principal)
(SEAL)
S re ry
(Witness as to Principal)
1665 Harmon Rd., Ft. Worth, TX 76177
' (Address)
ATTEST:
Landmark Struc s
PRINCIPAL (4
Bv: -
Chris Lamon, Vice President
Tide
1665 Harmon Road
Fort Worth, TX 76177
(Address)
FIDELITY AIVD DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
ure
Bv: �
(Attorney-in-fact) (5) MIC'EiAEL GROSS
2(l� i1I�TTVERSTTY AVENCTE
`fY�RC�1'I'n, ONTARIO M5H 4B8
1 � (Address)
---�_. 2.,^--►—a��-
�(Surety) �ecretary NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract.
�ivI-liJ SARI�TOVSKY ( ATTORNEY-IN ACT )
. �tgE��iL� r .. ��
' � r ,'v\�1��� "�'� � � \ b: � (1) Correct name of Contractor
(W�ess as to�5urety NNIFER JONES(Z) A Corporation, a Partnership or and Individual, as case
� may be
200 UNIVERSITY AVE. , TORON'I'O, ON M5H 4B8(3) Correct name of Surety
(Address) (4} If Contractor is Partnership, all Partners should execute
Bond
(5) A true copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to
Bond by Attorney-in-Fact
Page 2 of 2
� � Power of Attorney
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
HOME OFFICE: P.O. BOX 1227, BALTIMORE, MD 21203-1227
Know ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corporation of the State of
Maryland, by W. B. WALSRECHER, Vice-President, and T. E. SMITH, Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authoriry granted by Article Vl, Section
• 2, of the By-Laws of said Company, which aze set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date
hereof, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint Chris Enright, John Sarnovsky, John F. Mattioli, David Sattmarsh and Michael
Gross, all of Toronto, Ontario, EACH iu true and lawful agent and Attorney-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on
its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in
pursuance of these presenu, shall be as binding upon said Company, ly and amply, 1 intenu and purposes, as if they had been duly executed
and acknowledged by the regulazly elected officers of the Company ►ce in Balt d., in their own proper persons. This power of attomey
revokes that issued on behalf of Chris Enright, etal, dated July 15, e
The said Assistant Secretary does hereby certify that the ex forth on e side hereof is a true copy of Article VI, Section 2, of the
By-Laws of said Company, and is now in force. � o
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President and t Secret �ir�ereunto subscribed their names and affixed the Corporate Seal of
the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MAR,�'.���, this 7t�of Au�ust, A.D. 1997.
ATTEST: FIDEL
t� �� 1
ps��.� �. . �
'-..••+' T. E. Smith �
��v ��
,1� DEPOS ��°OMPANY OF MARYLAND
J (01��
�� �
., By: l,tl���,. —
Assi.��@�cretary W. B. Wa[brecher Vice-President
�
State ofMaryland � ss: O
�
CoimryofBaltimore � �
On this 7th day of August, A.D. 1997, befor �scriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came W.
B. WALBRECHER, Vice-President and T. E. �, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me
personally known to be the individuals rs described in and who executed the preceding inswment, and they each acknowledged the
execution of the same, and being by me m, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company
aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to th eding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said Corporate Seal and their
signatures as such officers were duly �xed and subscribed to the said inswment by the authority and direction of the said Corporation.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and afiixed my Officia! Seal the day and yeaz first above written.
�jF� _=Zc�t��
� � P �� �
�mxR'� Car 16 J. Fader� / �' Notary Public
My Cothmiss' Expires: August 1, 2000
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the original Power
of Attorney of which the foregoing is a full, we and correct copy, is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that
the Vice-President who executed the said Power of Attomey was one of the additional Vice-Presidents specially authorized by the Boatd of Directors
to appoint any Attomey-in-Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND.
This Power of Attomey and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of
the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly cal(ed and held on the I Oth day of May, 1990.
RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any
Vice-President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of
any power of attomey issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually
affixed."
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company, this
day of
�.�1" �.�,r-�
Rssrstant Secretury
u
L1428-210-
EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSTT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
"Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice-President, or any of the Senior Vice- �
Presidents or Vice-Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have power,
by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice-Presidents, Assistant
Vice-Presidents and Attorneys-in-Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons to execute
on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertakings, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases
and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages, ... and to affix the seal of the Company
thereto."
4a .��, ' • •
.~I � � ,
i, '%i� ' .. .
I. f. � � .
�I.�' L. . ., \.
�'1 7 � s.�
�
C
lJ
PART G
�
LJ
�
�
PART G - CONTRACT
THE STATE OF TEXAS §
§
COUNTY OF TA]R.RANT §
THIS CONTRACT, made and entered into Zq' �- �� 9 9
by and between the City of Fort Worth, home-rule municipal�corporation
located in Tarrant County, Texas, acting through its City Manager thereunto duly authorized so
to do, Party of the First Part, hereinafter termed "OWNER" , and Landmark Structures, Inc
1665 Hannon Road, Fort Worth, TX 76177
of the City of Fort Worth , County of Tarrant
AND State of Texas , Party of the Second Part, hereinafter termed "CONTR.ACTOR" .
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter
mentioned, to be made and performed by the Party of the First Part (Owner), said Party of the
Second Part (Contractor) hereby agrees with the said Party of the First Part (Owner) to commence
and complete certain improvements described as follows:
QHarmon Road 2.0 MG Elevated Storage Tank,
Fort Worth Water Deparhnent Project No.: PW77-060770180180,
and all extra work connected therewith, under the terms as stated in the Contract Documents, and
at his (their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all the materials, supplies, machinery,
equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, �bonds, insurance, and other accessories and services
necessary to complete the said construct'bn, in accordance with all the requirements of the
Contract Documents, which include all m�ps, plats, bluepri.nts and other drawings, and printed
or written explanatory matter thereof, and t:le specifications thereof, as prepared by the Engineers
endorsement by the Owner, each of wli.ch has been identified by the endorsement of the
Contractor and the Engineers thereon, tog�;ther with the Contractor's Written Proposal and the
other parts of the Contract Documents hereto attached, including the Fort Worth Water
Department General Contract Documents id General Specifications, all of which are made a part
hereof and collectively evidence and cons tute the entire contract.
O G-1
The Contractor hereby agrees to commence work within ten (10) days after the date written
notice to do so shall have been given to him, and to substantially complete same within the time
stated in the Proposal.
The Owner agrees to pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the Contract
in accordance with the Proposal submitted therefor, subject to additions and deductions, as
provided in the Contract Documents and al approved modifications thereof, and to make payment
on account thereof as provided therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties of these presents have executed this Contract in
quadruplicate in the year and day first above written.
ATTEST:
Gloria Pearson, Crty Secretary
(SEAL)
WITNESSES:
Approved for Fort Worth City Water Department:
Contract Authorization
��
�'�, c� �� �. �
�
I.ee C. �radley, Jr., P.E., Dir��r
Approved as to Form and Legality:
� � � ��
Wade Adkins, Cit ttorney y
City of Fort Worth exas (Owner}
Party of t First
By:
Bob Terrell, City Manager
Date
CONTRACTOR:
Landmark St res nc.
By: _
Chris Lamon, Vice Preside�t
Contract Authorization
Date
l� ' l l l p��o /
G_2 Contract Authorization
� �� �- �9
Date
�
PART H
�
�
!
}
L■J
1�1
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
The following details are included to provide guidance. They are from the City
� of Fort Worth General Contract Documents and Specifications for Water
� Department Projects dated January 1, 1978. They anly represent some of the
applicable General Design Details. The contractor is responsible for these as
well as any other applicable details from that document.
�
�\ \
� _. � �.
�5 "
8 l�o fl
5,_6"
,�Logo Green rWhite
i� �
� _- i � i
M � �
� `Y'Q�. �'�V'A l��t� �S
,N �
~ Il`T A�T�IOIoT .
-«
�
�
�
N
��M
�
O
�
N
�
, �/,�
Logo Blue
�,�,__
i� f /
� ' _
� �� -Logo Green
I ; --8'x4'x 1/2"
I . Plywood
��
Fort Worth;. -
�,�
`^���Qr ;;�--Logo Gresn
1/ V G �
.�
Deparfimen#�%
�
�
/
-------�..-,..�� ._._�.--__
PR0�IECT SIGN
Figure 3 0
. . . �
. . .
3 ' 1'-6" 4
GENERAL NOTES:
a
�
�
�
N �
w �
M �
�
�
Logo Blue -
Tnemec "FjordA (BA221 Or Equal
Logo Green -
Tnemec "Agean Sea" jA W22)
Or "Emerald" (A V22) Or Equa/
Lettering Slzed To Fit
Scale 3/4"c 1'-0"
E2• 1 �onstructln»
Typlca! j Whlte Letters
NOTE: Bearing Areas shown are based on
� 150 P.S.1.G test pressure and 3000
P.S.F. soii bearing value.
�ug �
� 7ee
�o f;���:+p ;' .
`; •,: �.Ql= ;t , f' } .
1500# Concrete
�.Qy'.'��' ��.•4 'k'
�'�'`i�•,t�'.'•;J ��•Y..I��'�'='S
.�:.�r•_''� �/ .f.�l'�J•�: �.�•_..`��, '�� 1
1 I � : � , � ♦ •i�. r � A � .
� �����•'•" �� �,�'�;. X
IIXtI %P, .r�.4���.'•tit�ar ..
!,.�••a�� ..•�`O���O, �r
' " " �l 00 Concrete
. I E 5 #
I�
� -
.
�� �� o
��� �s,
o, �
�
B�� �ds
as
�• : �.�a, :
c,
° �so
.:•. "n0 0 8
r�:��'• y ;����a°�s
.SA . : �Q'." . << 6:s.
�C; , i o ` . ti� ��o'
�`
� ' ���
Bend
��
HORIZaNTAL 6LOCKiNG TABLE
�;Dimension "X" May Vary lf Necessary To Provide Bearing
Against Undisturbed Trench Wall � .
��ra x-:': 11 °- 15' 22° - 30 ` �+5' 90�
� Dim. ' r�in. r�dx- �Min.� Max. -Min. Max. Min. Max.
• Ft. �'A" Are� V�1 �"R" ArPa Vol ,"�" Area Vo{ . "D" Area Vol .
��+�' l�. .go .8 .05 •95 •90 .05 •95 .�0 .05 .gl .82 .05
�
6"
g��
10"
12"
16"
20"�
24"
3p��
, 3 6"
�2, �
���
-��y„
t�OTES :
Tee & Pi ug _ � ��
"E" aMea� Vcail
t.lb .58 .05
i.5 .90 :8 .o�, .95 .90 .05 1�.05 1.10 .05 1•73 1.9g .05 1.19 i.4i .05
1.5 .90 .8 .AS •95 .90 .�5 1.41 2.00 .05 t.$6 3.47 .1 1.57 2.46 .1
1.5 .90 .8 .OS�. 1.26 l.bo .05 1.79 3.20 1 I 2.18 5•b2 .2 1.99 3.9$ .�5
1.5 1.10 1.2 .OS 1.48 2.30 ,1 2.14 4.50 .2 1 2.83 $•00 .3 2.38 5.65 .2
2 1.41 2.0 .t 2.40 4.00 .1 2.83 8.00 .4 � 3.75 14•10 .65 3.16 lo.00 .5
2 1.77 3.1 C. 2 2. 54 6.20 . 3 3. 52 12.40 �. 6 4.70 .1.00 1.15 3.9415 • 55 •?5
2 2.14 4.so .,75 3.00 9.00 .S 4.25 1&.1a .95 5.65 3�.00 1.85 �+.76z2.6o t.o5
2.5 2.66 7.10 .SS �.78 t4.20 t.o 5.30 28.20 1.75 7•�5 �+9�&0 3•�+ 5•9135•33z.1
2. 5 3.�3 10 . f10 �c 75 4,� �� Z1�40 1.4 6. 36 '�0.80 2. b5 8. 50 72.00 5. 1 7.20 Sl . 00 2.95
� 3. 72 1�. £j01. 7,_ S. 24 27.60 z.2 7�.1-�,].�.5,.�0 �+.1 Q��p �7. 5d 7. A 8. 30 E�. 00 4.75
3 �• 38 18• 30 1.6 6. 00 3600 2.9 8.48 77..U0 5.4 � 1 1.14 1ffi.50 10. 4 9. SO 90.03 6.1 S
a.o a.00 y2.5�,,00 6.7o..ti�oo 7.00_ 9.40�88.oa!o.00 t3.00t62oci6.001 �n•�d>>5m1�2.oc��
� , --
' Minimum areas shown are in square feet. Vo]umes shown are in cubic yards.
Vertical dimensions of all block bearing areas shall be Tdentical to the
horizo�tat dimension shown.
�
NORlZ4NTAL 6-LOCK 1NG
�-1-,� FiGURE 9
DETA � L
E-1- 2o Mater�
E-2-2o con�
l
�j// � /
�r. ,'t �, ' ..•;•...Vt '. .�.ti �..
�'::� .•'���. - :q.g' � _,• ; � '• : �.�,' :.
_.o :.Q; o.Q: o�:�.::�.-� :a: :o,.:�
�.,� •, , o , ' • o : �:.�; • � : . � �.;�C
��� � . ��'��� �• �� .. . �.i,�' . �� , , ff. �.•i ... . .
Roadway 8ase_.�._/
��.
—/J.
� �/
If Valve Operating -Nut is
More Than 3' Below Pave-
ment Surface - Provide
Exterision Stem To 1` 6elow
Pavement Surface.
,'I
.
,
I
i�
i �
I.
'i i
J �l
I �
I �
,
' . � , � �,
Detail Pertains to Al1
Gate Valve Sizes G" Thru 12"
. �
�
�
�.:
t-1-78
r� �
I �. �
��
"y
�
McKinley Iron and Steel Co.,
No. Y65 three piece valve box.
or equal.
Gate Valve
.___�1—��
� �
��
� . .
- /
Ma i nJ �
Paving Or Other
Surface Material,
/�� �� /�/
/� �•�' ', o .�. �;:0: • ..
J..� . I �I •.' :�0 �••�•�,4 0.••�.�.•'�:
i: .0:: ''• o � : o :... •� p _: :
o.� o<. �����ry•-.�p:
. . ••�, ��. • �: . . ��/• O� . . �. ��� . .�/���. . �
�
Torque bolts prior
to backfill.-
�
� � 1
�
TY PI C A L GATE VALV E AN D BOX,
EXTENS ION STEM DETAI L
�
FIGURE 3
E 1-►OMaterial
E 2-l0 Construct ion �
4� � �:..;.•
::;� a
•:. �
�. .
A ;Oa�' .
���'
, �.Q-0
; Q.
,C�•�
SEE HOTE S�
� �
SCE NOTE 1� �_zb.MIN.
I1� r : i : {�`i /'��I ��
� �i' oOpS�, � IR4� !�
t///�r++����,,jjj\" COVER (T1rP.) n �: 4a,�_ ki_,'y_�—_.91I —1
a ] � p. � 2� GO �CR (TY►�1 L
a
��l� 2' COVER �•I s000 REINf. � L�'MI
� CONGRCTE 6"M�
(TYv.) • �
' .....w�-� �:-=..+rr
. � �
��
N
:TL
�
6 6AR5, 6" Sk (TYP.)
6 EARS, 12� Sh (TYP.)
AOTES
1. i4"x4y' iort �o�t� standard jJ6 Ib. R.a�naie Corel
ri�h the W�d 'WATER" CiSt in i�!nCh :C[�l�4.
2. Yalve wult slde wslls shalt Ee oreuac reinfarced
cancrece pipe of tha tongus �r.a qroove des�q^. ,
ameting the rapiirements of d,S.T,M. C-76, Ci�st t
IU, or ew+�. �sing RRn-NEK D�as[ie 4e�1. or �y,�
povred-in-o��ee 2500w reinforce� co�crcte .it� tl" �90r
ralls. Concrete rails snall be «i�torce! «itn
� circular 6ars, se+cea 6" e/e hori:w�t�11r a�d
6•' c/c vertically. ►wrad-i�-pl�ce :a�ereta ausc
Aarc "Iirit furf�tt �ubbing." af �Deeifie0 in
E 2-14.ISe(t) of the Gcneral Ca�cr�ec �oc..nen�s
and SOKIfiuLlw�f.
3. Nanhole s[eos. such as iEAw1-STEP �IOC-2, or epual,
s��il be Ororided tar 62^ gate val.es �nE Iargrr.
The tteos s�all be int[alled t�*�larly is i_�___,_ •
sta:+dard 4� diw�ecer wa�nola. � �
4. �rwide eurporstion and curb stoDi a�x�ruc+of � r •
Sr' fran eae� ead of gac� .�I.e, as s�w.�.
Corpor�tion and curE �cop s7xes anall bs P• fo��
16". 20" ane 24•� pips non�n�l �i mcer�: r' for
:0". ard Iwrger Oia�tera. 2" c�Ds +�atl De mada
as a C' /langed .wclet. .�ic� ins�tued aGacor
kit. [ep0er rt•ers U+.�� W p�ovided Set�.a•� tN�
corowr�cion �nd a�r0 stoos. Cure titoo+ t�+ll Ee
Ins:allid wt �n ele.uion IT' aewe tne coo sur-
r.s. or v,,�te ent:Iw. .�•e.
5 ►ol�uretn.ne c�f�l�n pa0� •ti su001itA 0Y Tel�s
/l��tiGt Nat�rialt 4.pp1� Cmu�y. ior� vprtn,
Tea+�, or epu�l.
6. Ctwt ritn worur -y_- .. ~.. ^_ _.. ._
�ETAIL
AND LARGER GATE
FtGURE 4 .
VALVE -
[ i-14 w�rE�tu�s
E 2-f� CONSiRUCT10M
n
�''�' ;a:?�� ;on:
. ` O; c
'�riy� "4''��:; � �:
.: �:0:..�: , . A
_ �—:; _�.
`SEE NOTC ♦
i i /� iii
.'o0i � � . ��/.�.
s .. . i•:a!qA.
[i+J-NO. S pA0.S, 12� �/e
�NO. 6 e�►+�s, e' v�
�
M I �i.
� OINENSION TAlLE
NO CATE
� V�LVE
`i tf � r p E i G N ) K � r
16^ io^ Y�� �2�� �2•� +�4 i/r. �.� �a^ u^ �o• rr•• �i•• �e•
18" 2a" 20" 12" 12•' S1 7/8,� 2�• yg•� �2•• �2•• Zp.• i2.• ;a.•
� 20" 72•` 18" i2" 12" 56 S/8�. �.. Sy.� �_.� �Z..:y.. ,p.. ��..
24" 26" 14�� I2" i2" 64 ]/8,• �•• 6a�� �8�• ��.• �C• �8.• ?y..
)0'• 28'• 12" 12" 12" 80 S/8•' )•' 66" 18•' IB•' )C' 20•' j0.•
)6.. j2.. 8�� 12�� 12.� � y�b�� y.. j2.. �g,. �g�. 56�� ;y.� �E�.
�� 4z�. jq�� 6�� �5.. y�. 107 1/L.. S.� �g.. ty.. =o.. J6. ja. r2..
48•• �6�� y�� �y�� 10'• 121 S/8•• y• 90•� 2y�• 26.• p2�� 36.• ya••
� Sy�� j6�� y�. g� IS" 142 1/2�. �.. �p2�• Zy• )2•• pG•• y0.• jy •
Dimensfons ire Oa+ed nn Anxriean Darlin� Y+Ire
�nd nlq. Co. Dr�.,;ng Ho. 6797, a�ted J-2-59�
revised S'II-70. 16" �atc ral„e dimr�.iun•
Oare Wsed on Gt+log No. 10� y�qc+ 20 a�0 2:.
j4'� gata valv� Ofinensia�s ♦re �asea pn Dra..in.�
t No. 9t-t7i58, aacea u-i7-1o.
CONCRETE TOP VIEW, LESS MANHOLE
COVER AND RIM INSTALLATION
' :� �',ti
�
7TC 2 f� 3
OTC 6
RtINF. GONC ,
i EAR3, 6��se
> s e�+�a ��'st �
- i i �
�Y►) 12��_.
i' or �v
►.W/�tQj
TO 1 lLOrC
�
FO R l 6"
. .����7� . . . '
�
_�
Concrete
Blocking 'a;:.
..•
. ,: r:
i;, •
Ma i n----� '
�
/�' 6" Lead from Mains. 12" an� LArger to
/ Have�Gate Valve
�
Exvsti.ng or Propased Curb
:��!, � Bottom Rest
�
�
4' •
� ��� + .' s�� �. �
;..
J , � '
i �'�'
.
',r " .
V
� �
I
fxisting or P.roposed Curb
Pavement or Other Surfacr
Trench
Basc , I
, .�(i
Anchoring Coup-
1 in5 for� Connec-
tion off of Con-
crete Pipa 12"
Diametcr and
�ar�er
� Bury Depth;
(1) 3`-6" f or CaSt Iron Pipe
(2) �5'-Q" for A-C Pipe Ref.
Figure 6
��
. .:�,
� i - i�=��
0
Varizs
Paricv:ay
Ijl�/l�l�/
� Er.tension Barrel end
Stem for Extra Bury
Depth if Necessary
a
ST�4NDAR0
�l�RE HYDRANY DETA
FlGURE 5
����
i ��
r—
•,►':� ConcrEte
� Blockin�
:�
. .� F i re liydrant
Exercise care to avoid
Plugging Drain Nolc Wit�i
ConcretE
� Firc HyCra�t ta
be Set Plum�
2'-6"
�-Gate Valve *
6" Fire Hydrant
L�:ad
1 "
((l�
��
Minimum % C.F. Gravel
Proportionally
Around Base
Co�crEte 61 �cic i �y
Concr�te Rest
12"x 12��xo��
iL
E1-12 M ai
E2-12 Const
City of Fort Worth, Texas
�i►�Ayor Af1d Caunc�l Cammun�cAt�an
DATE REFERENCE NUMBER LOG NAME PAGE
9�28�99 **C-17667 6000NSTRUCT 1 of 2
SUBJECT AWARD OF CONTRACT TO LANDMARK� STRUCTURES, INC. �'OR CONSTRUCTION
OF THE HARMON ROAD 2MG ELEVATED STORAGE TANK
RECOMMENDATION:
It is recommended that the City Council authorize the City Manager to execute a construction contract
with Landmark Structures, Inc. for construction of the Harmon Road 2MG Elevated Storage Tank, on
the low bid of $2,067,000.
DISCUSSION:
On March 2, 1999 (M&C C-17301), the City Council authorized the execution of an engineering
agreement with Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. for the design and preparation of plans and
specifications for construction of the Harmon Road 2MG Elevated Storage Tank project. Various
studies indicate the need for a new elevated tank in the Northside III pressure plane.
The project consists of construction of a 2MG elevated storage tank and all appurtenances. Additional
improvements include mechanical piping, two small circulation pumps, electrical facilitie.s, installation of
a new fence, and landscape irrigation. As part of the agreement between the City and the Baptist
Foundation of Texas for the tank site property, the new tank must be completed by January 2001.
On August 12, 1999, the following bids were received:
: � � �7
: � �L�1�1�1
ESTIMATED COMPLETION TIME
Landmark Structures. Inc.
PDM, Inc.
CBI, Inc.
$2,067,000
$2,657,000
$2,400,000
The project is in located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 2.
365 Calendar Days
Landmark Structures, Inc. is in compliance with City's M/WBE ordinance by committing to 13% M/WBE
participation. The City goal on this project is 12%.
In addition to current cost, $62,010 is required for contingency and $10,000 is required for staff project
overview.
p i�
'. City of Fort 'Worth; Texas -
,n►!IJ' ayar And �,aunc�l Camm.un�cAt�an
DATE REFERENCE NUMBER I LOG NAME PAGE
9�28�99 **C-17667 6000NSTRUCT 2 of 2
SUBJECl' AWARD OF CONTRACT TO LANDMARK STRUCTURES, NC. FOR CONSTRUCTION
'�" OF THE HARMON ROAD 2MG ELEVATED STORAGE TANK
FISCAL.INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION:
oa _ .
The Finance Director certifies that funds are available in the�current-capital budget, as appropriated, of
the Commercial Paper-Water Fund.
MG:k ��
a�
�
�
�
m
�w
Submitted for City Manager's
Office by:
Mike Groome3'
Originating Department Head:
Lee Bradley, �'�.
Additional Information Contact:
Lee Bradley, Jr.
N°
I FUND I ACCOUNT I CENTER I AMOUNT
� (to)
i
6140
8207 I (from)
IPW77 541200 06770180180 $2,067,000.00
� �
8207'� I
0
CITY SECRETARY
A�PRov�a
ClTY Ct?UNC��L
�EP �� 1999
`f�/�`"` " , �--cJ
/1
�y Secretary of ehe
1�4y of Faxt 1�6/ortYa,'�exas
a